Categories
E-350 Ford

2023 FORD E-350 Scheduled Maintenance | Complete Customer Information

Ford logo

2023 FORD E-350 Scheduled Maintenance User Guide

The 2023 Ford E-350 stands as a symbol of Ford’s blend of durability and innovation. Proper maintenance is crucial to harness its full potential. This guide offers a comprehensive look into the E-350’s maintenance schedule and essential customer information, ensuring longevity and optimal performance. Dive in to explore common queries and expert insights tailored for your vehicle.

2023 FORD F-SERIES SUPER DUTY Specs, Price, Features and Mileage

Scheduled Maintenance

GENERAL MAINTENANCE INFORMATION

Why Maintain Your Vehicle?
Carefully following the maintenance schedule helps protect against major repair expenses resulting from neglect or inadequate maintenance and may help to increase the value of your vehicle when you sell or trade it. Keep all receipts for completed maintenance with your vehicle. We have established regular maintenance intervals for your vehicle based upon rigorous testing. It is important that you have your vehicle serviced at the proper times. These intervals serve two purposes; one is to maintain the reliability of your vehicle and the second is to keep the cost of owning your vehicle down. It is your responsibility to have all scheduled maintenance performed and to make sure that the materials used meet the specifications identified in this owner’s manual. See Capacities and Specifications (page 224).
Failure to perform scheduled maintenance invalidates warranty coverage on parts affected by the lack of maintenance.

Why Maintain Your Vehicle at Your Dealership?
Factory-trained Technicians
Service technicians participate in extensive factory-sponsored certification training to help them become experts on the operation of your vehicle. Ask your dealership about the training and certification their technicians have received.

Genuine Ford and Moorcroft Replacement PartsDealerships stock Ford, Moorcroft and Ford-authorized branded re-manufactured replacement parts. These parts meet or exceed our specifications. Parts installed at your dealership carry a nationwide 24-month or unlimited mile (kilometer) parts and labor-limited warranty. If you do not use Ford-authorized parts they may not meet our specifications and depending on the part, it could affect emissions compliance.

Convenience

Many dealerships have extended evening and Saturday hours to make your service visit more convenient and they offer one-stop shopping. They can perform any services that are required on your vehicle, from general maintenance to collision repairs.
Note: Not all dealers have extended hours or body shops. Please contact your dealer for details.

Protecting Your Investment

Maintenance is an investment that pays dividends in the form of improved reliability, durability and resale value. To maintain the proper performance of your vehicle and its emission control systems, make sure you have scheduled maintenance performed at the designated intervals. Your vehicle is very sophisticated and built with multiple, complex, performance systems. Every manufacturer develops these systems using different specifications and performance features. That is why it is important to rely upon your dealership to properly diagnose and repair your vehicle.

Ford Motor Company has recommended maintenance intervals for various parts and component systems based on engineering testing. Ford Motor Company relies upon this testing to determine the most appropriate mileage for the replacement of oils and fluids to protect your vehicle at the lowest overall cost to you and recommends against maintenance schedules that deviate from the scheduled maintenance information. We strongly recommend the use of only genuine Ford, Motorcraft or Ford-authorized re-manufactured replacement parts engineered for your vehicle.

Additives and Chemicals

This owner’s manual and the Ford Workshop Manual list the recommended additives and chemicals for your vehicle. We do not recommend using chemicals or additives not approved by us as part of your vehicle’s normal maintenance. Please consult your warranty information.

Oils, Fluids, and Flushing

In many cases, fluid discoloration is a normal operating characteristic and, by itself, does not necessarily indicate a concern or that the fluid needs to be changed. However, a qualified expert, such as the factory-trained technicians at your dealership, should inspect discolored fluids that also show signs of overheating or foreign material contamination immediately.
Make sure to change your vehicle’s oils and fluids at the specified intervals or in conjunction with a repair. Flushing is a viable way to change fluid for many vehicle sub-systems during scheduled maintenance. It is critical that systems are flushed only with new fluid that is the same as that required to fill and operate the system or using a Ford-approved flushing chemical.

Owner Checks and Services

Make sure you perform the following basic maintenance checks and inspections every month or at six-month intervals.

Check every month
Engine oil level.
Function of all interior and exterior lights.
Tires (including spare) for wear and proper pressure.
Windshield washer fluid level.
Check every six months
Battery connections. Clean if necessary.
Body and door drain holes for obstructions. Clean if necessary.
Cooling system fluid level and coolant strength.
Door weather strips for wear. Lubricate if necessary.
Check every six months
Hinges, latches and outside locks for proper operation. Lubricate if necessary.
Parking brake for proper operation.
Safety belts and seat latches for wear and function.
Safety warning lamps (brake, ABS, airbag and safety belt) for operation.
Washer spray and wiper operation. Clean or replace blades as necessary.

Multi-point Inspection
In order to keep your vehicle running right,  it is important to have the systems on your vehicle checked regularly. This can help identify potential issues and prevent major problems. We recommend having the following multi-point inspection performed at every scheduled maintenance interval to help make sure your vehicle keeps running great.

Multi-point inspection
Accessory drive belt(s) Horn operation
Battery performance Radiator, cooler, heater and A/C hoses
Engine air filter Suspension component for leaks or damage
Exhaust system Steering and linkage
Exterior lamps and hazard warning system operation Tires (including spare) for wear and proper pressure**
Fluid levels*; fill if necessary Windshield for cracks, chips or pits
For oil and fluid leaks Washer spray and wiper operation

* Brake, coolant recovery reservoir, automatic transmission, power steering and window  washer.
**If your vehicle is equipped with a temporary mobility kit, check the tire sealant expiration Use By date on the canister. Replace as needed.

Be sure to ask your dealership service advisor or technician about the multi-point vehicle inspection. It is a comprehensive way to perform a thorough inspection of your vehicle. Your checklist gives you immediate feedback on the overall condition of your vehicle.

NORMAL SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE

Note: Do not exceed the mileage or time intervals.

Maintenance
 

Every 7,500 mi

(12,000 km)

Rotate the tires, inspect tire wear and measure tread depth.1
Inspect the wheels and related components for abnormal noise, wear, looseness or drag.
Perform a multi-point inspection.
Every 10,000 mi (16,000 km)

/12 months or 450 engine hours, whichever comes first

Change the engine oil and filter.
  1. Rotate the front wheels on vehicles with dual rear wheels when specified. Only rotate the rear wheels if you notice unusual wear.
Maintenance
 

Every 15,000 mi

(24,000km)

Inspect the automatic transmission fluid level. Consult dealer for requirements.
Inspect the brake pads, rotors, hoses and parking brake.
Inspect the engine cooling system strength and hoses.
Inspect the exhaust system and heat shields.
Inspect the steering linkage, ball joints, suspension, tie-rod ends, driveshaft and the U-joints.
Brake Fluid Maintenance1
Every 3 Years Change the brake fluid.2
  1.  If not replaced, inspect every 15,000 mi (24,000 km).
  2. Initial replacement at ten years or 200,000 mi (320,000 km), then every five years or 100,000 mi (160,000 km).

SPECIAL OPERATING CONDITIONS SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE

If you operate your vehicle primarily in any of the following conditions, you need to perform extra maintenance as indicated. If you operate your vehicle occasionally under any of these conditions, it is not necessary to perform the extra maintenance. For specific recommendations, see your dealership service advisor or technician.

Other Maintenance Items
Every 30,000 mi

(48,000 km)

Replace the engine air filter.

Torque the rear axle U-bolts to specification.

Every 60,000 mi

(96,000 km)

Replace the front wheel bearing grease and grease seal, if you use non-sealed bearings.
Every 97,500 mi

(157,000 km)

Replace the spark plugs.
Replace the rear axle fluid. See Special Operating Conditions Scheduled Maintenance (page 252).
Every 105,000 mi

(168,000 km)

Inspect the accessory drive belts. 1
 

Every 150,000 mi

(240,000 km)

Change the automatic transmission fluid.
Change the automatic transmission filter.
Replace the accessory drive belts if not replaced within the last 100,000 mi (160,000 km).
Replace the front wheel bearings and seals, if you use non-sealed bearings.
Every 200,000 mi

(320,000 km)

Change the engine coolant.2

SPECIAL OPERATING CONDITIONS SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE

If you operate your vehicle primarily in any of the following conditions, you need to perform extra maintenance as indicated. If you operate your vehicle occasionally under any of these conditions, it is not necessary to perform the extra maintenance. For specific recommendations, see your dealership service advisor or technician.

Towing a Trailer or Using a Car-top Carrier
As required Change the engine oil and filter as indicated by the information display and perform services listed in the Normal Scheduled Maintenance chart.
Inspect frequently, service as required Inspect the U-joints.
Every 22,500 mi

(36,000 km)

Replace the rear axle fluid. See axle maintenance items under Exceptions.
Every 60,000 mi

(96,000 km)

Replace the spark plugs.
Extensive Idling or Low-speed Driving for Long Distances, as in Heavy Commercial Use (Such as Delivery, Taxi, Patrol Car or Livery)
As required Change the engine oil and filter as indicated by the information display and perform services listed in the Normal Scheduled Maintenance chart.
Inspect frequently, service as required Replace the engine air filter.
Every 22,500 mi

(36,000 km)

Replace the rear axle fluid. See axle maintenance items under Exceptions.
Every 60,000 mi

(96,000 km)

Replace the spark plugs.
Operating in Dusty or Sandy Conditions (Such as Unpaved or Dusty Roads)
Inspect frequently, service as required Replace engine air filter.
Every 5,000 mi (8,000 km) Inspect the wheels and related components for abnormal noise, wear, looseness or drag.
Rotate the tires1, inspect tires for wear and measure the tread depth.
Every 5,000 mi (8,000 km) or six months Change the engine oil and filter.2
Perform a multi-point inspection.
  1. Vehicles with dual rear wheels should rotate the front wheels when specified; rear wheels only if unusual wear is noted.
  2. Reset your Intelligent Oil-Life Monitor after each engine oil and filter change. See Oil Change Indicator Reset (page 165).
Exclusive Use of E85 – Flex Fuel Vehicles Only
Every oil change If ran exclusively on E85, fill the fuel tank with regular unleaded fuel.

Exceptions

There are several exceptions to the Normal Schedule:
Axle(s) and transfer case, four-wheel drive vehicles, fluid changes or level checks are not required unless a leak is suspected or the assembly has been submerged in water. Contact an authorized dealer for service.

California fuel filter replacement: If you register your vehicle in California, the California Air Resources Board has determined that the failure to perform this maintenance item does not nullify the emission warranty or limit recall liability before the completion of your vehicle’s useful life. We however, urge you to have all recommended maintenance services performed at the specified intervals and to record all vehicle service.

Hot climate oil change intervals: Vehicles operating in the Middle East, North Africa, Sub-Saharan Africa or locations with similar climates using an American Petroleum Institute (API) Certified for Gasoline Engines (Certification mark) oil of SM or SN quality, the normal oil change interval is 5,000 mi (8,000 km).

If the available API SM or SN oils are not available, then the oil change interval is 3,000 mi (4,800 km).

Engine air filter replacement: The life of the engine air filter is dependent on exposure to dusty and dirty conditions. Vehicles operated in these conditions require frequent inspection and replacement of the engine air filter.

Customer Information

RADIOFREQUENCY/ CERTIFICATION LABELS
CRUISE CONTROL:

Customer Information1 Customer Information2 Customer Information3

Customer Information2

Customer Information3

Ukraine

FORD E-350 2023 Customer Information12

United Arab Emirates

FORD E-350 2023 Customer Information13

United States and Canada

WARNING: Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. The term “IC:” before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met.

FCC ID: L2C0065TR
IC: 3432A-0065TR

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with Innovation, Science and Economic Development Canada’s license-exempt RSS(s).

Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

  1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and
  2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

ZambiaFORD E-350 2023 Customer Information14

FAQs

How often should I rotate the tires?

Generally, tire rotation is suggested every 6,000 to 8,000 miles. Regular rotation helps ensure even tire wear and prolongs the life of your tires.

What should I do if the “Check Engine” light comes on?

If the “Check Engine” light illuminates, it’s a signal that the vehicle’s onboard diagnostic system has detected an issue. Schedule a service appointment with a Ford dealership or certified mechanic to diagnose the problem.

Is there a warranty on the 2023 Ford E-350?

Yes, new Ford vehicles typically come with a basic warranty. The exact terms can vary, but it usually covers the vehicle for a specific period or mileage, whichever comes first. Review your vehicle’s warranty booklet for details.

Where can I find an authorized Ford service center?

You can visit the official Ford website or contact Ford customer service to locate the nearest authorized service center.

Are there any recalls for the 2023 Ford E-350?

Recalls can be issued at any time. To check for the latest recalls, visit the official Ford website or the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration’s (NHTSA) website.

Can I use non-Ford parts for maintenance and repair?

While you can use aftermarket parts, it’s recommended to use genuine Ford parts to ensure the best fit and performance. Using non-Ford parts might also affect your warranty.

Useful Links

View Full User Guide: FORD E-350 2023 User Guide
Download Manuals: https://www.ford.com/support/owner-manuals/owner-manuals-sitemap/
2023 FORD F-SERIES SUPER DUTY Specs, Price, Features and Mileage

2023 Ford Fiesta Specs, Price, Features and Mileage (Brochure)

Categories
E-350 Ford

2023 FORD E-350 Connected Vehicle And Audio System Guideline

Ford logo

2023 FORD E-350 Connected Vehicle User Guide

The 2023 Ford E-350 is a great example of how cutting-edge connectivity and advanced car engineering can work together. The E-350 has many high-tech connected vehicle features that make the ride comfortable and efficient. It also offers easy digital integration for today’s tech-savvy users. With over-the-air changes and the ability to connect to smart devices, this car shows how committed Ford is to driving the future of connected mobility.

2023 FORD F-SERIES SUPER DUTY Specs, Price, Features and Mileage 

Connected Vehicle

CONNECTED VEHICLE REQUIREMENTS

Connected service and related feature functionality requires a compatible vehicle network.
Some remote features require additional service activation. Log in to your Ford account for details. Some restrictions, third party terms and message or data rates may apply.

CONNECTED VEHICLE LIMITATIONS
Evolving technology, cellular networks, or regulations could affect functionality and availability, or continued provision of some features. These changes could even stop some features from functioning.

CONNECTING THE VEHICLE TO A MOBILE NETWORK WHAT IS THE MODEM
The modem allows access to a range of features built into your vehicle.

ENABLING AND DISABLING THE MODEM

  1. Press Settings.
  2. Press FordPass Connect.
  3. Press Connectivity Settings.
  4. Switch connectivity features on or off.

DISABLING THE CONNECTIVITY DEVICE
To disable the connectivity device, contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center.

CONNECTING FORD PASS TO THE MODEM

  1. Make sure that the modem is enabled using the vehicle settings menu.
  2. Open the FordPass app on your device and log in.
  3. Add your vehicle or select your vehicle if already added.
  4. Select the option to activate your vehicle.
  5. Make sure that the name on the screen matches the name shown in your FordPass account.
  6. Confirm that FordPass account is connected to the modem.

CONNECTED VEHICLE – TROUBLESHOOTING

CONNECTED VEHICLE –FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS
Why can I not confirm the connection of my FordPass account to the modem?

  • The modem is not enabled. Switch vehicle connectivity on.
  • The network signal is weak. Move your vehicle closer to a place where the network signal is not obstructed.

Audio System

GENERAL INFORMATION

WARNING: Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.

Radio Frequencies and Reception Factors
Note: Listening to loud audio for long periods of time could damage your hearing.

Radio Reception Factors
Distance and strength The further you travel from an AM or FM station, the weaker the signal and the weaker the reception.
Terrain Hills, mountains, tall buildings, bridges, tunnels, freeway overpasses, parking garages, dense tree foliage and thunderstorms can interfere with the reception.
Station overload When you pass a ground-based broadcast repeating tower, a stronger signal may overtake a weaker one and result in the audio system muting.

AUDIO UNIT

WARNING: Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.

Audio System (If Equipped)Audio System (If Equipped)

Note: Depending on your vehicle option package, the controls may look different from what you see here.

Note: Some features, such as satellite radio, may not be available in your location.
Check with an authorized dealer

Accessing the Sound Settings

Audio System 4Press the button to adjust the sound settings. You can also activate and set the sensitivity of the adaptive or speed compensated volume.

Accessing the System Settings

Audio System 1.

Adjusting the Volume:Audio System 1

Turn to adjust the volume.

Changing Radio Stations:Audio System 2

  • Auto or Manual tuning.
  • Station name tuning

Note: You can change between auto or manual tuning with the rotary control using the system settings.

Note: You can change radio stations using the seek buttons.

Note: You can recall radio stations using the numeric preset buttons.

Pausing or Playing Media

Audio System 8In media mode, press and release the button to pause playback. Press the button again to resume playback.
In radio mode, press the button to mute the signal. Press the button again to restore the signal.

Returning to the Previous Screen

Audio System 2Press and release the button.

Scrolling Through the Menu Options:Audio System 4

Selecting Media

Audio System 3Press the button to select media mode.

Repeatedly press the button, or rotate the right-hand rotary control to scroll through the available media sources.

Selecting a Menu Option

Audio System 4

Selecting the Radio

Press the button to select radio mode.

Press the button again to display the available radio sources. Repeatedly press the button, or rotate the right-hand rotary control to scroll through the available radio sources.

Setting a Memory Preset
Tune to a station then press and hold one of the numbered memory preset buttons. The audio mutes briefly while the system saves the station and returns once the station is stored.

Switching the Audio Unit On and Off

Audio System 5Press and release the button.

Using a Cell Phone

Press the button to either answer an incoming phone call or to make a phone call.
Press and hold the button to end a phone call.

Using Seek, Fast Forward and Reverse

Audio System 9Press and release the button to skip to the next track.

Press and hold the button to fast forward through the track.

Audio System 7Press and release the button to return to the beginning of a track.

Repeatedly press the button to return to previous tracks.
Press and hold the button to rewind.
In radio mode, select a frequency band and press and release either button. The system stops at the first station it finds in that direction.

In satellite radio mode, press and release to select the next or previous satellite radio station. If you select a specific category, such as jazz, rock or news, press to find the next or previous station in the category you select.

CONNECTING A BLUETOOTH® DEVICE

Pairing a Device

Audio System 1.Press the button.

E142607
Select Bluetooth® and follow the instructions on the screen.
Note: When pairing a new device, you can choose to download contacts, set this as the primary device, and enable Emergency Assistance.

STREAMING BLUETOOTH AUDIO

Selecting a Bluetooth® Source
Audio System 3

  1.  Press the button to display the menu.
  2. Repeatedly press the button to scroll to the Bluetooth® device.
  3. Press the OK button.

Audio System 8Press the button to play the track. Press the button again to pause the track.

Audio System 7Press the button to skip to the next track.

Press and hold the button to fast-forward through the track.

Audio System 9Press the button once to return to the beginning of the track. Repeatedly press the button to return to previous tracks.
Press and hold the button to fast rewind.
Note: Not all functions are supported by all phones.

PLAYING MEDIA FROM A USB DEVICE

Supported Audio File Formats
You can play audio file formats including MP3, WMA, WAV, M4A, M4B, AAC, and FLAC.
Note: The NTFS file system is not supported.

Selecting the USB Device

Audio System 3Press the button to display the menu.

Repeatedly press the button to scroll to your USB device.
Press the OK button.
Playing from the USB Device

Audio System 8Press the button to play a track. Press the button again to pause the track.

Audio System 7Press the button to skip to the next track.

Press and hold the button to fast-forward through the track.

Audio System 9Press the button once to return to the beginning of a track. Repeatedly press the button to return to previous tracks.
Press and hold the button to fast rewind.

Sorting by Categories
You can also sort and play music by specific categories, for example, artist or album.
Press the OK button to view the available categories.

USB PORT

WARNING:
Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash, and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.

Audio System 6

The USB port allows you to plug in media
playing devices, memory sticks and charge devices.

Note :Not all USB ports in your vehicle have data transfer capabilities. See Auxiliary Power Points (page 80).

USING VOICE RECOGNITION

Phone Voice Service
This system allows you to use the voice recognition features of your phone and focus on your driving.

Press and hold the voice control button on the audio unit.

Note:
This only works when connected via Bluetooth. See Connecting a Bluetooth® Device (page 240).

Note:
When using voice recognition use the language set on the device.

Note:
We recommend that you check your data plan before using your phone voice service through the system. Using them could result in additional charges.

FAQs

Does the Ford E-350 2023 support over-the-air (OTA) updates for its connected systems?

Modern vehicles often come with the capability to receive OTA updates for their software. Check your user manual or with your dealer for specifics on the E-350.

Can I integrate third-party apps with the E-350’s connected vehicle system?

Some vehicles support app integration via platforms like Apple CarPlay or Android Auto. Review the infotainment system’s capabilities in the owner’s manual.

Is there a voice-activated assistant specific to Ford in the 2023 E-350 model?

Many new vehicles come equipped with voice-activated assistants. Check if the E-350 features Ford’s proprietary system or another solution.

I’ve heard of vehicles being hacked. How does Ford ensure the digital security of the connected features in the E-350?

Vehicle cybersecurity is a priority for manufacturers. Ford likely has security measures in place, but for detailed information, contact Ford customer service or review any provided literature on the topic.

How can I upgrade the audio system in the E-350, and will it affect my vehicle’s warranty?

Upgrades can be done through authorized dealers or aftermarket providers. However, ensure any changes don’t void your warranty.

Does the E-350’s audio system support lossless audio formats for higher sound quality?

High-end audio systems in vehicles might support superior formats. Consult the audio system’s specifications in your manual.

Are there any unique audio or connectivity features introduced in the 2023 model of the E-350?

Each model year might introduce new features. Refer to the vehicle’s brochure or the infotainment system’s section in the owner’s manual.

Can I control the E-350’s connected features through a smartphone app?

Many modern vehicles offer proprietary apps for remote control and monitoring. Check if Ford provides such an app for the 2023 E-350.

How do I troubleshoot connectivity issues between my device and the E-350’s system?

The owner’s manual usually provides a troubleshooting section for common issues. You can also contact Ford’s customer support for assistance.

Is there a monthly or yearly subscription fee associated with any of the connected vehicle features?

Some connected features may come with subscription plans after initial complimentary periods. Inquire at your dealership or check the vehicle’s documentation for details.

2023 FORD F-SERIES SUPER DUTY Specs, Price, Features and Mileage 

Useful Links

View Full User Guide: FORD E-350 2023 User Guide
Download Manuals: https://www.ford.com/support/owner-manuals/owner-manuals-sitemap/

2023 Ford Fiesta Specs, Price, Features and Mileage (Brochure)

Categories
E-350 Ford

2023 FORD E-350 Appendices | License Agreement

Ford logo

2023 FORD E-350 Appendices User Guide

The 2023 Ford E-350’s appendices are a treasure trove of detailed and extra information that goes along with the main parts of the owner’s guidebook. These parts are meant to cover specific topics, like how to read dashboard symbols and decode the Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). They provide owners with insights, clarifications, and quick references to make sure they have all the information they need at their fingertips. The sections have a carefully chosen collection of important information for E-350 fans, whether they’re looking for technical details or information on environmental programs.

2023 FORD F-SERIES SUPER DUTY Specs, Price, Features and Mileage

Appendices

ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY

WARNING:
Do not place objects or mount equipment on or near the airbag cover, on the side of the front or rear seatbacks, or in areas that may come into contact with a deploying airbag. Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of personal injury in the event of a crash.

WARNING:
Do not fasten antenna cables to vehicle wiring, fuel pipes and brake pipes.

WARNING:
Keep antenna and power cables at least 4 in (10 cm) from any electronic modules and airbags.

Note: We test and certify your vehicle to meet electromagnetic compatibility legislation. It is your responsibility to make sure that any equipment an authorized dealer installs on your vehicle complies with applicable local legislation and other requirements. Installation of some aftermarket electronic devices could degrade the performance of vehicle functions, which use radio frequency signals such as broadcast radio receivers, tire pressure monitoring systems, push-button start, Bluetooth® connectivity or satellite navigation.

Note: Any radio frequency transmitter equipment in your vehicle (such as cellular telephones and amateur radio transmitters) must keep to the parameters in the following illustrations and table. We do not provide any other special provisions or conditions for installations or use.

Car/SUV

FORD E-350 2023 Appendices1

Van

FORD E-350 2023 Appendices2

Truck

FORD E-350 2023 Appendices3

Frequency Band MHz Maximum Output Power Watt (Peak RMS) Antenna Positions
1-30 50 1
50-54 50 2, 3
68-88 50 2, 3
142-176 50 2, 3
380-512 50 2, 3
806-870 10 2, 3

END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT

SYNC End User License Agreement (EULA)

  • You have acquired a device (“DEVICE”) that includes software licensed by Ford Motor Company and its affiliates
    (“FORD MOTOR COMPANY”) from an affiliate of Microsoft Corporation
    (“MS”) . Those installed software products of MS origin, as well as associated media, printed materials, and “online” or electronic documentation (“MS SOFTWARE”) are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties. The MS SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. All rights reserved.
  • The MS SOFTWARE may interface with and/or communicate with, or may be later upgraded to interface with and/or communicate with additional software and/or systems provided by FORD MOTOR COMPANY. The additional software and systems of FORD MOTOR COMPANY origin, as well as associated media, printed materials, and “online” or electronic documentation (“FORD SOFTWARE”) are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties. The FORD SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. All rights reserved.
  • The MS SOFTWARE and/or FORD SOFTWARE may interface with and/or communicate with, or may be later upgraded to interface with and/or communicate with additional software and/or systems provided by third party software and service suppliers. The additional software and services of third party origin, as well as associated media, printed materials, and “online” or electronic documentation (“THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE”) are protected by international intellectual property laws and treaties. The THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. All rights reserved.
  • The MS SOFTWARE, FORD SOFTWARE and THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE hereinafter collectively and individually will be referred to as “SOFTWARE”.

IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THIS END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT (“EULA”) DO NOT USE THE DEVICE OR COPY THE SOFTWARE. ANY USE OF THE SOFTWARE, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO USE ON THE DEVICE, WILL CONSTITUTE YOUR AGREEMENT TO THIS EULA (OR RATIFICATION OF ANY PREVIOUS CONSENT).
GRANT OF SOFTWARE LICENSE: This EULA grants you the following license:

  • You may use the SOFTWARE as installed on the DEVICE and as otherwise interfacing with systems and/or services provide by or through FORD MOTOR COMPANY or its third party software and service providers.

Description of Other Rights and Limitations

  • Speech Recognition: If the SOFTWARE includes speech recognition component(s), you should understand that speech recognition is an inherently statistical process and that recognition errors are inherent in the process. Neither FORD MOTOR COMPANY nor its suppliers shall be liable for any damages arising out of errors in the speech recognition process.
  • Limitations on Reverse Engineering, Recompilation and Disassembly: You may not reverse engineer, decompile, or disassemble nor permit others to reverse engineer, decompile or disassemble the SOFTWARE, except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation.
  • Limitations on Distributing, Copying, Modifying and Creating Derivative Works: You may not distribute, copy, make modifications to or create derivative works based on the SOFTWARE, except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation.
  • Single EULA: The end user documentation for the DEVICE and related systems and services may contain multiple EULAs, such as multiple translations and/or multiple media versions (e.g., in the user documentation and in the software). Even if you receive multiple EULAs, you are licensed to use only one (1) copy of the SOFTWARE.
  • SOFTWARE Transfer: You may permanently transfer your rights under this EULA only as part of a sale or transfer of the DEVICE, provided you retain no copies, you transfer all of the SOFTWARE (including all component parts, the media and printed materials, any upgrades, and, if applicable, the Certificate(s) of Authenticity), and the recipient agrees to the terms of this EULA. If the SOFTWARE is an upgrade, any transfer must include all prior versions of the SOFTWARE.
  • Termination: Without prejudice to any other rights, FORD MOTOR COMPANY or MS may terminate this EULA if you fail to comply with the terms and conditions of this EULA.
  • Security Updates/Digital Rights Management: Content owners use the WMDRM technology included in your DEVICE to protect their intellectual property, included copyrighted content. Portions of the SOFTWARE on your DEVICE use WMDRM software to access WMDRM-protected content. If the WMDRM software fails to protect the content, content owners may ask Microsoft to revoke the SOFTWARE’s ability to use WMDRM to play or copy protected content. This action does not affect unprotected content. When your DEVICE downloads licenses for protected content, you agree that Microsoft may include a revocation list with the licenses. Content owners may require you to upgrade the SOFTWARE on your DEVICE to access their content. If you decline an upgrade, you will not be able to access content that requires the upgrade.
  • Consent to Use of Data: You agree that MS, Microsoft Corporation, FORD MOTOR COMPANY, third party software and systems suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agent may collect and use technical information gathered in any manner as part of product support services related to the SOFTWARE or related services. MS, Microsoft Corporation, FORD MOTOR COMPANY, third party software and services suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agent may use this information solely to improve their products or to provide customized services or technologies to you. MS, Microsoft Corporation, FORD MOTOR COMPANY, third party software and systems suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agent may disclose this information to others, but not in a form that personally identifies you.
  • Internet-Based Services Components: The SOFTWARE may contain components that enable and facilitate the use of certain
    Internet-based services. You acknowledge and agree that MS, Microsoft Corporation, FORD MOTOR COMPANY, third party software and service suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agent may automatically check the version of the SOFTWARE and/or its components that you are utilizing and may provide upgrades or supplements to the SOFTWARE that may be automatically downloaded to your DEVICE.
  • Additional Software/Services: The SOFTWARE may permit FORD MOTOR COMPANY, third party software and service suppliers, MS, Microsoft Corporation, their affiliates and/or their designated agent to provide or make available to you SOFTWARE updates, supplements, add-on components, or Internet-based services components of the SOFTWARE after the date you obtain your initial copy of the SOFTWARE (“Supplemental Components”).

If FORD MOTOR COMPANY or third party software and services suppliers provide or make available to you Supplemental Components and no other EULA terms are provided along with the Supplemental Components, then the terms of this EULA shall apply.
If MS, Microsoft Corporation, their affiliates and/or their designated agent make available Supplemental Components, and no other EULA terms are provided, then the terms of this EULA shall apply, except that the MS, Microsoft Corporation or affiliate entity providing the Supplemental Component(s) shall be the licensor of the Supplemental Component(s).
FORD MOTOR COMPANY, MS, Microsoft Corporation, their affiliates and/or their designated agent reserve the right to discontinue without liability any Internet-based services provided to you or made available to you through the use of the SOFTWARE.

  • Links to Third Party Sites: The MS SOFTWARE may provide you with the ability to link to third party sites through the use of the SOFTWARE. The third party sites are not under the control of MS, Microsoft Corporation, their affiliates and/or their designated agent. Neither MS nor Microsoft Corporation nor their affiliates nor their designated agent are responsible for:
    1. The contents of any third party sites, any links contained in third party sites, or any changes or updates to third party sites, or  webcasting or any other form of transmission received from any third party sites. If the SOFTWARE provides links to third party sites, those links are provided to you only as a convenience, and the inclusion of any link does not imply an endorsement of the third party site by MS, Microsoft Corporation, their affiliates and/or their designated agent.
      Obligation to Drive Responsibly: You recognize your obligation to drive responsibly and keep attention on the road. You will read and abide with the DEVICE operating instructions particularly as they pertain to safety and assumes any risk associated with the use of the DEVICE.

UPGRADES AND RECOVERY MEDIA:
If the SOFTWARE is provided by FORD MOTOR COMPANY separate from the DEVICE on media such as a ROM chip, CD ROM disk(s) or via web download or other means, and is labeled “For Upgrade Purposes Only” or “For Recovery Purposes Only” you may install one (1) copy of such SOFTWARE onto the DEVICE as a replacement copy for the existing SOFTWARE, and use it in accordance with this EULA, including any additional EULA terms accompanying the upgrade SOFTWARE.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS:
All title and intellectual property rights in and to the SOFTWARE (including but not limited to any images, photographs, animations, video, audio, music, text and “applets” incorporated into the SOFTWARE), the accompanying printed materials, and any copies of the SOFTWARE, are owned by MS, Microsoft Corporation, FORD MOTOR COMPANY, or their affiliates or suppliers. The SOFTWARE is licensed, not sold. You may not copy the printed materials accompanying the SOFTWARE. All title and intellectual property rights in and to the content which may be accessed through use of the SOFTWARE is the property of the respective content owner and may be protected by applicable copyright or other intellectual property laws and treaties. This EULA grants you no rights to use such content. All rights not specifically granted under this EULA are reserved by MS, Microsoft Corporation, FORD MOTOR COMPANY, third party software and service providers, their affiliates and suppliers. Use of any on-line services which may be accessed through the SOFTWARE may be governed by the respective terms of use relating to such services. If this SOFTWARE contains documentation that is provided only in electronic form, you may print one copy of such electronic documentation.

EXPORT RESTRICTIONS: You acknowledge that the SOFTWARE is subject to U.S. and European Union export jurisdiction. You agree to comply with all applicable international and national laws that apply to the SOFTWARE, including the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, as well as end-user, end-use and destination restrictions issued by U.S. and other governments. For additional information, see:

Website: http://www.microsoft.com/exporting/

TRADEMARKS: This EULA does not grant you any rights in connection with any trademarks or service marks of FORD MOTOR COMPANY, MS, Microsoft Corporation, third party software or service providers, their affiliates or suppliers.

PRODUCT SUPPORT: Product support for the SOFTWARE is not provided by MS, its parent corporation Microsoft Corporation, or their affiliates or subsidiaries. For product support, please refer to FORD MOTOR COMPANY instructions provided in the documentation for the DEVICE. Should you have any questions concerning this EULA, or if you desire to contact FORD MOTOR COMPANY for any other reason, please refer to the address provided in the documentation for the DEVICE.

No Liability for Certain Damages:
EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW, FORD MOTOR COMPANY, ANY THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE OR SERVICES SUPPLIERS, MS, MICROSOFT CORPORATION AND THEIR AFFILIATES SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES ARISING FROM OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE. THIS LIMITATION SHALL APPLY EVEN IF ANY REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL MS, MICROSOFT CORPORATION AND/OR THEIR AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR ANY AMOUNT IN EXCESS OF U.S. TWO HUNDRED FIFTY DOLLARS (U.S. $250.00).

  • THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES OTHER THAN THOSE THAT MAY EXPRESSLY BE PROVIDED FOR YOUR NEW VEHICLE.

Adobe
Contains Adobe® [Flash® Player] or [AIR®] technology by Adobe Systems Incorporated. This [Licensee Product] contains [Adobe® Flash® Player]
[Adobe® AIR®] software under license from Adobe Systems Incorporated, Copyright ©1995-2009 Adobe Macromedia Software LLC. All rights reserved. Adobe, Flash and AIR are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated.

End User Notice
Microsoft® Windows® Mobile for Automotive Important Safety Information
This system Ford SYNC contains software that is licensed to Manufacturer FORD MOTOR COMPANY by an affiliate of Microsoft Corporation pursuant to a license agreement. Any removal, reproduction, reverse engineering or other unauthorized use of the software from this system in violation of the license agreement is strictly prohibited and may subject you to legal action.

Read and follow instructions: Before using your Windows Automotive- based system, read and follow all instructions and safety information provided in this end user manual (“User’s Guide”). Not following precautions found in this User’s Guide can lead to an accident or other serious consequences.

Keep User’s Guide in vehicle: When kept in the vehicle, the User’s Guide will be a ready reference for you and other users unfamiliar with the Windows Automotive-based system. Please make certain that before using the system for the first time, all persons have access to the User’s Guide and read its instructions and safety information carefully.

WARNING: Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.

General Operation
Voice Command Control: Functions within the Windows Automotive-based system may be accomplished using only voice commands. Using voice commands while driving allows you to operate the system without removing your hands from the wheel.

Prolonged Views of Screen: Do not access any function requiring a prolonged view of the screen while you are driving. Pull over in a safe and legal manner before attempting to access a function of the system requiring prolonged attention. Even occasional short scans to the screen may be hazardous if your attention has been diverted away from your driving task at a critical time.

Volume Setting: Do not raise the volume excessively. Keep the volume at a level where you can still hear outside traffic and emergency signals while driving. Driving while unable to hear these sounds could cause an accident.

Use of Speech Recognition Functions:
Speech recognition software is inherently a statistical process which is subject to errors. It is your responsibility to monitor any speech recognition functions included in the system and address any errors.

Navigation Features: Any navigation features included in the system are intended to provide turn by turn instructions to get you to a desired destination. Please make certain all persons using this system carefully read and follow instructions and safety information fully.

Distraction Hazard: Any navigation features may require manual (non-verbal) setup. Attempting to perform such set-up or insert data while driving can seriously distract your attention and could cause an accident or other serious consequences. Stop the vehicle in a safe and legal manner before attempting these operations.

Let Your Judgment Prevail: Any navigation features are provided only as an aid. Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing traffic regulations. Any such feature is not a substitute for your personal judgment. Any route suggestions made by this system should never replace any local traffic regulations or your personal judgment or knowledge of safe driving practices.

Route Safety: Do not follow the route suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal maneuver, if you would be placed in an unsafe situation, or if you would be directed into an area that you consider unsafe. The driver is ultimately responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore, must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions.

Potential Map Inaccuracy: Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of changes in roads, traffic controls or driving conditions. Always use good judgment and common sense when following the suggested routes.

Emergency Services: Do not rely on any navigation features included in the system to route you to emergency services. Ask local authorities or an emergency services operator for these locations. Not all emergency services such as police, fire stations, hospitals and clinics are likely to be contained in the map database for such navigation features.

Telenav Software End User License Agreement
Please read these terms and conditions carefully before you use the Telenav Software. Your use of the Telenav Software indicates that you accept these terms and conditions. If you do not accept these terms and conditions, do not break the seal of the package, launch, or otherwise use the Telenav Software.
These terms and conditions represent the agreement (“Agreement”) between you and Telenav, Inc. (“Telenav”) with respect to the Telenav Software (including upgrades, modifications, or additions thereto) (collectively “Telenav Software”). All references herein to “you” and “your” means you, your employees, agents, and contractors, and any other entity on whose behalf you accept these terms and conditions, all of whom shall also be bound by this Agreement. Additionally, all of your account information, as well as other payment and personal information provided by you to Telenav (directly or through the use of the Telenav Software, is subject to Telenav’s privacy policy located at http://www.telenav.com.
Telenav may revise this Agreement and the privacy policy at any time, with or without notice to you. You agree to visit http://www.telenav.com from time to time to review the then current version of this Agreement and of the privacy policy.

  1. Safe and Lawful Use
    You acknowledge that devoting attention to the Telenav Software may pose a risk of injury or death to you and others in situations that otherwise require your undivided attention, and you therefore agree to comply with the following when using the Telenav Software: (a) observe all traffic laws and otherwise drive safely;(b) use your own personal judgment while driving. If you feel that a route suggested by the Telenav Software instructs you to perform an unsafe or illegal maneuver, places you in an unsafe situation, or directs you into an area that you consider to be unsafe, do not follow such instructions; (c) do not input destinations, or otherwise manipulate the Telenav Software, unless your vehicle is stationary and parked; (d) do not use the Telenav Software for any illegal, unauthorized, unintended, unsafe, hazardous, or unlawful purposes, or in any manner inconsistent with this Agreement;(e) arrange all GPS and wireless devices and cables necessary for use of the Telenav Software in a secure manner in your vehicle so that they will not interfere with your driving and will not prevent the operation of any safety device (such as an airbag).

You agree to indemnify and hold Telenav harmless against all claims resulting from any dangerous or otherwise inappropriate use of the Telenav Software in any moving vehicle, including as a result of your failure to comply with the directions above.

  1.  Account Information
    You agree: (a) when registering the Telenav Software, to provide Telenav with true, accurate, current, and complete information about yourself, and (b) to inform Telenav promptly of any changes to such information, and to keep it true, accurate, current and complete.
  2. Software License
    Subject to your compliance with the terms of this Agreement, Telenav hereby grants to you a personal, non-exclusive,
    non-transferable license (except as expressly permitted below in connection with your permanent transfer of the Telenav Software license), without the right to sublicense, to use the Telenav Software (in object code form only) in order to access and use the Telenav Software. This license shall terminate upon any termination or expiration of this Agreement. You agree that you will use the Telenav Software only for your personal business or leisure purposes, and not to provide commercial navigation services to other parties.
    • License Limitations
      You agree not to do any of the following:(a) reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble, translate, modify, alter or otherwise change the Telenav Software or any part thereof; (b) attempt to derive the source code, audio library or structure of the Telenav Software without the prior express written consent of Telenav; (c) remove from the Telenav Software, or alter, any of Telenav’s or its suppliers’ trademarks, trade names, logos, patent or copyright notices, or other notices or markings; (d) distribute, sublicense or otherwise transfer the Telenav Software to others, except as part of your permanent transfer of the Telenav Software; or (e) use the Telenav Software in any manner that (i) infringes the intellectual property or proprietary rights, rights of publicity or privacy or other rights of any party, (ii) violates any law, statute, ordinance or regulation, including but not limited to laws and regulations related to spamming, privacy, consumer and child protection, obscenity or defamation, or (iii) is harmful, threatening, abusive, harassing, tortuous, defamatory, vulgar, obscene, libelous, or otherwise objectionable; and (f) lease, rent out, or otherwise permit unauthorized access by third parties to the Telenav Software without advanced written permission of Telenav.
  3. Disclaimers
    To the fullest extent permissible pursuant to applicable law, in no event will Telenav, its licensors and suppliers, or agents or employees of any of the foregoing, be liable for any decision made or action taken by you or anyone else in reliance on the information provided by the Telenav Software. Telenav also does not warrant the accuracy of the map or other data used for the Telenav Software. Such data may not always reflect reality due to, among other things, road closures, construction, weather, new roads and other changing conditions. You are responsible for the entire risk arising out of your use of the Telenav Software. For example but without limitation, you agree not to rely on the Telenav Software for critical navigation in areas where the well-being or survival of you or others is dependent on the accuracy of navigation, as the maps or functionality of the Telenav Software are not intended to support such high risk applications, especially in more remote geographical areas.

TELENAV EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS AND EXCLUDES ALL WARRANTIES IN CONNECTION WITH THE TELENAV SOFTWARE, WHETHER STATUTORY, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING ALL WARRANTIES WHICH MAY ARISE FROM COURSE OF DEALING, CUSTOM OR TRADE AND INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND
NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS WITH RESPECT TO THE TELENAV SOFTWARE. Certain jurisdictions do not permit the disclaimer of certain warranties, so this limitation may not apply to you.

  1.  Limitation of Liability
    TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL TELENAV OR ITS LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE TO YOU OR TO ANY THIRD PARTY FOR ANY INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES (INCLUDING IN EACH CASE, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, DAMAGES FOR THE INABILITY TO USE THE EQUIPMENT OR ACCESS DATA, LOSS OF DATA, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF PROFITS, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR THE LIKE) ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE TELENAV SOFTWARE, EVEN IF TELENAV HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
    NOTWITHSTANDING ANY DAMAGES THAT YOU MIGHT INCUR FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ALL DAMAGES REFERENCED HEREIN AND ALL DIRECT OR GENERAL DAMAGES IN CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE) OR OTHERWISE), THE ENTIRE LIABILITY OF TELENAV AND OF ALL OF TELENAV’S SUPPLIERS SHALL BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT ACTUALLY PAID BY YOU FOR THE TELENAV SOFTWARE. SOME STATES AND/OR JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, SO THE ABOVE LIMITATIONS OR EXCLUSIONS MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
  2.  Arbitration and Governing Law
    You agree that any dispute, claim or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the Telenav Software shall be settled by independent arbitration involving a neutral arbitrator and administered by the American Arbitration Association in the County of Santa Clara, California. The arbitrator shall apply the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, and the judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered by any court having jurisdiction. Note that there is no judge or jury in an arbitration proceeding and the decision of the arbitrator shall be binding upon both parties. You expressly agree to waive your right to a jury trial.

This Agreement and performance hereunder will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its conflict of laws provisions. To the extent judicial action is necessary in connection with the binding arbitration, both Telenav and you agree to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the County of Santa Clara, California. The United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply.

  1.  Assignment
    You may not resell, assign, or transfer this Agreement or any of your rights or obligations, except in totality, in connection with your permanent transfer of the Telenav Software, and expressly conditioned upon the new user of the Telenav Software agreeing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Any such sale, assignment or transfer that is not expressly permitted under this paragraph will result in immediate termination of this Agreement, without liability to Telenav, in which case you and all other parties shall immediately cease all use of the Telenav Software. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Telenav may assign this Agreement to any other party at any time without notice, provided the assignee remains bound by this Agreement.
  2.  Miscellaneous
    • This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between Telenav and you with respect to the subject matter hereof.
    • Except for the limited licenses expressly granted in this Agreement, Telenav retains all right, title and interest in and to the Telenav Software, including without limitation all related intellectual property rights. No licenses or other rights which are not expressly granted in this Agreement are intended to, or shall be, granted or conferred by implication, statute, inducement, estoppel or otherwise, and Telenav and its suppliers and licensors hereby reserve all of their respective rights other than the licenses explicitly granted in this Agreement.
    • By using the Telenav Software, you consent to receive from Telenav all communications, including notices, agreements, legally required disclosures or other information in connection with the Telenav Software (collectively, “Notices”) electronically. Telenav may provide such Notices by posting them on Telenav’s Website or by downloading such Notices to your wireless device. If you desire to withdraw your consent to receive Notices electronically, you must discontinue your use of the Telenav Software.
    • Telenav’s or your failure to require performance of any provision shall not affect that party’s right to require performance at any time thereafter, nor shall a waiver of any breach or default of this Agreement constitute a waiver of any subsequent breach or default or a waiver of the provision itself.
    • If any provision herein is held unenforceable, then such provision will be modified to reflect the intention of the parties, and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect.
    • The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, will not be deemed to be a part of this Agreement, and will not be referred to in connection with the construction or interpretation of this Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the words “include” and “including,” and variations thereof, will not be deemed to be terms of limitation, but rather will be deemed to be followed by the words
      “without limitation.”
  1. Other Vendor’s Terms and Conditions
    The Telenav Software utilizes map and other data licensed to Telenav by third party vendors for the benefit of you and other end users. This Agreement includes end-user terms applicable to these companies (included at the end of this positioning devices or any mobile or wireless-connected electronic or computer devices, including without limitation cellular phones, palmtop and handheld computers, pagers, and personal digital assistants or PDAs.

Warning.
The Data may contain inaccurate or incomplete information due to the passage of time, changing circumstances, sources used and the nature of collecting comprehensive geographic data, any of which may lead to incorrect results.

No Warranty.
This Data is provided to you “as is,” and you agree to use it at your own risk. Telenav and its licensors (and their licensors and suppliers) make no guarantees, representations or warranties of any kind, express or implied, arising by law or otherwise, including but not limited to, content, quality, accuracy, completeness, effectiveness, reliability, fitness for a particular purpose, usefulness, use or results to be obtained from this Data, or that the Data or server will be uninterrupted or error-free.
Disclaimer of Warranty:
TELENAV AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR
NON-INFRINGEMENT. Some States, Territories and Countries do not allow certain warranty exclusions, so to that extent the above exclusion may not apply to you.

Disclaimer of Liability:
TELENAV AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU: IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR POSSESSION OF THE INFORMATION; OR FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THIS INFORMATION, ANY DEFECT IN THE INFORMATION, OR THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IF TELENAV OR ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some States, Territories and Countries do not allow certain liability exclusions or damages limitations, so to that extent the above may not apply to you.

Export Control.
You shall not export from anywhere any part of the Data or any direct product thereof except in compliance with, and with all licenses and approvals required under, applicable export laws, rules and regulations, including but not limited to the laws, rules and regulations administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of Commerce and the Bureau of Industry and Security of the U.S. Department of Commerce. To the extent that any such export laws, rules or regulations prohibit HERE from complying with any of its obligations hereunder to deliver or distribute Data, such failure shall be excused and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement.

Entire Agreement.
These terms and conditions constitute the entire agreement between Telenav (and its licensors, including their licensors and suppliers) and you pertaining to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes in their entirety any and all written or oral agreements previously existing between us with respect to such subject matter.

Governing Law.
The above terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of the State of Illinois [insert “Netherlands” where European HERE Data is used], without giving effect to (i) its conflict of laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations Convention for Contracts for the International Sale of Goods, which is explicitly excluded. You agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the State of Illinois [insert “The Netherlands” where European HERE Data is used] for any and all disputes, claims and actions arising from or in connection with the Data provided to you hereunder.

Government End Users.
If the Data is being acquired by or on behalf of the United States government or any other entity seeking or applying rights similar to those customarily claimed by the United States government, this Data is a “commercial item” as that term is defined at 48 C.F.R. (“FAR”) 2.101, is licensed in accordance with these End-User Terms, and each copy of Data delivered or otherwise furnished shall be marked and embedded as appropriate with the following “Notice of Use,” and shall be treated in accordance with such Notice:

NOTICE OF USE
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER) NAME: HERE
CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER) ADDRESS: c/o Nokia, 425 West Randolph Street, Chicago, Illinois 60606
This Data is a commercial item as defined in FAR 2.101 and is subject to these End-User Terms under which this Data was provided.
© 1987 – 2014 HERE – All rights reserved.

If the Contracting Officer, federal government agency, or any federal official refuses to use the legend provided herein, the Contracting Officer, federal government agency, or any federal official must notify HERE prior to seeking additional or alternative rights in the Data.

I. US/Canada Territory
A. United States Data. The End-User Terms for any Application containing Data for the United States shall contain the following notices:

“HERE holds a non-exclusive license from the United States Postal Service® to publish and sell ZIP+4® information.”
“©United States Postal Service® 20XX. Prices are not established, controlled or approved by the United States Postal Service®. The following trademarks and registrations are owned by the USPS: United States Postal Service, USPS, and ZIP+4.”

B. Canada Data. The following provisions apply to the Data for Canada, which may include or reflect data from third party licensors (“Third Party Data”), including Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada (“Her Majesty”), Canada Post Corporation (“Canada Post”) and the Department of Natural Resources of Canada (“NRCan”):

  1. Disclaimer and Limitation: Client agrees that its use of the Third Party Data is subject to the following provisions:
    •  Disclaimer: The Third Party Data is licensed on an “as is” basis. The licensors of such data, including Her Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan, make no guarantees, representations or warranties respecting such data, either express or implied, arising by law or otherwise, including but not limited to, effectiveness, completeness, accuracy or fitness for a particular purpose.
    • Limitation on Liability: The Third Party Data licensors, including Her Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan, shall not be liable:
      1. in respect of any claim, demand or action, irrespective of the nature of the cause of the claim, demand or action alleging any loss, injury or damages, direct or indirect, which may result from the use or possession of such Data; or
      2. in any way for loss of revenues or contracts, or any other consequential loss of any kind resulting from any defect in the Data.
  2. Copyright Notice:
    In connection with each copy of all or any portion of the Data for the Territory of Canada, Client shall affix in a conspicuous manner the following copyright notice on at least one of: (i) the label for the storage media of the copy; (ii) the packaging for the copy; or (iii) other materials packaged with the copy, such as user manuals or end user license agreements: “This data includes information taken with permission from Canadian authorities, including © Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, © Queen’s Printer for Ontario, © Canada Post Corporation, GeoBase®, © The Department of Natural Resources Canada. All rights reserved.”
  3.  End-User Terms: Except as other-wise agreed by the parties, in connection with the provision of any portion of the Data for the Territory of Canada to End-Users as may be authorized under the Agreement, Client shall provide such End-Users, in a reason-ably conspicuous manner, with terms (set forth with other end user terms required to be provided under the Agreement, or as otherwise may be provided, by Client) which shall include the following provisions on behalf of the Third Party Data licensors, including Her Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan:

    The Data may include or reflect data of licensors, including Her Majesty the Queen in the Right of Canada (“Her Majesty”), Canada Post Corporation (“Canada Post”) and the Department of Natural Resources Canada (“NRCan”). Such data is licensed on an “as is” basis. The licensors, including Her Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan, make no guarantees, representations or warranties respecting such data, either express or implied, arising by law or otherwise, including but not limited to, effectiveness, complete-ness, accuracy or fitness for a particular purpose. The licensors, including Her Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan, shall not be liable in respect of any claim, demand or action, irrespective of the nature of the cause of the claim, demand or action alleging any loss, injury or damages, direct or indirect, which may result from the use or possession of the data or the Data. The licensors, including Her Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan, shall not be liable in any way for loss of revenues or contracts, or any other consequential loss of any kind resulting from any defect in the data or the Data.
    End User shall indemnify and save harmless the licensors, including Her Majesty, Canada Post and NRCan, and their officers, employees and agents from and against any claim, demand or action, irrespective of the nature of the cause of the claim, demand or action, alleging loss, costs, expenses, damages or injuries (including injuries resulting in death) arising out of the use or possession of the data or the Data.

  4. Additional Provisions: The terms contained in this Section are in addition to all of the rights and obligations of the parties under the Agreement. To the extent that any of the provisions of this Section are inconsistent with, or conflict with, any other provisions of the Agreement, the provisions of this Section shall prevail.

II. Mexico. The following provision applies to the Data for Mexico, which includes certain data from the Instituto Nacional de Estadística y Geografía (“INEGI”):
A. Any and all copies of the Data and/or packaging containing Data for Mexico shall contain the following notice:
“Fuente: INEGI (Instituto Naciona

III. Latin America Territory
A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies of the Data and/or packaging relating thereto shall include the respective Third Party Notices set forth below and used as described below corresponding to the Territory (or portion thereof) included in such copy:

Territory Notice
“INSTITUTO GEOGRAFICO
MILITAR DEL ECUADOR
AUTORIZACION N° IGM-
2011-01- PCO-01 DEL 25 DE
ENERO DE 2011”
Ecuador
“source: © IGN 2009 – BD
TOPO ®”
“Fuente: INEGI (Instituto
Nacional
Guadeloupe,
French
Guiana
and
Martinique
Mexico
IV. Middle East Territory

Third Party Notices. Any and all copies of the Data and/or packaging relating thereto shall include the respective Third Party Notices set forth below and used as described below corresponding to the Territory (or portion thereof) included in such copy:

Country Notice

Jordan
“© Royal Jordanian Geographic Centre”. The foregoing notice requirement for Jordan Data is a material term of the Agree-ment. If Client or any of its permitted sublicensees (if any) fail to meet such requirement, HERE shall have the right to terminate Client’s license with respect to the Jordan Data.

  • Jordan Data. Client and its permitted sublicensees (if any) are restricted from licensing and/or otherwise distributing HERE’s database for the country of Jordan (“Jordan Data”) for use in Enterprise Applications to (i) non-Jordanian entities for use of the Jordan Data solely in Jordan or (ii) Jordan-based customers. In addition, Client, its permitted sublicensees (if any) and End-Users are restricted from using the Jordan Data in Enterprise Applications if such party is (i) a non-Jordanian entity using the Jordan Data solely in Jordan or (ii) a Jordan-based customer. For purposes of the foregoing, “Enterprise Applications” shall mean Geo marketing applications, GIS applications, mobile business asset management applications, call center applications, telematics applications, public organization Internet applications or for providing geocoding services.
  • Europe Territory
  •  Use of Certain Traffic Codes in Europe
  1.  General Restrictions Applicable to Traffic Codes. Client acknowledges and agrees that in certain countries of the Europe Territory, Client will need to obtain rights directly from third party RDS-TMC code providers to receive and use the Traffic Codes in the Data and to deliver to End-Users Transactions in any way derived from or based on such Traffic Codes. For such countries, HERE shall deliver the Data incorporating Traffic Codes to Client only after receiving certification from Client of its having obtained such rights.
  2. Display of Third Party Rights Legends for Belgium. Client shall, for each Transaction that uses Traffic Codes for Belgium, provide the following notice to the End-User:
    “Traffic Codes for Belgium are provided by the Transports.”
    •  Paper Maps. With respect to any license granted to Client relating to making, selling or distributing paper maps (i.e., a map fixed on a paper or paper-like medium): (a) such license with respect to Data for the Territory of Great Britain is conditioned on Client’s entering into and complying with a separate written agreement with the Ordnance Survey (“OS”) to create and sell paper maps, Client’s paying to the OS any and all applicable paper map royalties, and Client’s complying with the OS copyright notice requirements; (b) such license for selling or otherwise distributing for charge with respect to Data for the Territory of Czech Republic is conditioned on Client’s obtaining prior written consent from Kartografie a.s.;(c) such license for selling or distributing with respect to Data for the Territory of Switzerland is conditioned on Client’s obtaining a permit from of Switzerland; (d) Client is restricted from using Data for the Territory of France to create paper maps with a scale between 1:5,000 and 1:250,000; and (e) Client is restricted from using any Data to create, sell or distribute paper maps that are the same or substantially similar, in terms of data content and specific use of color, symbols and scale, to paper maps published by the European national mapping agencies, including without limitation, Landervermessungämter of Germany, Topografische Dienst of the Netherlands, National of Austria, and the National Land Survey of Sweden.
  • . OS Enforcement. Without limiting Section IV(B) above, with respect to Data for the Territory of Great Britain, Client acknowledges and agrees that the Ordnance Survey (“OS”) may bring a direct action against Client to enforce compliance with the OS copyright notice (see Section IV(D) below) and paper map requirements (see Section IV(B) above) contained in this Agreement.
  • Third Party Notices. Any and all copies of the Data and/or packaging relating thereto shall include the respective Third Party Notices set forth below and used as described below corresponding to the Territory (or portion thereof) included in such copy:

Austria
“© EuroGeographics”
Croatia
Cyprus,
Estonia,
Latvia,
Lithuania,
Moldova,
Poland,
Slovenia
and/or
Ukraine
“source: © IGN 2009 – BD
TOPO ®”
France
Germany
“Contains Ordnance
Survey data © Crown
copyright and database
right 2010 Contains Royal
Mail data © Royal Mail
copyright and database
right 2010”
Great
Britain
“Copyright Geomatics
Ltd.”
Greece
“Copyright © 2003; Top-
Map Ltd.”
Hungary
“Italy
“Copyright © 2000;
Norwegian Mapping
Authority”
Norway
Portugal “Source:
IgeoE – Portugal”
Spain
“Based upon electronic
data © National Land
Survey Sweden.”
Sweden
Australia Territory
A. Third Party Notices. Any and all copies of the Data and/or packaging relating thereto shall include the respective Third Party Notices set forth below and used as described below corresponding to the Territory (or portion thereof) included in such copy:

The product incorporates data which is © 20XX Telstra Corporation Limited, GM Holden Limited, Intelematics Australia Pty Ltd, and Continental Pty Ltd.

  • B. Third-Party Notices for Australia. In addition to the foregoing, the End-User Terms for any Application containing RDS-TMC Traffic Codes for Australia shall contain the following notice:
    “Product incorporates traffic location codes which is © 20XX Telstra Corporation Limited and its licensors.”
  • VII. China Territory
    Personal Use Only
    You agree to use this Data together with [insert name of Client Application] for the solely personal, non-commercial purposes for which you were licensed, and not for service bureau, time-sharing or other similar purposes. Accordingly, but subject to the restrictions set forth in the following paragraphs, you may copy this Data only as necessary for your personal use to (i) view it, and (ii) save it, provided that you do not remove any copyright notices that appear and do not modify the Data in any way. You agree not to otherwise reproduce, copy, modify, decompile, disassemble or reverse engineer any portion of this Data, and may not transfer or distribute it in any form, for any purpose, except to the extent permitted by mandatory laws.

Restrictions
Except where you have been specifically licensed to do so by NAV2, and without limiting the preceding paragraph, you may not (a) use this Data with any products, systems, or applications installed or otherwise connected to or in communication with vehicles, capable of vehicle navigation, positioning, dispatch, real-time route guidance, fleet management or similar applications; or (b) with or in communication with any positioning devices or any mobile or wireless-connected electronic or computer devices, including without limitation cellular phones, palmtop and handheld computers, pagers, and personal digital assistants or PDAs. You agree to cease using this Data if you fail to comply with these terms and conditions.

Limited Warranty
NAV2 warrants that (a) the Data will perform substantially in accordance with the accompanying written materials for a period of ninety (90) days from the date of receipt, and (b) any support services provided by NAV2 shall be substantial as described in applicable written materials provided to you by NAV2, and NAV2’s support engineers will make commercially reasonable efforts to solve any problem issues.

rigCustomer Remedies
NAV2 and its suppliers’ entire liability and your exclusive remedy shall be, at NAV2’s sole discretion, either (a) return of the price paid, if any, or (b) repair or replacement of the Data that do not meet NAV2’s Limited Warranty and that are returned to NAV2 with a copy of your receipt. This Limited Warranty is void if failure of the Data has resulted from accident, abuse, or misapplication. Any replacement Data will be warranted for the remainder of the original warranty period or thirty (30) days, whichever is longer. Neither these remedies nor any product support services offered by NAV2 are available without proof of purchase from an authorized international source.

No Other Warranty:
EXCEPT FOR THE LIMITED WARRANTY SET FORTH ABOVE AND TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, NAV2 AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) DISCLAIM ANY WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, OF QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OWNERSHIP OR NON-INFRINGEMENT. Certain warranty exclusions may not be permitted under applicable law, so to that extent the above exclusion may not apply to you.

Limited Liability:
TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, NAV2 AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE LIABLE TO YOU: IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, INJURY OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR POSSESSION OF THE INFORMATION; OR FOR ANY LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS OR SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THIS INFORMATION, ANY DEFECT IN THE INFORMATION, OR THE BREACH OF THESE TERMS OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IF NAV2 OR ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL NAV2’S OR ITS SUPPLIERS’ LIABILITY HEREUNDER EXCEED THE PRICE PAID. Certain liability exclusions may not be permitted under applicable law, so to that extent, the above exclusion may not apply to you.

Export Control
You agree not to export to anywhere any part of the Data provided to you or any direct product thereof except in compliance with, and with all licenses and approvals required under, applicable export laws, rules, and regulations.
IP Protection
The Data are owned by NAV2 or its suppliers and are protected by applicable copyright and other intellectual property laws and treaties. The Data are provided solely on the basis of a license to use, not sale.
Entire Agreement
These terms and conditions constitute the entire agreement between NAV2(and its licensors, including their licensors and suppliers) and you pertaining to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes in their entirety any and all written or oral agreements previously existing between us with respect to such subject matter.
Governing Law.
The above terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China, without giving effect to (i) its conflict of laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations Convention for Contracts for the International Sale of Goods, which is explicitly excluded. Any dispute arising from or in connection with the Data provided to you hereunder shall be submitted to the Shanghai International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission for arbitration.

Gracenote® Copyright
CD and music-related data from Gracenote, Inc., copyright© 2000-2007 Gracenote. Gracenote Software, copyright © 2000-2007 Gracenote. This product and service may practice one or more of the following U.S. Patents #5,987,525,
#6,061,680, #6,154,773, #6,161,132,
#6,230,192, #6,230,207, #6.240,459,
#6,330,593 and other patents issued or pending. Some services are supplied under license from Open Globe, Inc. for U.S. Patent: #6,304,523.
Gracenote and CDDB are registered trademarks of Gracenote. The Gracenote logo and logotype and the “Powered by Gracenote™” logo are trademarks of Gracenote.

Gracenote® End User License Agreement (EULA)
This device contains software from Gracenote, Inc. of 2000 Powell Street Emeryville, California 94608 (“Gracenote”).
The software from Gracenote (the “Gracenote Software”) enables this device to do disc and music file identification and obtain music-related information, including name, artist, track, and title information (“Gracenote Data”) from online servers (“Gracenote Servers”), and to perform other functions. You may use Gracenote Data only by means of the intended End-User functions of this device.
This device may contain content belonging to Gracenote’s providers. If so, all of the restrictions set forth herein with respect to Gracenote Data shall also apply to such content and such content providers shall be entitled to all of the benefits and protections set forth herein that are available to Gracenote.

You agree that you will use the content from Gracenote (“Gracenote Content”), Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers for your own personal, non-commercial use only. You agree not to assign, copy, transfer, or transmit the Gracenote Content, Gracenote Software, or any Gracenote Data (except in a Tag associated with a music file) to any third party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE CONTENT, GRACENOTE DATA, THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR GRACENOTE SERVERS, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN.

You agree that your non-exclusive licenses to use the Gracenote Content, Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers will terminate if you violate these restrictions. If your licenses terminate, you agree to cease any and all use of the Gracenote Content, Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers. Gracenote, respectively, reserves all rights in Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, and the Gracenote Servers and Gracenote Content, including all ownership rights. Under no circumstances will either Gracenote become liable for any payment to you for any information that you provide, including any copyrighted material or music file information. You agree that Gracenote may enforce its respective rights, collectively or separately, under this agreement against you, directly in each company’s own name.
Gracenote uses a unique identifier to track queries for statistical purposes. The purpose of a randomly assigned numeric identifier is to allow Gracenote to count queries without knowing anything about who you are. For more information, see the web page at www.gracenote.com for the Gracenote Privacy Policy.

THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, EACH ITEM OF GRACENOTE DATA, AND THE GRACENOTE CONTENT ARE LICENSED TO YOU “AS IS”. NEITHER GRACENOTE MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF ANY GRACENOTE DATA FROM THE GRACENOTE SERVERS OR GRACENOTE CONTENT. GRACENOTE COLLECTIVELY AND SEPARATELY RESERVES THE RIGHT TO DELETE DATA AND/OR CONTENT FROM THE COMPANIES’ RESPECTIVE SERVERS OR, IN THE CASE OF GRACENOTE, CHANGE DATA CATEGORIES FOR ANY CAUSE THAT GRACENOTE DEEMS SUFFICIENT. NO WARRANTY IS MADE THAT EITHER GRACENOTE CONTENT OR THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS ARE ERROR-FREE OR THAT THE FUNCTIONING OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED. GRACENOTE IS NOT OBLIGATED TO PROVIDE YOU WITH ANY ENHANCED OR ADDITIONAL DATA TYPES THAT GRACENOTE MAY CHOOSE TO PROVIDE IN THE FUTURE AND IS FREE TO DISCONTINUE ITS ONLINE SERVICES AT ANY TIME. GRACENOTE DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. NEITHER GRACENOTE WARRANTS THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER. IN NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST REVENUES FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER.
© Gracenote 2007.

Vehicle with SYNC only
United States and Mexico
FCC ID: KMHSG1G1
IC: 1422A-SG1G1

Mexico
Model: KMHSG1P1
NOM-121-SCT1-2009
The operation of this equipment is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This equipment or device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this equipment or device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

Vehicle with SYNC with Touchscreen/My Touch
FCC ID: KMHSYNCG2
IC: 1422A-SYNCG2
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

WARNING: Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. The term “IC:” before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met.

The antenna used for this transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.

FAQs

Does the 2023 Ford E-350 come with a supplementary guide or appendix detailing its new features?

Some models may offer supplementary guides to detail updates or new features. Check the vehicle’s documentation or with your dealer.

Are there appendices in the owner’s manual that provide a quick reference for dashboard symbols and alerts?

Many vehicle manuals include an appendix or section detailing dashboard symbols for quick reference.

In the appendices, is there a dedicated section on Ford’s sustainability initiatives for the 2023 E-350?

Some automakers provide details on their sustainability efforts, either in the vehicle manual or other literature. Check with Ford publications for this information.

Where can I find appendices or additional material on the E-350’s infotainment system?

Infotainment details may have their separate guide or be included in the main owner’s manual.

Are there appendices that detail the E-350’s towing and payload capacities?

Such specifications are often included in vehicle manuals, either within main sections or in supplementary materials.

How do I decode the VIN of my 2023 E-350? Is there an appendix for that?

VIN decoding guides might be present in the manual or can be accessed through Ford’s official website or customer service.

Does the owner’s manual have appendices covering child safety and car seat installations?

Safety sections in the manual typically address child safety and proper car seat installation procedures.

Is there an appendix or section that discusses the proper disposal or recycling of parts for the E-350?

Sustainability or environmental sections in the owner’s manual might discuss proper disposal and recycling practices.

Where can I find an appendix detailing the recommended tire pressures for various load conditions?

Tire pressure recommendations are commonly found in the vehicle’s manual, often in a dedicated section or appendix.

Does the E-350 manual have appendices for international warranties or services when traveling abroad?

If Ford offers international warranties or services, it would be detailed in the warranty booklet or the main owner’s manual.

2023 FORD F-SERIES SUPER DUTY Specs, Price, Features and Mileage

Useful Links

View Full User Guide: FORD E-350 2023 User Guide
Download Manuals: https://www.ford.com/support/owner-manuals/owner-manuals-sitemap/

Categories
E-350 Ford

2023 FORD E-350 Accessories | Ford Protect Service Plan

Ford logo

FORD E-350 2023 Accessories User Guide

The 2023 Ford E-350 promises to be fast and last a long time. It also comes with a number of official extras that are meant to make it more useful and look better. These accessories are designed to fit the E-350 perfectly. They include both interior and exterior changes that let owners make their car fit their own wants and tastes. Whether you want more comfort, more functionality, or a touch of style, the 2023 E-350’s extras offer a perfect mix of form and function, making the driving experience even better.

2023 FORD F-SERIES SUPER DUTY Specs, Price, Features and Mileage

Accessories

For a complete listing of the accessories that are available for your vehicle, please contact your authorized dealer or visit the online store website:

FORD E-350 2023 Accessories1

We will repair or replace any properly authorized dealer-installed Ford Original Accessory found to be defective in factory-supplied materials or workmanship during the warranty period, as well as any component damaged by the defective accessories.
We will warrant your Ford Original Accessory through the warranty that provides the greatest benefit:

  • 24 months, unlimited mileage.
  •  The remainder of your new vehicle limited warranty.

Contact an authorized dealer for details and a copy of the warranty.
Ford Licensed Accessories are the accessory manufacturer’s designs. The manufacturer develops and therefore warrants Ford Licensed Accessories, and does not design or test these accessories to Ford Motor Company engineering requirements. Contact an authorized Ford dealer for the manufacturer’s limited warranty details, and request a copy of the Ford Licensed Accessories product limited warranty from the accessory manufacturer.

For maximum vehicle performance, keep the following information in mind when adding accessories or equipment to your vehicle:

  • When adding accessories, equipment, passengers and luggage to your vehicle, do not exceed the total weight capacity of the vehicle or of the front or rear axle (GVWR or GAWR as indicated on the Safety Compliance Certification label). Ask an authorized dealer for specific weight information. The
  • Federal Communications Commission (FCC) and Canadian Radio Telecommunications Commission (CRTC) regulate the use of mobile communications systems that are equipped with radio transmitters, for example, two-way radios, telephones and theft alarms. Any such equipment installed in your vehicle should comply with Federal Communications Commission (FCC) and Canadian Radio Telecommunications Commission
    (CRTC) regulations and should be installed only by an authorized dealer.
  • An authorized dealer needs to install mobile communications systems. Improper installation may harm the operation of your vehicle, particularly if the manufacturer did not design the mobile communication system specifically for automotive use.
  • If you or an authorized Ford dealer add any non-Ford electrical or electronic accessories or components to your vehicle, you may adversely affect battery performance and durability. In addition, you may also adversely affect the performance of other electrical systems in the vehicle.

AUXILIARY SWITCHES

For maximum vehicle performance, keep the following information in mind when adding accessories or equipment to your vehicle:

  • When adding accessories, equipment, passengers, and luggage to your vehicle, do not exceed the total weight capacity of the vehicle or of the front or rear axle (GVWR or GAWR as indicated on the Safety Compliance Certification label). Ask an authorized dealer for specific weight information.
  • The Federal Communications Commission (FCC) and Canadian Radio Telecommunications Commission (CRTC) regulate the use of mobile communications systems equipped with radio transmitters, for example, two-way radios, telephones, and theft alarms. Any such equipment installed in your vehicle should comply with Federal Communications Commission (FCC) and Canadian Radio Telecommunications Commission (CRTC) regulations and should be installed by an authorized dealer.
  • An authorized dealer needs to install mobile communications systems. Improper installation may harm the operation of your vehicle, particularly if the manufacturer did not design the mobile communication system specifically for automotive use.
  • If you or an authorized Ford dealer add any non-Ford electrical or electronic accessories or components to your vehicle, you may adversely affect battery performance and durability. In addition, you may also adversely affect the performance of other electrical systems in the vehicle.

FORD E-350 2023 Accessories2

The auxiliary switch option package provides four switches, mounted in the center of the instrument panel. These switches operate when the vehicle is running or from battery power, depending on the switchable PDB fuse locations #82 and #83. Ford recommends, however, that the engine remain running to maintain battery charge when using the auxiliary switches for extended periods of time or higher current draws. When switched on, the auxiliary switches provide 20 amps or 40 amps of electrical battery power for a variety of personal or commercial uses. The switches include the fuse and relay kit. This kit contains the required fuses and relays that an authorized technician needs to install into the power distribution box, located under the hood. Refer to the instruction sketch included in the kit. Contact an authorized dealer for service. Each switch includes a power lead (a blunt-cut and sealed wire) located in the underhood cowl shield above the engine block powertrain control module.

The power leads are coded as follows:

Switch Circuit Number Wire Color Fuse Amp Rating
AUX 1 CAC05 Yellow 40A
AUX 2 CAC06 Green with Brown Trace 40A
AUX 3 CAC07 Violet with Green Trace 20A
AUX 4 CAC08 Brown 20A

Learn more about auxiliary switches by visitingfordpro.com/truckbbas/.

Up fitter Interface Module (If Equipped)

The Up fitter Interface Module (UIM) is an electronic control module that operates equipment (such as lift buckets, cranes, motors, salt spreaders, and snow plows) with external relays.
If you replace the module, it will require additional programming by the upfitter. Obtain this data directly from the upfitter company. The upfitter contact information is in the vehicle door opening. For more information on the Up fitter Interface Module and the auxiliary switches, contact your up fitter.

Ford Protect

PROTECT YOURSELF FROM THE RISING COST OF VEHICLE REPAIRS WITH A FORD PROTECT EXTENDED SERVICE PLAN.

Ford Protect Extended Service Plans (U.S. Only)

Ford Protect’s extended service plan means peace of mind. It is the extended service plan backed by Ford Motor Company and provides more protection beyond the New Vehicle Limited Warranty coverage. When you visit your Ford Dealer, Insist on Ford Protect extended service plans!

Ford Protect Can Quickly Pay for Itself

One trip to the Service Center could easily exceed the price of your Ford Protect extended service plan. With Ford Protect extended service plan you minimize your risk for unexpected repair bills and rising repair costs.

Up to 1,000+ Covered Vehicle Components

There are four mechanical Ford Protect extended service plans with different levels of coverage. Ask your authorized dealer for details.

  1. Premium CARE – Our most comprehensive coverage. With over 1,000 covered components, this plan is so complete it is probably easier to list what is not covered.
  2. Extra CARE – Covers 113 components, and includes many high-tech items.
  3. Base CARE – Covers 84 components.
  4. Powertrain CARE – Covers 29 critical components.

Ford Protect extended service plans are honored by all authorized Ford dealers in the U.S., Canada and Mexico.
That means you get:

  • Reliable, quality service at any Ford or Lincoln dealership.
  • Repairs are performed by factory-trained technicians, using genuine parts.

Rental Car Reimbursement
1st-day Rental Benefit
If you bring your car into your dealer for service, we’ll give you a loaner to use for the day.

Extended Rental Benefits
If your vehicle is kept overnight for covered repairs, you are eligible for rental car coverage, including warranty repairs, and Field Service Actions.

Roadside Assistance
Exclusive 24/7 roadside assistance, including:

  • Towing, flat-tire change and battery jump starts.
  • Out of fuel and lock-out assistance.
  • Travel expense reimbursement for lodging, meals and rental car.
  • Assistance for taxi, shuttle, rental car coverage or other transportation.

Transferable Coverage
If you sell your vehicle before your Ford Protect extended service plan coverage expires, you can transfer any remaining coverage to the new owner. Which should give you and your potential buyer a little more peace of mind.

Less Cost to Properly Maintain Your Vehicle
Ford Protect extended service plan also offers a Premium Maintenance Plan that covers all scheduled maintenance and selected wear items. The coverage is prepaid, so you never have to worry about the cost of your vehicle’s maintenance.

Covered maintenance includes:

  • Windshield wiper blades.
  • Spark plugs.
  • The clutch disc (if equipped).
  • Brake pads and linings.
  • Shock absorbers.
  • Struts.
  • Engine belts.
  • Engine coolant hoses, clamps and O- rings.
  • Diesel exhaust fluid replenishment (if equipped).
  • Cabin air filter replacement every 20,000 mi (32,000 km) (electric vehicles only).

Interest-Free Finance Options
Just a 5% down payment will provide you with an affordable, no-interest, no-fee payment program allowing you all the security and benefits Ford Protect extended service plan has to offer while paying over time. You are pre-approved with no credit checks or hassles. To learn more, call our Ford Protect extended service plan specialists at 800-367-3377.
Ford Protect Extended Service Plan
P.O. Box 321067
Detroit, MI 48232

Ford Protect Extended Service Plan (CANADA ONLY)

You can get more protection for your vehicle by purchasing a Ford Protect extended service plan. Ford Protect extended service plan is the only service contract backed by Ford Motor Company of Canada, Limited. Depending on the plan you purchase, Ford Protect extended service plan provides benefits such as:

  • Rental reimbursement.
  • Coverage for certain maintenance and wear items.
  • Protection against repair costs after your New Vehicle Limited Warranty Coverage expires.
  • Roadside Assistance benefits.

There are several Ford Protect extended service plans available in various time, distance, and deductible combinations. Each plan is tailored to fit your own driving needs, including reimbursement for towing and rental. When you purchase Ford Protect extended service plan, you receive added peace-of-mind protection throughout Canada, the United States, and Mexico, provided by a network of participating authorized Ford Motor Company dealers.

Note: Repairs performed outside of Canada and the United States are not eligible for Ford Protect extended service plan coverage.
This information is subject to change. For more information; visit your local Ford of Canada dealer or www.ford.ca to find the Ford Protect extended service plan that is right for you.

FAQs

What official accessories are available for the 2023 Ford E-350, and are they covered under warranty?

Ford typically offers a range of official accessories tailored to their vehicles. Warranty coverage would depend on the accessory and its installation.

Can I install third-party accessories on my E-350 without voiding the warranty?

While third-party accessories can be used, it’s essential to ensure they don’t interfere with the vehicle’s operations or safety features to maintain warranty validity.

How do I know if an accessory is officially endorsed or approved by Ford for the 2023 E-350?

Official Ford accessories typically carry the Ford logo and can be purchased directly from Ford dealerships or the Ford website.

What is Ford Protect, and how does it benefit my 2023 E-350?

Ford Protect is a suite of services and plans designed to protect your vehicle, offering extended service plans, maintenance packages, and other protection products.

Is the Ford Protect coverage transferable if I sell my E-350?

Certain Ford Protect plans might be transferable to a new owner, potentially increasing the resale value of the vehicle.

Can I purchase additional Ford Protect plans after the initial purchase of my E-350?

Yes, you often can buy or extend Ford Protect plans, though the terms and pricing might vary compared to initial vehicle purchase offerings.

How does Ford Protect differ from the standard warranty offered with the E-350?

While the standard warranty covers manufacturer defects and certain repairs, Ford Protect encompasses a broader range of services, from routine maintenance to extended coverage options.

Are accessories purchased under Ford Protect covered for the same duration as the vehicle’s primary warranty?

Accessory coverage under Ford Protect might differ from the vehicle’s primary warranty. It’s crucial to review the terms when purchasing.

Does Ford Protect offer coverage for damage caused by non-official accessories?

Typically, damage from non-official accessories isn’t covered. Always consult the Ford Protect terms and conditions to be sure.

How do I claim services or report issues under the Ford Protect plan for my E-350?

Claims or service requests under Ford Protect can typically be initiated through any authorized Ford dealership.

Useful Links

View Full User Guide: FORD E-350 2023 User Guide
Download Manuals: https://www.ford.com/support/owner-manuals/owner-manuals-sitemap/
2023 FORD F-SERIES SUPER DUTY Specs, Price, Features and Mileage

2023 Ford Fiesta Specs, Price, Features and Mileage (Brochure)

Categories
E-350 Ford

2023 FORD E-350 Wheels and Tires | Technical Specifications

Ford logo

2023 FORD E-350 Wheels and Tires User Guide

The wheels and tires on the 2023 Ford E-350 are a perfect combination of style and function, made to last and work well. Ford’s dedication to quality and safety is shown by the E-350’s wheels and tires, which are made to handle a variety of terrains and provide a smooth ride. Advanced features like the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) and the ability to change tires for different seasons give owners the confidence to drive on a variety of road conditions. This shows that the vehicle is ready for both work and play.

2023 FORD F-SERIES SUPER DUTY Specs, Price, Features and Mileage

Wheels and Tires

GENERAL INFORMATION

Notice to Utility Vehicle, Van and Truck Owners

WARNING: Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death from a rollover or other crash you must avoid sharp turns and abrupt maneuvers, drive at safe speeds for the conditions, keep tires properly inflated, never overload or improperly load your vehicle, and make sure every passenger is properly restrained.

WARNING: In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt. All occupants must wear seat belts. Children and infants must use appropriate restraints to minimize the risk of injury or ejection.

Wheels and Tires1

Utility vehicles and trucks handle differently than passenger cars in the various driving conditions that are encountered on streets, highways and off-road. Utility vehicles and trucks are not designed for cornering at speeds as high as passenger cars any more than low-slung sports cars are designed to perform satisfactorily under off-road conditions.

How Your Vehicle Differs from Other Vehicles
Sport-utility vehicles, vans and trucks can differ from some other vehicles in a few noticeable ways. Your vehicle may be:

Wheels and Tires2

  • Higher – to allow higher load-carrying capacity and to allow it to travel over rough terrain without getting hung up or damaging underbody components.
  • Shorter – to give it the capability to approach inclines and drive over the crest of a hill without getting hung up or damaging underbody components. All other things held equal, a shorter wheelbase may make your vehicle quicker to respond to steering inputs than a vehicle with a longer wheelbase.
  • Narrower – to provide greater maneuverability in tight spaces, particularly in off-road use.

Wheels and Tires3

E166373
As a result of the above dimensional differences, sport-utility vehicles, vans and trucks often will have a higher center of gravity and a greater difference in center of gravity between the loaded and unloaded condition.
These differences that make your vehicle so versatile also make it handle differently than an ordinary passenger car.

TIRE CARE

Information About Uniform Tire Quality Grading

Wheels and Tires3

Tire Quality Grades apply to new pneumatic passenger car tires.
The Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width. For example: Treadwear 200

Traction AA Temperature A.
These Tire Quality Grades are determined by standards that the United States Department of Transportation has set.
Tire Quality Grades apply to new pneumatic passenger car tires.
They do not apply to deep tread, winter-type snow tires, space-saver or temporary use spare tires, light truck or LT type tires, tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches or
limited production tires as defined in Title 49 Code of Federal
Regulations Part 575.104 (c)(2).

U.S. Department of Transportation Tire quality
grades: The U.S. Department of Transportation requires Ford Motor Company to give you the following information about tire grades exactly as the government has written it.

Treadwear
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1 ½) times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices, and differences in road characteristics and climate.

Traction AA A B C

WARNING: The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics.

The traction grades, from highest to lowest are AA, A, B, and C. The grades represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.

Temperature A B C

WARNING: The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure.

The temperature grades are A
(the highest), B and C, represent the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. Grade C corresponds to a level of performance that all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 139. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law.
Glossary of Tire Terminology

* Tire label: A label showing the original equipment tire sizes, recommended inflation pressure and the maximum weight the vehicle can carry.

* Tire Identification Number (TIN): A number on the sidewall of each tire providing information about the tire brand and manufacturing plant, tire size and date of manufacture. Also referred to as DOT code.

* Inflation pressure: A measure of the amount of air in a tire.

* Standard load: A class of P-metric or Metric tires designed to carry a maximum load at set pressure. For example: For
P-metric tires 35 psi (2.4 bar) and for Metric tires 36 psi (2.5 bar). Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure does not increase the tire’s load carrying capability.

*Extra load: A class of P-metric or Metric tires designed to carry a heavier maximum load at 42 psi (2.9 bar). Increasing the inflation pressure beyond this pressure does not increase the tire’s load-carrying capability.

* kPa: Kilopascal, a metric unit of air pressure.

* PSI: Pounds per square inch, a standard unit of air pressure.

* Cold tire pressure: The tire pressure when the vehicle has been stationary and out of direct sunlight for an hour or more and prior to the vehicle being driven for 1.0 mi (1.6 km).

* Recommended inflation pressure: The cold inflation pressure found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label (affixed to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver’s seating position), or Tire Label located on the B-pillar or the edge of the driver’s door.
B-pillar: The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door.

* Bead area of the tire: Area of the tire next to the rim.

* Sidewall of the tire: Area between the bead area and the tread.

* Tread area of the tire: Area of the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when mounted on the vehicle.

* Rim: The metal support (wheel) for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated.

Information contained on the Tire Sidewall

Both United States and Canada Federal regulations require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires. This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall.

Information on P-Type TiresWheels and Tires2

P215/65R15 95H is an example of a tire size, load index and speed rating. The definitions of these items are listed below. (Note that the tire size, load index and speed rating for your vehicle may be different from this example.)

A. P: Indicates a tire, designated by the Tire and Rim Association, that may be used for service on cars, sport utility vehicles, minivans and light trucks.

Note: If your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by either the European Tire and Rim Technical Organization or the Japan Tire Manufacturing Association.
B. 215: Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the larger the number, the wider the tire.

C. 65: Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire’s ratio of height to width.

D. R: Indicates a radial type tire.

E. 15: Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches. If you change your wheel size, you have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel diameter.

F. 95: Indicates the tire’s load index. It is an index that relates to how much weight a tire can carry. You may find this information in your owner’s manual. If not, contact a local tire dealer.

Note: You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by federal law.

G. H: Indicates the tire’s speed rating. The speed rating denotes the speed at which a tire is designed to be driven for extended periods of time under a standard condition of load and inflation pressure. The tires on your vehicle may operate at different conditions for load and inflation pressure. These speed ratings may need to be adjusted for the difference in conditions. The ratings range from 81–186 mph (130–299 km/h). These ratings are listed in the following chart.

Note: You may not find this information on all tires because it is not required by federal law.

Letter rating mph ( km/h)
L 75 (120)
M 81 (130)
N 87 (140)
Q 99 (159)
R 106 (171)
S 112 (180)
T 118 (190)
U 124 (200)
H 130 (210)
V 149 (240)

 

Letter rating mph ( km/h)
W 168 (270)
Y 186 (299)

 

Note: For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph
(240 km/h), tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR. For those with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph (299 km/h), tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR.

H. U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number: This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards. The next two numbers or letters are the plant code designating where it was manufactured, the next two are the tire size code and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built. For example, the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997. After 2000 the numbers go to four digits. For example, 2501 means the 25th week of 2001. The numbers in between are identification codes used for traceability. This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires a recall.
I. M+S or M/S: Mud and Snow, or
AT: All Terrain, or

AS: All Season.

J. Tire Ply Composition and Material Used: Indicates the number of plies or the number of layers of rubber-coated fabric in the tire tread and sidewall. Tire manufacturers also must indicate the ply materials in the tire and the sidewall, which include steel, nylon, polyester, and others.

K. Maximum Load: Indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire. (affixed to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver’s seating position), or Tire Label located on the B-pillar or the edge of the driver’s door.
L. Treadwear, Traction and Temperature Grades:

*Treadwear: The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150 would wear 1½ times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100.

* Traction: The traction grades, from highest to lowest are AA, A, B, and C. The grades represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction performance.

* Temperature: The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C, representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.

M. Maximum Inflation
Pressure: Indicates the tire manufacturer’s maximum permissible pressure or the pressure at which the maximum load can be carried by the tire. This pressure is normally higher than the vehicle manufacturer’s recommended cold inflation pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label (affixed to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver’s seating position), or Tire Label located on the B-pillar or the edge of the driver’s door. The cold inflation pressure should never be set lower than the recommended pressure on the vehicle label.

The tire suppliers may have additional markings, notes or warnings such as standard load or radial tubeless. Additional Information Contained on the Tire Sidewall for LT Type Tires

Note: Tire Quality Grades do not apply to this type of tire.Wheels and Tires5

LT-type tires have some additional information beyond those of P type tires. These differences are described below .A. LT: Indicates a tire, designated by the Tire and Rim Association, that is intended for service on light trucks.
B. Load Range and Load Inflation Limits: Indicates the tire’s load-carrying capabilities and its inflation limits.

C. Maximum Load Dual lb (kg) at psi (kPa) cold: Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a dual; defined as four tires on the rear axle (a total of six or more tires on the vehicle).

D. Maximum Load Single lb
(kg) at psi (kPa) cold: Indicates the maximum load and tire pressure when the tire is used as a single; defined as two tires
(total) on the rear axle.

Information on T Type Tires
T145/80D16 is an example of a tire size.
Note: The temporary tire size for your vehicle may be different from this example. Tire Quality Grades do not apply to this type of tire

Wheels and Tires6

T type tires have some additional information beyond those of P-type tires. These differences are described below:

A. T: Indicates a type of tire, designated by the Tire and Rim Association, that is intended for temporary service on cars, sport utility vehicles, minivans and light trucks.

B. 145: Indicates the nominal width of the tire in millimeters from sidewall edge to sidewall edge. In general, the larger the number, the wider the tire.

C. 80: Indicates the aspect ratio which gives the tire’s ratio of height to width. Numbers of 70 or lower indicate a short sidewall.

D. D: Indicates a diagonal-type tire. R: Indicates a radial-type tire.

E. 16: Indicates the wheel or rim diameter in inches. If you change your wheel size, you have to purchase new tires to match the new wheel diameter.

Location of the Tire Label

You can find a Tire Label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other important information located on the B-Pillar or the edge of the driver’s door.

Inflating Your Tires

Safe operation of your vehicle requires that your tires are properly inflated. Remember that a tire can lose up to half of its air pressure without appearing flat.
Every day before you drive, check your tires. If one looks lower than the others, use a tire gauge to check pressure of all tires and adjust if required.
At least once a month and before long trips, inspect each tire and check the tire pressure with a tire gauge (including spare, if equipped). Inflate all tires to the inflation pressure recommended by Ford Motor Company.

You are strongly urged to buy a reliable tire pressure gauge, as automatic service station gauges may be inaccurate. Ford recommends the use of a digital or dial-type tire pressure gauge rather than a stick-type tire pressure gauge. Use the recommended cold inflation pressure for optimum tire performance and wear. Under-inflation or over-inflation may cause uneven treadwear patterns.

WARNING: Under-inflation is the most common cause of tire failures and may result in severe tire cracking, tread separation or blowout, with unexpected loss of vehicle control and increased risk of injury. Under-inflation increases sidewall flexing and rolling resistance, resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the tire. It also may result in unnecessary tire stress, irregular wear, loss of vehicle control and accidents. A tire can lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat!

Always inflate your tires to the Ford recommended inflation pressure even if it is less than the maximum inflation pressure information found on the tire. The Ford recommended tire inflation pressure is found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label (affixed to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver’s seating position), or Tire Label located on the B-pillar or the edge of the driver’s door. Failure to follow the tire pressure recommendations can cause uneven treadwear patterns and adversely affect the way your vehicle handles

Note: Do not reduce tire pressure to change the ride characteristics of the vehicle. If you do not maintain the inflation pressure at the levels specified by Ford, your vehicle may experience a condition known as shimmy. Shimmy is a severe vibration and oscillation in the steering wheel after the vehicle travels over a bump or dip in the road that does not dampen out by itself. Shimmy may result from significant under-inflation of the tires, improper tires (load range, size, or type), or vehicle modifications such as lift kits. In the event that your vehicle experiences shimmy, you should slowly reduce speed by either lifting off the accelerator pedal or lightly applying the brakes. The shimmy ceases as the vehicle speed decreases.
Maximum Inflation Pressure is the tire manufacturer’s maximum permissible pressure and the pressure at which the maximum load can be carried by the tire. This pressure is normally higher than the manufacturer’s recommended cold inflation pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label (affixed to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver’s seating position), or Tire Label located on the B-pillar or the edge of the driver’s door. The cold inflation pressure should never be set lower than the recommended pressure on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label.
When weather temperature changes occur, tire inflation pressures also change. A 10°F (6°C) temperature drop can cause a corresponding drop of 1 psi (7 kPa) in inflation pressure. Check your tire pressures frequently and adjust them to the proper pressure which can be found on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label.

To check the pressure in your tire(s):

  1.  Make sure the tires are cool, meaning they are not hot from driving even a mile.
    Note: If you are checking tire pressure when the tire is hot, (for example, driven more than 1.0 mi (1.6 km)), never bleed or reduce air pressure. The tires are hot from driving and it is normal for pressures to increase above recommended cold pressures. A hot tire at or below recommended cold inflation pressure could be significantly under-inflated.
    Note: If you have to drive a distance to get air for your tire(s), check and record the tire pressure first and add the appropriate air pressure when you get to the pump. It is normal for tires to heat up and the air pressure inside to go up as you drive.
  2. Remove the cap from the valve on one tire, then firmly press the tire gauge onto the valve and measure the pressure.
  3. Add enough air to reach the recommended air pressure.
    Note: If you overfill the tire, release air by pressing on the metal stem in the center of the valve. Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge.
  4.  Replace the valve cap.
  5. Repeat this procedure for each tire, including the spare.
    Note: Some spare tires operate at a higher inflation pressure than the other tires. For T-type mini-spare tires, (see the Dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly information for a description. Store and maintain at 60 psi (4.15 bar). For full-size and dissimilar spare tires, see the Dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly information for a description. Store and maintain at the higher of the front and rear inflation pressure as shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label or Tire Label.
  6. Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded that could poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak.
  7. Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges, cuts or bulges.

Tire Inflation Information

WARNING:
An inflated tire and rim can be very dangerous if improperly used, serviced or maintained. To reduce the risk of serious injury, never attempt to re-inflate a tire which has been run flat or seriously under-inflated without first removing the tire from the wheel assembly for inspection. Do not attempt to add air to tires or replace tires or wheels without first taking precautions to protect persons and property.

All tires with Steel Carcass Plies (if equipped):

This type of tire utilizes steel cords in the sidewalls. As such, they cannot be treated like normal light truck tires. Tire service, including adjusting tire pressure, must be performed by personnel trained, supervised and equipped according to Federal Occupational Safety and Health Administration regulations. For example, during any procedure involving tire inflation, the technician or individual must utilize a remote inflation device, and ensure that all persons are clear of the trajectory area.

Wheels and Tires7

Wheels and Tires8

E161438
Note: Stay out of the trajectory (1) as indicated in the illustration.

Inspecting Your Tires and Wheel Valve Stems
Periodically inspect the tire treads for uneven or excessive wear and remove objects such as stones, nails or glass that may be wedged in the tread grooves. Check the tire and valve stems for holes, cracks, or cuts that may permit air leakage and repair or replace the tire and replace the valve stem. Inspect the tire sidewalls for cracking, cuts, bruises and other signs of damage or excessive wear. If internal damage to the tire is suspected, have the tire demounted and inspected in case it needs to be repaired or replaced. For your safety, tires that are damaged or show signs of excessive wear should not be used because they are more likely to blow out or fail.
Improper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally. Inspect all your tires, including the spare, frequently, and replace them if one or more of the following conditions exist:

Tire Wear

Wheels and Tires4

When the tread is worn down to one sixteenth of an inch (2 millimeters), tires must be replaced to help prevent your vehicle from skidding and hydroplaning. Built-in treadwear indicators, or wear bars, which look like narrow strips of smooth rubber across the tread appears on the tire when the tread is worn down to one sixteenth of an inch2 millimeters).
When the tire tread wears down to the same height as these wear bars, the tire is worn out and must be replaced.
Damage Periodically inspect the tire treads and sidewalls for damage (such as bulges in the tread or sidewalls, cracks in the tread groove and separation in the tread or sidewall). If damage is observed or suspected have the tire inspected by a tire professional. Tires can be damaged during off-road use, so inspection after off-road use is also recommended.

Age

WARNING:
Tires degrade over time depending on many factors such as weather, storage conditions, and conditions of use (load, speed, inflation pressure) the tires experience throughout their lives.
In general, tires should be replaced after six years regardless of tread wear. However, heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process and may require tires to be replaced more frequently.
You should replace your spare tire when you replace the road tires or after six years due to aging even if it has not been used.

U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number
Both United States and Canada Federal regulations require tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires. This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall.
This begins with the letters DOT and indicates that the tire meets all federal standards. The next two numbers or letters are the plant code designating where it was manufactured, the next two are the tire size code and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built. For example, the numbers 317 mean the 31st week of 1997. After 2000 the numbers go to four digits. For example, 2501 means the 25th week of 2001. The numbers in between are identification codes used for traceability. This information is used to contact customers if a tire defect requires a recall.

Tire Replacement Requirements
Your vehicle is equipped with tires designed to provide a safe ride and handling capability.

WARNING:
Only use replacement tires and wheels that are the same size, load index, speed rating and type (such as P-metric versus LT-metric or all-season versus all-terrain) as those originally provided by Ford. The recommended tire and wheel size may be found on either the Safety Compliance Certification Label (affixed to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver’s seating position), or the Tire Label which is located on the B-Pillar or edge of the driver’s door. If this information is not found on these labels, then you should contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible. Use of any tire or wheel not recommended by Ford can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle, which could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal injury and death.
WARNING: To reduce the risk of serious injury, when mounting replacement tires and wheels, you should not exceed the maximum pressure indicated on the sidewall of the tire to set the beads without the additional precautions listed below. If the beads do not seat at the maximum pressure indicated, re-lubricate and try again.

WARNING: For a mounting pressure of more than 20 psi
(1.38 bar) greater than the maximum pressure, a Ford dealer or other tire service professional should do the mounting.

WARNING: Always inflate steel carcass tires with a remote air fill with the person inflating standing at a minimum of 12 ft (3.66 m) away from the wheel and tire assembly.

WARNING: When inflating the tire for mounting pressures up to 20 psi (1.38 bar) greater than the maximum pressure on the tire sidewall, the following precautions must be taken to protect the person mounting the tire:

  • Make sure that you have the correct tire and wheel size.
  • Lubricate the tire bead and wheel bead seat area again.
  • Stand at a minimum of 12 ft (3.6 m) away from the wheel and tire assembly.
  • Use both eye and ear protection.

Important: Remember to replace the wheel valve stems when the road tires are replaced on your vehicle

The two front tires or two rear tires should generally be replaced as a pair.
The tire pressure sensors mounted in the wheels are not designed to be used in aftermarket wheels.
The use of wheels or tires not recommended by Ford Motor Company may affect the operation of your tire pressure monitoring system.
If the tire pressure monitoring system indicator is flashing, the system is malfunctioning. Your replacement tire might be incompatible with your tire pressure monitoring system, or some component of the system may be damaged.
Replacing a Tire That is Greenhouse Gas Certified
The tires installed on this vehicle at the factory as original equipment are certified for Greenhouse Gas and Fuel Efficiency regulations. Replacement tires must be of equal or lower rolling resistance level (TRRL or Crr). Consult with your tire supplier(s) for appropriate replacement tires.

Wheels and Tires5

Rear-wheel drive vehicles and four-wheel drive vehicles (front tires at left of diagram).

Wheels and Tires7

Dual rear wheel drive vehicle – six tire rotation (front tires at top of diagram).
If your vehicle is equipped with dual rear wheels it is recommended that the front and rear tires (in pairs) be rotated only side to side. We do not recommend splitting up the dual rear wheels. Rotate them side to side as a set. After tire rotation, inflation pressures must be adjusted for the tires new positions in accordance with vehicle requirements.

USING SNOW CHAINS

WARNING: Wheels and tires must be the same size, load index and speed rating as those originally fitted on the vehicle. Use of any other tire or wheel can affect the safety and performance of your vehicle. Additionally, the use of non-recommended tires and wheels can cause steering, suspension, axle, transfer case or power transfer unit failure. Follow the recommended tire inflation pressures found on the Safety Compliance Certification label, or the Tire Label on the B-Pillar or the edge of the driver door. Failure to follow this instruction could result in loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, or personal injury or death.

The tires on your vehicle have all-weather treads to provide traction in rain and snow. However, in some climates, you may need to use snow tires and cables. If you need to use cables, it is recommended that steel wheels (of the same size and specifications) be used, as cables may chip aluminum wheels.
Note: The suspension insulation and bumpers help prevent vehicle damage. Do not remove these components from your vehicle when using snow tires and chains.
Follow these guidelines when using snow tires and chains:

  • If possible, avoid fully loading your vehicle.
  • Install chains securely, verifying that the chains do not touch any wiring, brake lines or fuel lines.
  • Drive cautiously. If you hear the chains rub or bang against your vehicle, stop and retighten the chains. If this does not work, remove the chains to prevent damage to your vehicle.
  • Remove the snow chains when they are no longer needed. Do not use snow chains on dry roads.

Please contact your upfitter for approved snow chain types/sizes and other recommendations for snow chain use.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING: Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. The term “IC:” before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met.

WARNING: The tire pressure monitoring system is not a substitute for manually checking tire pressures. You should periodically check tire pressures using a pressure gauge. Failure to correctly maintain tire pressures could increase the risk of tire failure, loss of control, vehicle rollover and personal injury.

Note: Only use tire sealants in roadside emergencies as they may cause damage to the tire pressure monitoring system sensor.

Note: If the tire pressure monitoring system sensor becomes damaged, it may not function.
Each tire, including the spare, if provided, should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle’s handling and stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale flashes for approximately one minute and then remains continuously illuminated. This sequence continues upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly.
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with License exempt RSS Standards of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

  1. This device may not cause harmful interference.
  2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

Changing Tires With a Tire Pressure Monitoring System

Wheels and Tires6

Note: Each road tire is equipped with a tire pressure sensor located inside the wheel and tire assembly cavity. The pressure sensor is attached to the valve stem. The pressure sensor is covered by the tire and is not visible unless the tire is removed. Take care when changing the tire to avoid damaging the sensor.
You should always have your tires serviced by an authorized dealer.
Check the tire pressure periodically, at least monthly, using an accurate tire gauge. See Inflating Your Tires in this chapter.

Understanding Your Tire Pressure Monitoring System
The tire pressure monitoring system measures pressure in your four road tires and sends the tire pressure readings to your vehicle. The low tire pressure warning light turns on if the tire pressure is significantly low. Once the light is illuminated, your tires are under-inflated and need to be inflated to the manufacturer’s recommended tire pressure. Even if the light turns on and a short time later turns off, your tire pressure still needs to be checked.

When Your Temporary Spare Tire is Installed
When you replace one of the road tires with the temporary spare, the system continues to identify an issue to remind you that you need to repair and put back on the damaged road wheel and tire assembly on your vehicle.
To restore the full function of the tire pressure monitoring system, have the damaged road wheel and tire assembly repaired and remounted on your vehicle.

When You Believe Your System is Not Operating Properly
The main function of the tire pressure monitoring system is to warn you when your tires need air. It can also warn you in the event the system is no longer capable of functioning as intended. See the following chart for information concerning your tire pressure monitoring system:

Wheels and Tires8

When Inflating Your Tires
When putting air into your tires, such as at a gas station or in your garage, the tire pressure monitoring system may not respond immediately to the air added to your tires.
It may take up to two minutes of driving over 20 mph (32 km/h) for the light to turn off after you have filled your tires to the recommended inflation pressure.

How Temperature Affects Your Tire Pressure
The tire pressure monitoring system monitors tire pressure in each pneumatic tire. When driving in a normal manner, a typical passenger tire inflation pressure may increase about 2–4 psi (14–28 kPa) from a cold start situation. If the vehicle is stationary overnight with the outside temperature significantly lower than the daytime temperature, the tire pressure may decrease about 3 psi (21 kPa) for a drop of 30°F (17°C) in ambient temperature. This lower pressure value may be detected by the tire pressure monitoring system as being significantly lower than the recommended inflation pressure and activate the system warning light for low tire pressure. If the low tire pressure warning light is on, visually check each tire to verify that no tire is flat. If one or more tires are flat, repair as necessary. Check the air pressure in the road tires. If any tire is under-inflated, carefully drive the vehicle to the nearest location where air can be added to the tires. Inflate all the tires to the recommended inflation pressure.

Tire Pressure Monitoring System Reset Procedure

WARNING: To determine the required pressure(s) for your vehicle, see the Safety Compliance Certification Label (on the door hinge pillar,
door-latch post or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver seat) or the Tire Label on the B-Pillar or the edge of the driver door.

Note: You need to perform the tire pressure monitoring system reset procedure after each tire rotation.
To provide the vehicle’s load carrying capability, some vehicles require different recommended tire pressures in the front tires as compared to the rear tires. The tire pressure monitoring system on these vehicles illuminate the low tire pressure warning light at two different pressures: one for the front tires and one for the rear tires.
Since tires need to be rotated to provide consistent performance and maximum tire life, the tire pressure monitoring system needs to know when the tires are rotated to determine which set of tires are on the front and which are on the rear. With this information, the system can detect and properly warn of low tire pressures.
System reset tips:

  • To reduce the chances of interference from another vehicle, perform the system reset procedure at least 3 ft (1 m) away from another vehicle undergoing the system reset procedure at the same time.
  • Do not wait more than two minutes between resetting each tire sensor or the system can time-out and you have to repeat the entire procedure on all four wheels.
  • A double horn sounds indicating the need to repeat the procedure.

Performing the System Reset Procedure – Single Rear Wheel
Read the entire procedure before attempting.

  1. Drive the vehicle above 20 mph (32 km/h) for at least two minutes, then park in a safe location where you can easily get to all four tires and have access to an air pump.
  2. Place the ignition in the off position and keep the key in the ignition.
  3. Cycle the ignition to the on position with the engine off.
  4. Turn the hazard flashers on then off three times. You must accomplish this within 10 seconds. If you successfully enter the reset mode, the horn sounds once, the system indicator flashes and a message shows in the information display. If this does not occur, please try again starting at step 2. If after repeated attempts to enter the reset mode, the horn does not sound, the system indicator does not flash and no message shows in the information display, have the system checked as soon as possible.
  5. Train the tire pressure monitoring system sensors in the tires using the following system reset sequence starting with the left front tire in the following clockwise order: Left front -driver side front tire, Right front -passenger side front tire, Right rear -passenger side rear tire, Left rear -driver side rear tire.
  6. Remove the valve cap from the valve stem on the left front tire. Decrease the air pressure until the horn sounds.
    Note: The single horn tone confirms that the sensor identification code has been learned by the module for this position. If you hear a double horn, the reset procedure was unsuccessful, and you must repeat it.
  7. Remove the valve cap from the valve stem on the right front tire. Decrease the air pressure until the horn sounds.
  8. Remove the valve cap from the valve stem on the right rear tire. Decrease the air pressure until the horn sounds.
  9. Remove the valve cap from the valve stem on the left rear tire. Decrease the air pressure until the horn sounds. Training is complete after the horn sounds for the last tire trained, driver side rear tire, the system indicator stops flashing, and a message shows in the information display.
  10. Turn the ignition off. If you hear two short tones, the reset procedure was unsuccessful and you must repeat it. If you hear two short beeps when the ignition is off after repeating the procedure, have the system checked as soon as possible
  11. Set all four tires to the recommended air pressure as indicated on the Safety Compliance Certification Label, affixed to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch post or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver seating position or Tire Label located on the B-Pillar or the edge of the driver door.

Performing the System Reset Procedure – Dual Rear Wheel

For further information see
Understanding Your Tire Pressure Monitoring System and refer to Dual Rear Wheel, earlier in this section.
Read the entire procedure before attempting.

  1. Drive the vehicle above 20 mph (32 km/h) for at least two minutes, then park in a safe location where you can easily get to all six tires and have access to an air pump.
  2. Place the ignition in the off position and keep the key in the ignition.
  3. Cycle the ignition to the on position with the engine off.
  4. Turn the hazard flashers on then off three times. You must accomplish this within 10 seconds. If you successfully enter the reset mode, the horn sounds once, the system indicator flashes and a message shows in the information display. If this does not occur, please try again starting at step 2. If after repeated attempts to enter the reset mode, the horn does not sound, the system indicator does not flash and no message shows in the information display, seek service from your authorized dealer.
  5. Train the tire pressure monitoring system sensors in the tires using the following system reset sequence starting with the left front tire in the following order: Left front – driver side front tire, Right front – passenger side front tire, Right outer rear -passenger side rear outer tire, Right inner rear -passenger side rear inner tire, Left outer rear – driver side rear outer tire, Left inner rear – driver side rear inner tire.
  6. Remove the valve cap from the valve stem on the left front tire. Decrease the air pressure until the horn sounds.
    Note: The single horn chirp confirms that the sensor identification code has been learned by the module for this position. If a double horn is heard, the reset procedure was unsuccessful, and you must repeat it.
  7. Remove the valve cap from the valve stem on the right front tire. Decrease the air pressure until the horn sounds.
  8. Remove the valve cap from the valve stem on the right outer rear tire. Decrease the air pressure until the horn sounds.
  9. Remove the valve cap from the valve stem on the right inner rear tire. Decrease the air pressure until the horn sounds.
  10. Remove the valve cap from the valve stem on the left outer rear tire. Decrease the air pressure until the horn sounds.
  11. Remove the valve cap from the valve stem on the left inner rear tire. Decrease the air pressure until the horn sounds. Training is complete after the horn sounds for the last tire trained, the system indicator stops flashing, and a message is shown in the information display.
  12. Turn the ignition off. If two short horn beeps are heard, the reset procedure was unsuccessful and you must repeat it. If after repeating the procedure and two short beeps are heard when the ignition is turned to off, seek assistance from your authorized dealer.
  13. Set all six tires to the recommended air pressure as indicated on the Safety Compliance Certification Label, affixed to either the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver seating position or Tire Label located on the B-Pillar or the edge of the driver door.

CHANGING A ROAD WHEEL

WARNING: To determine the required pressure(s) for your vehicle, see the Safety Compliance Certification Label (on the door hinge pillar,
door-latch post or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver seat) or the Tire Label on the B-Pillar or the edge of the driver door.

Note: You should only use tire sealants in roadside emergencies as they may cause damage to the tire pressure monitoring system sensor.

Note: The tire pressure monitoring system indicator light illuminates when the spare tire is in use. To restore the full function of the monitoring system, all road wheels equipped with tire pressure monitoring sensors must be mounted on the vehicle.

Note: Do not use wheels or lug nuts different than the original equipment, as this may damage the wheel or mounting system.

If you get a flat tire when driving, do not apply the brake heavily. Instead, gradually decrease your speed. Hold the steering wheel firmly and slowly move to a safe place on the side of the road. Have a flat serviced by an authorized dealer to prevent damage to the tire pressure monitoring system sensors. See Tire Pressure Monitoring System (page 209). Replace the spare tire with a road tire as soon as possible. During repairing or replacement of the flat tire, have the authorized dealer inspect the tire pressure monitoring system sensor for damage.

Dissimilar Spare Wheel and Tire Assembly Information

WARNING:
Failure to follow these guidelines could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, injury or death.

If you have a dissimilar spare wheel and tire, then it is intended for temporary use only. This means that if you need to use it, you should replace it as soon as possible with a road wheel and tire assembly that is the same size and type as the road tires and wheels that were originally provided by Ford. If the dissimilar spare tire or wheel is damaged, it should be replaced rather than repaired.
A dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly is defined as a spare wheel and tire assembly that is different in brand, size, or appearance from the road tires and wheels and can be one of three types:

  1. T-type mini-spare: This spare tire begins with the letter T for tire size and may have Temporary Use Only molded in the sidewall.
  2. Full-size dissimilar spare with label on the wheel: This spare tire has a label on the wheel that states: THIS WHEEL AND TIRE ASSEMBLY FOR TEMPORARY USE ONLY.
    When driving with one of the dissimilar spare tires listed above:
    • Do not exceed 50 mph (80 km/h).
    • Do not load the vehicle beyond the maximum vehicle load rating listed on the Safety Compliance Label.
    • Do not tow a trailer.
    • Do not use snow chains on the end of the vehicle with the dissimilar spare tire.
    • Do not use more than one dissimilar spare tire at a time.
    • Do not use commercial car washing equipment.
    • Do not try to repair the dissimilar spare tire.
    • Using a dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly can compromise the effectiveness of the following:
    • Handling, stability and braking performance.
    • Comfort and noise.
    • Ground clearance and parking at curbs.
    • Winter weather driving capability.
    • Wet weather driving capability.
    • All-wheel driving capability.
  3. Full-size dissimilar spare without a label on the wheel
    When driving with the full-size dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly:
    • Do not exceed 70 mph (113 km/h).
    • Do not use more than one dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly at a time.
    •  Do not use commercial car washing equipment.
    • Do not use snow chains on the end of the vehicle with the dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly.
    • Using a dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly can compromise the effectiveness of the following :
    • Towing a trailer.
    • Driving vehicles equipped with camper body.
    • Driving vehicles with a load on the cargo rack.

Drive cautiously when using a full-size dissimilar spare wheel and tire assembly and seek service as soon as possible.

Tire Change Procedure

WARNING: The jack supplied with this vehicle is only intended for changing a flat tire in an emergency. Do not attempt to do any other work on your vehicle when it is supported by the jack, as your vehicle could slip off the jack. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

WARNING: To help prevent your vehicle from moving when changing a wheel, shift the transmission into park (P), set the parking brake and use an appropriate block or wheel chock to secure the wheel diagonally opposite to the wheel being changed. For example, when changing the front left wheel, place an appropriate block or wheel chock on the right rear wheel.

WARNING: Do not attempt to change a tire on the side of the vehicle close to moving traffic. Pull far enough off the road to not obstruct the flow of traffic and avoid the danger of being hit when operating the jack or changing the wheel.

WARNING: Only use the jack provided as original equipment with your vehicle.

WARNING: The jack supplied with this vehicle is only intended for changing a flat tire in an emergency. Do not attempt to do any other work on your vehicle when it is supported by the jack, as your vehicle could slip off the jack. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

WARNING: Only use the jack provided as original equipment with your vehicle.

WARNING: Never place anything between the vehicle jack and your vehicle.

WARNING: Never place anything between the vehicle jack and the ground.

WARNING: Only use the specified jacking points. If you use any other locations you could damage vehicle components, such as brake lines.

WARNING: Failure to follow these guidelines could result in an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, injury or death.

WARNING: Switch off the running boards before jacking or placing any object under your vehicle. Never place your hand between the extended running board and your vehicle. A moving running board may cause injury.

WARNING: Only use the spare wheel carrier to stow wheels provided with your vehicle.

Wheels and Tires9

Note: Passengers should not remain in your vehicle when the vehicle is being jacked.

Note: Do not use impact tools or power tools operating at over 200 RPM on the spare wheel carrier winch, which may cause it to malfunction and prevent a secure fit. Override the winch at least three times
(there is an audible click each time) to make sure the wheel and tire fit securely.

Note: No maintenance or additional lubrication of your jack is required over the service life of your vehicle.

  1.  Park the vehicle on a level firm ground and activate the hazard flashers.
  2. Apply the parking brake, place the transmission in park (P), turn the engine off.
  3. 3. Block the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire. For example, if the left front tire is flat, block the right rear wheel.

Removing the Jack and Tools

The jack and tools are located in the rear right-hand side of the cargo area. Remove the jack and tools from the storage location.
Jack and Tool Stowage Regular
Van/Wagon:

Wheels and Tires12

Jack and Tool Stowage Extended Van/Wagon:

Wheels and Tires11

Hydraulic Jack:

Wheels and Tires13

Removing the Spare Tire

  1. To remove the spare tire, remove the jack handle from the right side compartment, open the rear doors and remove the thumb screw and anti-theft bracket. If finger pressure will not remove the thumb screw, use the lug nut wrench tip to loosen it.
  2. Remove the access cover from the rubber strip. Guide the lug wrench or jack handle through the hole and into the tube.
  3. Turn the wrench or handle counterclockwise until the cable has slack and the tire can be slid rearward.
  4. Remove the retainer from the spare tire and remove the spare tire.Wheels and Tires14
  5. Use the lug nut wrench to remove the wheel trim, if equipped.
  6. Loosen each wheel lug nut one-half turn counterclockwise. Do not remove them until the wheel is raised off the ground.
    Wheels and Tires15
  7. For E-350 dual wheel and E-450 equipped with hydraulic jacks, two handle extensions are used to operate the jack. To assemble, align the button with the hole and slide the parts together. To disconnect, press the button and pull apart.

Wheels and Tires7

Jacking the Vehicle

Position the jack under the correct jacking points according to following pictures.Wheels and Tires8

Front axle jacking point: Place the jack under the pin on the front surface of the front axle.

Note: Do not place the jack under or on the steering linkage.

Wheels and Tires9

E201346
Rear axle jacking points: All models except E-350 and E-450 dual rear wheel.

Wheels and Tires17

Rear axle jacking points: E-350 and E-450 dual rear wheel.

Wheels and Tires18

Turn the jack handle clockwise. For hydraulic jacks, operate the handle
up-and-down until the wheel is completely off the ground and high enough to install the spare tire.

Installing the spare wheel and tire

  1.  Remove the lug nuts with the lug wrench, replace the flat tire with the spare, making sure the valve stem of the spare is facing outward when replacing a front wheel. For the rear wheel position on vehicles with single rear wheel fitments, install the spare with the valve stem facing outward. For vehicles with dual rear wheels, the valve stem of the spare must face outward when replacing an inner wheel, but must face inward when replacing an outboard wheel.
  2. 2. Install the lug nuts and finger tighten.
    Do not fully tighten the lug nuts until the wheel has been lowered.
  3. Lower the vehicle completely by turning the jack handle counterclockwise.
    Note: For hydraulic jacks, insert the release valve, open release valve slightly by turning the handle counterclockwise. Stop turning the release valve when vehicle start to lower. Close the valve when the vehicle is completely lowered
    Wheels and Tires18
  4. Install the lug nuts in the sequence shown.
    Wheels and Tires19
  5. Remove the jack and fully tighten the lug nuts in the sequence shown. See Technical Specifications (page 222).
  6. Install any wheel covers or hubcaps. Make sure they snap into place.
    Note: When installing the wheel center ornaments, make sure that the ornament retention towers on the back side of the ornament are aligned with the studs and wheel nuts and retain to the flange on the wheel nuts.

Stowing the Flat tire or Spare tire

  1. Place the tire on end with the valve stem facing toward the front of the vehicle. Lay the tire on the ground, near the rear of the vehicle, with the valve stem side facing up.
    Wheels and Tires20
  2. Slide the wheel partially under the vehicle and install the retainer through the wheel center. If equipped, you may have to remove the wheel center cap prior to pushing the retainer through the center of the wheel. To remove the center cap, press it off with the lug wrench tip from the inner side of the wheel. Pull on the cable to align the components at the end of the cable.
  3. Turn the lug wrench clockwise until the tire is raised to its stowed position underneath the vehicle. The wrench becomes harder to turn and the spare tire winch ratchets or slips when the tire is raised to its maximum tightness. A clicking sound is heard from the winch indicating that the tire is properly stowed. Check that the tire lies flat against the frame and is properly tightened.
  4. Reinstall the tools and tighten the wing nut.
  5. Reinstall the jack properly into the bracket and tighten the wing nut.
  6. Unblock the wheel.

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

Wheel Lug Nut Torque Specifications

WARNING:
When you install a wheel, always remove any corrosion, dirt or foreign materials present on the mounting surfaces of the wheel or the surface of the wheel hub, brake drum or brake disc that contacts the wheel. Make sure to secure any fasteners that attach the rotor to the hub so they do not interfere with the mounting surfaces of the wheel. Installing wheels without correct metal-to-metal contact at the wheel mounting surfaces can cause the wheel nuts to loosen and the wheel to come off while your vehicle is in motion, resulting in loss of vehicle control, personal injury or death.

Wheels and Tires23

On vehicles equipped with single rear wheels, retighten the lug nuts to the specified torque at 100 miles (160 kilometers) after any wheel disturbance (such as tire rotation, changing a flat tire, wheel removal).
On vehicles equipped with dual rear wheels, retighten the wheel lug nuts to the specified torque at 100 miles (160 kilometers), and again at 500 miles (800 kilometers) of new vehicle operation and after any wheel disturbance (such as tire rotation, changing a flat tire, wheel removal).

Wheels and Tires21

On all two-piece flat wheel nuts, apply one drop of motor oil between the flat washer and the nut. Do not apply motor oil to the wheel nut threads or the wheel stud threads.

Wheels and Tires22 Wheel pilot bore
Inspect the wheel pilot hole and mounting surface prior to installation.
Remove any visible corrosion or loose particles.

FAQs

What is the recommended tire pressure for the 2023 Ford E-350?

Tire pressure recommendations can be found on the tire placard located inside the driver’s door jamb or in the owner’s manual.

Does Ford offer a tire warranty for the original tires on the 2023 E-350?

While Ford usually offers a limited warranty on tires, the tire manufacturer might also provide a separate warranty.

Are there specific tire brands recommended or partnered with Ford for the E-350?

Ford typically equips vehicles with reputable tire brands, but always consult the owner’s manual or dealership for specific recommendations.

What wheel size comes standard on the 2023 Ford E-350?

Wheel size can vary depending on the trim level and optional packages. This information would be in the vehicle specifications.

Is it possible to fit the E-350 with larger or aftermarket wheels without affecting the warranty?

Installing larger or aftermarket wheels can impact the vehicle’s handling and warranty. Always check with your dealership before making such modifications.

How often should I rotate the tires on my 2023 E-350?

Regular tire rotation helps even out tire wear. Refer to the maintenance section in the owner’s manual for specific intervals.

Does the E-350 come equipped with a full-size spare tire or a compact spare?

Some models come with a full-size spare, while others might have a compact or “donut” spare. Check the vehicle’s storage or the manual for clarification.

What are the recommended tire types for different seasons for the E-350?

While all-season tires may come standard, dedicated summer or winter tires might be advised depending on your region and driving conditions.

How does the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) in the 2023 E-350 alert me of low tire pressure?

The TPMS usually triggers a warning light on the dashboard when tire pressure drops below a set level.

Can I replace or upgrade the wheel rims on my E-350 without affecting the TPMS?

Changing rims can impact the TPMS. Ensure any new rims are compatible with the system and consult your dealership or a tire specialist before making changes.

Useful Links

View Full User Guide: FORD E-350 2023 User Guide
Download Manuals: https://www.ford.com/support/owner-manuals/owner-manuals-sitemap/
2023 FORD F-SERIES SUPER DUTY Specs, Price, Features and Mileage

Categories
E-350 Ford

2023 FORD E-350 Vehicle Care | Cleaning Interior And Exterior

Ford logo

2023 FORD E-350 Vehicle Care User Guide

The FORD E-350 2023 shows how dedicated Ford is to dependability, progress, and efficiency. As the newest car in a long line, it combines cutting-edge technology with a strong style in a way that looks great. But, as with any high-tech machine, it’s very important to keep it in good shape and take care of it. Making sure the E-350 gets regular maintenance not only extends its life but also makes sure it always works at its best. Read our complete guide to learn how to take care of your FORD E-350 2023 so that this famous car will keep running at its best for years to come.

2023 FORD F-SERIES SUPER DUTY Specs, Price, Features and Mileage

Vehicle Care

GENERAL INFORMATION

Your dealer has many quality products available to clean your vehicle and protect its finishes.

CLEANING PRODUCTS

Materials
For best results, use the following products or products of equivalent quality:
For additional information and assistance, we recommend that you contact an authorized dealer.

Name Specification
Motorcraft® Bug and Tar Remover, ZC-42 (U.S. & Canada)
Motorcraft® Custom Bright Metal Cleaner, ZC-15 (U.S. & Canada) ESR-M5B194-B
Motorcraft® Detail Wash, ZC-3-A (U.S. & Canada) ESR-M14P4-A
Motorcraft® Engine Shampoo and Degreaser, ZC-20 (U.S.) ESR-M14P3-A
Motorcraft® Engine Shampoo, CXC-66-A (Canada)
Motorcraft® Premium Leather and Vinyl Cleaner, ZC-56 (U.S. & Canada)
Motorcraft® Multi-Purpose Cleaner, CXC-101 (Canada)
Motorcraft® Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate with Bitterant, ZC-32-B2 (U.S.) WSS-M14P19-A
Motorcraft® Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid, CXC-37- F/M (Canada) WSS-M14P19-A
Motorcraft® Professional Strength Carpet & Upholstery Cleaner, ZC-54 (U.S. & Canada)
Motorcraft® Premium Glass Cleaner, CXC-100 (Canada) ESR-M14P5-A
Motorcraft® Spot and Stain Remover, ZC-14 (U.S.)
Motorcraft® Ultra-Clear Spray Glass Cleaner, ZC-23 (U.S.) ESR-M14P5-A
Motorcraft® Wheel and Tire Cleaner, ZC-37-A (U.S. & Canada)

CLEANING THE EXTERIOR

Wash your vehicle regularly with cool or lukewarm water and a neutral pH shampoo, we recommend Motorcraft Detail Wash.

  • Never use strong household detergents or soap, for example, dishwashing or laundry liquid. These products can discolor and spot painted surfaces.
  • Never wash your vehicle when it is hot to the touch, or during strong or direct sunlight.
  • Dry your vehicle with a chamois or soft terry cloth towel to eliminate water spots.
  • Immediately remove fuel spillages, bird droppings, insect deposits and road tar. These may cause damage to your vehicle’s paintwork or trim over time. We recommend Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover.
  • Remove any exterior accessories, for example antennas, before entering a car wash.
  • When filling with AdBlue®, remove any residue on painted surfaces immediately.

Note: Suntan lotions and insect repellents can damage painted surfaces. If these substances come in contact with your vehicle, wash the affected area as soon as possible.

Cleaning the Exterior Precautions
Immediately remove fuel spillages, AdBlue residuals, bird droppings, insect deposits and road tar. These may cause damage to your vehicle’s paintwork or trim over time.
Remove any exterior accessories, for example antennas, before entering a car wash.

Cleaning the Exterior Lamps
Note: Do not scrape the exterior lamps lenses or use abrasives, alcoholic solvents or chemical solvents to clean them.
Note: Do not wipe the exterior lamps when they are dry.

Exterior Chrome Parts

  • Apply a high quality-cleaning product to bumpers and other chrome parts. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions. We recommend Motorcraft Custom Bright Metal Cleaner.
  • Do not apply the cleaning product to hot surfaces. Do not leave the cleaning product on chrome surfaces longer than the time recommended.
  • Using non-recommended cleaners can result in severe and permanent cosmetic damage.

Note: Never use abrasive materials, for example, steel wool or plastic pads as they can scratch the chrome surface.
Note: Do not use chrome cleaner, metal cleaner or polish on wheels or wheel covers.

Exterior Plastic Parts
For routine cleaning, we recommend Motorcraft Detail Wash. If tar or grease spots are present, we recommend Motorcraft Bug and Tar Remover.

Stripes or Graphics (If Equipped)
Hand washing your vehicle is preferred however, pressure washing may be used under the following conditions:

  • Do not use water pressure higher than 2,000 psi (14,000 kPa).
  • Do not use water hotter than 179°F (82°C).
  • Use a spray with a 40-degree wide spray angle pattern.
  • Keep the nozzle at a 12 in (305 mm) distance and a 90-degree angle to your vehicle’s surface.
  • Never wash or rinse the engine while it is hot or running; water in the running engine may cause internal damage.
  • Never wash or rinse any ignition coil, spark plug wire or spark plug well, or the area in and around these locations.
  • Cover the battery, power distribution box, and air filter assembly to prevent water damage when cleaning the engine.

CLEANING THE WINDOWS AND WIPER BLADES

Car wash chemicals and environmental fallout can result in windshield and wiper blade contamination. Dirty windshields and wipers will result in poor windshield wiper operation. Keep the windshield and wiper blades clean to maintain windshield wiper performance.

To clean the windshield and wiper blades:

  • Clean the windshield with a non-abrasive glass cleaner. When cleaning the interior of the windshield, avoid getting any glass cleaner on the instrument panel or door panels. Wipe any glass cleaner off these surfaces immediately.
  • For windshields contaminated with tree sap, chemicals, wax or bugs, clean the entire windshield using steel wool (no greater than 0000 grade) in a circular motion and rinse with water.
  • Clean the wiper blades with isopropyl rubbing alcohol or windshield washer concentrate.

Note: Do not use razor blades or other sharp objects to clean or remove decals from the inside of the heated rear window. The vehicle warranty does not cover damage caused to the heated rear window grid lines.

CLEANING THE INTERIOR

WARNING:
Do not use cleaning solvents, bleach or dye on the vehicle’s seatbelts, as these actions may weaken the belt webbing.

WARNING:
On vehicles equipped with seat-mounted airbags, do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents. Such products could contaminate the side airbag system and affect performance of the side airbag in a crash.

For fabric, carpets, cloth seats, and seats equipped with side airbags:

  • Remove dust and loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner.
  • Remove light stains and soil with Motorcraft Professional Strength Carpet & Upholstery Cleaner.
  • If grease or tar is present on the material, spot-clean the area first with Motorcraft Spot and Stain Remover. In Canada, use Motorcraft Multi-Purpose Cleaner.
  • If a ring forms on the fabric after spot cleaning, clean the entire area immediately (but do not oversaturate) or the ring will set.
  • Do not use household cleaning products or glass cleaners, which can stain and discolor the fabric and affect the flame retardant abilities of the seat materials.

Mirrors
Do not clean the housing or glass of any mirror with harsh abrasives, fuel or other petroleum or ammonia-based cleaning products.

CLEANING THE INSTRUMENT PANEL AND INSTRUMENT CLUSTER LENS

WARNING: Do not use chemical solvents or strong detergents when cleaning the steering wheel or instrument panel to avoid contamination of the airbag system.

Note: Follow the same procedure as cleaning leather seats for cleaning leather instrument panels and leather interior trim surfaces. See Cleaning Leather Seats (page 185).
Clean the instrument panel and cluster lens with a clean, damp and soft cloth, then use a clean, dry and soft cloth to dry these areas.

  • Avoid cleaners or polishes that increase the gloss of the upper portion of the instrument panel. The dull finish in this area helps protect you from undesirable windshield reflection. Do not use any household cleaning products or glass cleaners as these may damage the finish of the instrument panel, interior trim and cluster lens.
  • Wash or wipe your hands clean if you have been in contact with certain products such as insect repellent and suntan lotion to avoid possible damage to the interior painted surfaces.
  • Do not allow air fresheners and hand sanitizers to spill onto interior surfaces. If a spill occurs, wipe off immediately. Your warranty may not cover these damages.

If a staining liquid like coffee or juice has been spilled on the instrument panel or on interior trim surfaces:

  1. Wipe up spilled liquid using a clean, soft cloth as quickly as possible.
  2. Use Motorcraft Premium Leather and Vinyl Cleaner or a commercially available leather cleaning product for automotive interiors. Test any cleaner or stain remover on an inconspicuous area.
  3. Alternatively, wipe the surface with a clean, soft cloth and a mild soap and water solution. Dry the area with a clean, soft cloth.
  4. If necessary, apply more soap and water solution or cleaning product to a clean, soft cloth and press it onto the soiled area. Allow this to set at room temperature for 30 minutes.
  5. Remove the soaked cloth, then with a clean, damp cloth, use a rubbing motion for 60 seconds on the soiled area.
  6. Dry the area with a clean, soft cloth.

CLEANING LEATHER SEATS

Note: Follow the same procedure as cleaning leather seats for cleaning leather instrument panels and leather interior trim surfaces.

For routine cleaning, wipe the surface with a soft, damp cloth and a mild soap and water solution. Dry the area with a clean, soft cloth.
For cleaning and removing stains such as dye transfer, use Motorcraft Premium Leather and Vinyl Cleaner or a commercially available leather cleaning product for automotive interiors.

Note: Test any cleaner or stain remover on an inconspicuous area.
You should:

  • Remove dust and loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner.
  • Clean and treat spills and stains as soon as possible.

Do not use the following products as these may damage the leather:

  • Oil and petroleum or silicone-based leather conditioners.
  • Household cleaners.
  • Alcohol solutions.
  • Solvents or cleaners intended specifically for rubber, vinyl and plastics

REPAIRING MINOR PAINT DAMAGE

Authorized dealers have touch-up paint to match your vehicle’s color. Your vehicle color code is printed on a sticker on the front, left-hand side door jamb. Take your color code to your authorized dealer to make sure you get the correct color.
Before repairing minor paint damage, use a cleaner to remove particles such as bird droppings, tree sap, insect deposits, tar spots, road salt and industrial fallout.
Read the instructions before using cleaning products.

CLEANING THE WHEELS

  1. Regularly clean them with a wheel cleaner. We recommend that you use a Ford-approved wheel cleaner if available.
  2. Remove dirt and brake dust with a sponge.
  3. Remove tar and grease with a bug and tar remover. We recommend that you use Ford-approved bug and tar remover if available.
  4. Thoroughly rinse the wheels with water after cleaning.

If you intend on parking your vehicle for an extended period after cleaning the wheels with a wheel cleaner, drive your vehicle for a few minutes before doing so. This reduces the risk of corrosion of the brake discs, brake pads and linings.
Do not clean the wheels when they are hot.
Note: Some car washes could damage wheel rims and covers.
Note: Using non-recommended cleaners, harsh cleaning products, chrome wheel cleaners or abrasive materials could damage wheel rims and covers.

VEHICLE STORAGE

If you plan on storing your vehicle for 30 days or more, read the following maintenance recommendations to make sure your vehicle stays in good operating condition.
We engineer and test all motor vehicles and their components for reliable, regular driving. Under various conditions,
long-term storage may lead to degraded engine performance or failure unless you use specific precautions to preserve engine components.

General

  • Store all vehicles in a dry, ventilated place.
  • Protect from sunlight, if possible.
  • If vehicles are stored outside, they require regular maintenance to protect against rust and damage.

Body

  • Wash your vehicle thoroughly to remove dirt, grease, oil, tar or mud from exterior surfaces, rear-wheel housing, and the underside of the front fenders.
  • Periodically wash your vehicle if it is stored in exposed locations.
  • Touch-up exposed or primed metal to prevent rust.
  • Cover chrome and stainless steel parts with a thick coat of auto wax to prevent discoloration. Re-wax as necessary when you wash your vehicle.
  • Lubricate all hood, door and luggage compartment hinges and latches with light-grade oil.
  • Cover interior trim to prevent fading.
  • Keep all rubber parts free from oil and solvents.

Engine

  • Change the engine oil and filter prior to storage because used engine oil contains contaminants that may cause engine damage.
  • Start the engine every 15 days for a minimum of 15 minutes. Run at fast idle with the climate controls set to defrost until the engine reaches normal operating temperature.
  • With your foot on the brake, shift through all the gears while the engine is running.
  • We recommend that you change the engine oil before you use your vehicle again.

Fuel system

  • Fill the fuel tank with high-quality fuel until the first automatic shutoff of the fuel pump nozzle.

Cooling system

  • Protect against freezing temperatures.
  • When removing your vehicle from storage, check the coolant fluid level. Confirm that there are no cooling system leaks and that fluid is at the recommended level.

Disconnecting Your 12 Volt Battery

  • Check and recharge as necessary. Keep connections clean.
  • If storing your vehicle for more than 30 days without recharging the battery, we recommend that you disconnect the battery cables to maintain battery charge for quick starting.

Note: It is necessary to reset memory features if you disconnect the battery cables.

Brakes

  • Make sure the brakes and parking brakes release fully.

Tires

  • Maintain recommended air pressure.

Miscellaneous

  • Make sure all linkages, cables, levers and pins under your vehicle are covered with grease to prevent rust.
  • Move vehicles at least 25 ft (7.5 m) every 15 days to lubricate working parts and prevent corrosion.

Removing Vehicle From Storage

When your vehicle is ready to come out of storage, do the following:

  • Wash your vehicle to remove any dirt or grease film build-up on window surfaces.
  • Check windshield wipers for any deterioration.
  • Check under the hood for any foreign material that may have been collected during storage such as mice or squirrel nests.
  • Check the exhaust for any foreign material that may have been collected during storage.
  • Check tire pressures and set tire inflation per the Tire Label.
  • Check brake pedal operation. Drive your vehicle 15 ft (4.5 m) back and forth to remove rust build-up.
  • Check fluid levels (including coolant, oil, and gas) to make sure there are no leaks, and fluids are at recommended levels.
  • If you remove the battery, clean the battery cable ends and check for damage.

Contact an authorized dealer if you have any concerns or issues.

FAQs

What type of oil should I use for my FORD E-350 2023?

It’s recommended to check your owner’s manual for the appropriate oil specification, viscosity, and recommended oil change intervals.

How often should I rotate my tires?

Typically, tire rotation is recommended every 5,000 to 7,500 miles, but refer to your vehicle’s owner manual for specific guidance.

What’s the recommended tire pressure?

Tire pressure can vary based on the tire and the load carrying capacity. Look for a sticker inside the driver’s side door jamb or check the owner’s manual for the correct PSI.

How often should I replace the air filter?

Generally, air filters should be replaced every 15,000 to 30,000 miles. However, driving in dusty or dirty conditions may necessitate more frequent changes.

How can I maintain the battery?

Ensure the battery terminals are clean and free of corrosion. If your vehicle sits idle for long periods, consider using a trickle charger to maintain battery health.

How often should I replace the brake pads?

Brake pad wear can vary based on driving habits and conditions. Regularly inspect brake pads during tire rotations or at least once a year.

What’s the best way to maintain the vehicle’s exterior paint?

Wash the vehicle regularly, avoid parking under direct sunlight for extended periods, and consider waxing to protect the paint from environmental damage.

What should I do if the “Check Engine” light comes on?

Seek professional diagnosis. The light could indicate a variety of issues, some minor and others more severe.

When should I replace the windshield wiper blades?

It’s typically recommended to replace wiper blades every 6 to 12 months, but this can vary based on usage and environmental conditions.

How often should I check the vehicle’s fluids (coolant, brake fluid, transmission fluid, etc.)?

Regularly checking fluids every month is a good practice. Fluid changes will depend on usage and the specific fluid type, so refer to your owner’s manual for intervals.

Useful Links

View Full User Guide: FORD E-350 2023 User Guide
Download Manuals: https://www.ford.com/support/owner-manuals/owner-manuals-sitemap/
2023 FORD F-SERIES SUPER DUTY Specs, Price, Features and Mileage

2023 Ford Fiesta Specs, Price, Features and Mileage (Brochure)

Categories
E-350 Ford

2023 FORD E-350 Vehicle Identification | Capacities And Specifications

Ford logo

2023 FORD E-350 Capacities and Specifications User Guide

The Ford E-350 is a full-size van that is designed for commercial and personal use. It has a high towing capacity and a spacious interior that can accommodate up to 15 passengers or be configured for cargo transport.

2023 FORD F-SERIES SUPER DUTY Specs, Price, Features and Mileage

Capacities and Specifications

ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS

Engine 7.3L V8 Engine
Displacement. 445 in³ (7,293 cm³)
Required fuel. Minimum 87 octane
Firing order. 1-5-4-8-6-3-7-2
Ignition system. Coil near spark plug with spark plug wire
Spark plug gap. 0.049 in (1.25 mm) – 0.053 in (1.35 mm)
Compression ratio. 10.5:1

Drivebelt Routing

Single Alternator:

  • Capacities and Specifications1Drivebelt closest to the engine.
  • Drivebelt furthest from the engine.

Dual Alternator:Capacities and Specifications2

  • A Drivebelt closest to the engine.
  • Drivebelt furthest from the engine.

MOTORCRAFT PARTS

Component Motorcraft Part number
Air filter element. FA-2042
One battery. BXT-65-750
Two batteries (optional). BXT-65-750
Component Motorcraft Part number
Engine oil filter.1 FL-820-S
Spark plug. SP-589
Transmission fluid filter. FT-187
Windshield wiper blade. WW-2005

1 If a Motorcraft oil filter is not available, use an oil filter that meets industry performance specification SAE/USCAR-36.
We recommend Motorcraft parts that are available at your authorized dealer or at https://parts.ford.com/. These parts are engineered for your vehicle and meet or exceed our specifications. The use of other parts could impact vehicle performance, emissions, and durability. Your warranty could be void for any damage related to the use of other parts.

BULB SPECIFICATION CHART

Replacement bulbs are specified in the chart below. Headlamp bulbs must be marked with an authorized “D.O.T.” for

Exterior Lamps
North America and an “E” for Europe to ensure lamp performance, light brightness and pattern and safe visibility. The correct bulbs will not damage the lamp assembly or void the lamp assembly warranty and will provide quality bulb illumination time.

Lamp Trade Name
Front side marker lamp. W5W
Park lamp. 3157AK
Front direction indicator. 3157AK
Headlamp low beam. H13
Headlamp high beam. H13
Front clearance lamp (exterior mirror). 2825
Brake, rear and direction indicator lamp. 3157K
Reversing lamps. 3156

Interior Lamps

Lamp Trade Name
Underhood Lamp. 906
Map lamp. 578
Dome lamp. 578
Cargo lamp. 578

To replace all instrument panel lights – see your authorized dealer.

ENGINE OIL CAPACITY AND SPECIFICATION

Use oil that meets the defined specification and viscosity grade.
If you do not use oil that meets the defined specification and viscosity grade, it could result in:

  • Component damage that your vehicle warranty does not cover.
  • Longer engine cranking periods.
  • Increased emission levels.
  • Reduced vehicle performance.
  • Reduced fuel economy.

Capacities and Specifications1

An oil that displays this symbol conforms to the current engine, emission system, and fuel economy performance standards of ILSAC.
We recommend Motorcraft motor oil for your vehicle. If Motorcraft oil is not available, use motor oils of the recommended viscosity grade that display the API Certification Mark for gasoline engines.
Do not use supplemental engine oil additives because they are unnecessary and could lead to engine damage that your vehicle warranty does not cover.

Capacities

Variant Including the Oil Filter
All. 8.0 qt (7.57 L)

Materials

Name Specification
Motorcraft® SAE 5W-30 Synthetic Blend Motor Oil(U.S.)

Motorcraft® SAE 5W-30 Super Premium Motor Oil

SAE 5W-30 Motorcraft®(Canada)

XO-5W30-Q1SP(U.S.)

CXO-5W30-LSP6(Canada)

WSS-M2C961-A1

Alternative Engine Oil for Extremely Cold Climates

To improve engine cold start performance,

Materials

Name Specification
Engine Oil – SAE 0W-30 – Synthetic Blend WSS-M2C963-A1

we recommend that you use the following alternative engine oil in extremely cold climates, where the ambient temperature reaches -22°F (-30°C) or below.Capacities and Specifications4

COOLING SYSTEM CAPACITY AND SPECIFICATION

Use coolant that meets the defined specification.

Capacities

Variant Quantity
All. 20.3 qt (19.22 L)

If you do not use coolant that meets the defined specification, it could result in:

  • Component damage that your vehicle warranty does not cover.
  • Reduced vehicle performance.

Materials

Name Specification
Motorcraft® Yellow Prediluted Antifreeze/ Coolant(U.S.)

Motorcraft® Yellow Prediluted Antifreeze/Coolant

Motorcraft®(Canada)

VC-13DL-G(U.S.)

CVC-13DL-G(Canada)

WSS-M97B57-A2

FUEL TANK CAPACITY

Capacities

Variant Quantity
Standard. 40 gal (151 L)
Optional or E-Super Duty. 55 gal (208 L)

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM CAPACITY AND SPECIFICATION

WARNING: The air conditioning refrigerant system contains refrigerant under high pressure. Only qualified personnel should service the air conditioning refrigerant system. Opening the air conditioning refrigerant system can cause personal injury.

Use refrigerant and oil that meets the defined specifications.

If you do not use refrigerant and oil that meets the defined specifications, it could result in:

  • Component damage that your vehicle warranty does not cover.
  • Reduced vehicle performance.

Capacities

Variant Refrigerant Refrigerant Oil
Front only. 26.98 oz (0.765 kg) 7.00 fl oz (207 ml)
With prep pack. 33.02 oz (0.936 kg) 14.00 fl oz (414 ml)

Materials

Name Specification
Motorcraft® R-134a Refrigerant(U.S.)

R-134a Refrigerant / Frigorigène R-134a(Canada) YN-19(U.S.)

CYN-19-R(Canada)

WSH-M17B19-A
Motorcraft® PAG Refrigerant Compressor Oil(U.S.) Motorcraft® PAG Refrigerant Compressor Oil / Huile PAG pour compresseur frigorifique Motor craft®(Canada)

YN-12-D(U.S. & Canada)

WSH-M1C231-B

WASHER FLUID SPECIFICATION

Capacities

Variant Quantity
All. Fill as required.

Materials

Name Specification
Motorcraft® Premium Windshield Wash Concentrate with Bitterant(U.S.)
Motorcraft® Premium Quality Windshield Washer Fluid / Liquide lave-glace de haute qualité Motor- craft®(Canada)ZC-32-B2(U.S.)CXC-37-F/M(Canada)
WSS-M14P19-A

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID CAPACITY AND SPECIFICATION

Use fluid that meets the defined specification and viscosity grade.

If you do not use fluid that meets the defined specification and viscosity grade, it could result in:

  • Component damage that your vehicle warranty does not cover.
  • Reduced vehicle performance.
  • Reduced fuel economy.

Note: Only use MERCON LV transmission fluid for automatic transmissions that require MERCON LV transmission fluid. The use of any other fluid could cause transmission damage.

Capacities

Variant Quantity
All. 17.4 qt (16.5 L) 1

Materials

Name Specification
Motorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic Transmission Fluid(U.S.)

Motorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic Transmission Fluid / Huile pour boîte automatique MERCON® LV Motorcraft®(Canada)

XT-10-QLVC(U.S.) CXT-10-LV6(Canada)

WSS-M2C938-AMERCON® LV,

BRAKE FLUID SPECIFICATION

Use fluid that meets the defined specification.

If you do not use fluid that meets the defined specification, it could result in:

  • Component damage that your vehicle warranty does not cover.
  • Reduced brake performance.

Note: Keep brake fluid clean and dry. Contamination with dirt, water, petroleum products or other materials could result in brake system damage and failure.

Capacities

Variant Quantity
Hydroboost Brake System. Fill as required.
Vacuum Brake System. Fill as required.

Materials

Name Specification
Motorcraft® DOT 4 LV High-Performance Motor Vehicle Brake Fluid(U.S.)

Motorcraft® DOT 4 LV High-Performance Motor Vehicle Brake Fluid / Liquide de frein automobile haute performance DOT 4 LV Motorcraft®(Canada) PM-20(U.S. & Canada)

WSS-M6C65-A2
Motorcraft® High-Performance DOT 3 Motor Vehicle Brake Fluid(U.S.)

Motorcraft® High Performance DOT 3 Motor Vehicle Brake Fluid / Liquide defrein automobile DOT 3 haute performance Motorcraft®(Canada)

PM-1-C(U.S.)

CPM-1-C(Canada)

WSS-M6C65-A1

Note: We recommend using DOT 4 Low Viscosity (LV) High-Performance Brake Fluid for vehicles with vacuum brake booster systems. High-performance DOT 3 brake fluid is also acceptable to use.

Note: Use of any fluid other than the recommended fluid could cause reduced brake performance and not meet our performance standards.

REAR AXLE FLUID CAPACITY AND SPECIFICATION

Use fluid that meets the defined specification and viscosity grade.

If you do not use fluid that meets the defined specification and viscosity grade, it could result in:

Limited Slip Axle
Capacities

Variant Quantity
E-350 Dana axle M70FF (M267FF). 3.28 qt (3.1 L) 1
E-450 Dana axle M70HD (M273HD). 4.86 qt (4.6 L) 1

Materials

Name Specification
Motorcraft® SAE 75W-140 Synthetic Rear Axle Lubricant(U.S.)

Motorcraft® SAE 75W-140 Synthetic Rear Axle Lubricant / Lubrifiant synthétique pour pont arrière SAE 75W-140 Motorcraft®(Canada)

XY-75W140-QL(U.S.) CXY-75W140-1L(Canada)

WSL-M2C192-A

Conventional Axle

Capacities

Variant Quantity
E-350 Dana axle M70FF (M267FF). 3.28 qt (3.1 L) 1
E-450 Dana axle M70HD (M273HD). 4.86 qt (4.6 L) 1

1 Fill Dana rear axles to 0.24–0.55 in (6–14 mm) below the bottom of the fill hole.

Materials

Name Specification
Motorcraft® SAE 80W-90 Premium Rear Axle Lubricant(U.S.)

Motorcraft® SAE 80W-90 Premium Axle Lubricant

X SAE 80W-90 Motorcraft®(Canada)

XY-80W90-QL(U.S.) CXY-80W90-1L(Canada)

WSP-M2C197-A

HYDRAULIC POWER STEERING FLUID CAPACITY AND SPECIFICATION

Use fluid that meets the defined specification.

If you do not use fluid that meets the defined specification, it could result in:

  • Component damage that your vehicle warranty does not cover.
  • Reduced vehicle performance.

Capacities

Variant Quantity
All. Fill as required.

Materials

Name Specification
Motorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic Transmission Fluid(U.S.)

Motorcraft® MERCON® LV Automatic Transmission Fluid / Huile pour boîte automatique MERCON® LV Motorcraft®(Canada)

XT-10-QLVC(U.S.) CXT-10-LV6(Canada)

WSS-M2C938-AMERCON® LV,

Vehicle Identification

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

LOCATING THE VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
The vehicle identification number is on the left-hand side of the instrument panel.Capacities and Specifications2

Note: In the illustration, XXXX is representative of your vehicle identification number.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER OVERVIEW

The vehicle identification number contains the following information:Capacities and Specifications3

  • World manufacturer identifier.
  • Brake system, gross vehicle weight rating, restraint devices, and their locations.
  • Make, vehicle line, series, body type.
  • Engine or motor type. Check digit.
  • Model year.
  • Assembly plant.
  • Production sequence number.

Q&A

  1. What is the maximum payload capacity of the Ford E-350?
    The maximum payload capacity of the Ford E-350 is up to 4,530 lbs.
  2. What is the towing capacity of the Ford E-350?
    The towing capacity of the Ford E-350 is up to 10,000 lbs.
  3. What is the fuel tank capacity of the Ford E-350?
    The fuel tank capacity of the Ford E-350 is approximately 35 gallons.
  4. What engine options are available for the Ford E-350?
    The Ford E-350 is available with a 7.3L V8 gasoline engine or a 3.5L V6 EcoBoost® engine.
  5. What type of transmission does the Ford E-350 have?
    The Ford E-350 has a 10-speed automatic transmission.
  6. What type of drivetrain does the Ford E-350 have?
    The Ford E-350 has a rear-wheel drive.
  7. What are the available wheelbase options for the Ford E-350?
    The available wheelbase options for the Ford E-350 are 138 inches or 176 inches.
  8. What are the available length options for the Ford E-350?
    The available length options for the Ford E-350 are 232 inches or 250 inches.
  9. What is the width of the Ford E-350?
    The width of the Ford E-350 is 81 inches.
  10. What is the height of the Ford E-350?
    The height of the Ford E-350 is 84 inches.
  11. Where can I find the VIN for my Ford E-350?
    The VIN for the Ford E-350 can be found on the driver’s side dashboard, the driver’s side door jamb, and on various documents related to the vehicle.
  12. How can I use the VIN to identify my Ford E-350?
    The VIN can be used to identify information such as the manufacturer, model year, engine type, and production number, among other things. It can be useful for tracking vehicle history and obtaining replacement parts.
  13. What are some common uses for the Ford E-350?
    The Ford E-350 is commonly used for commercial and personal purposes, such as cargo transport, passenger transport, and as a mobile home or camper.
  14. What is the starting price of the Ford E-350?
    The starting price of the Ford E-350 can vary depending on the trim level, options, and location, but it is typically in the range of $35,000 to $40,000.
  15. What is the warranty for the Ford E-350?
    The warranty for the Ford E-350 typically includes a 3-year/36,000-mile bumper-to-bumper warranty and a 5-year/60,000-mile powertrain warranty, among other things. However, it is important to check with the dealership or manufacturer for the most up-to-date information.
  16. What is the maximum payload capacity of the 2023 Ford E-350?
    Payload capacity can vary based on the specific configuration of the vehicle. Refer to the owner’s manual or specification sheet for exact figures.

Useful Links

View Full User Guide: FORD E-350 2023 User Guide
Download Manuals: https://www.ford.com/support/owner-manuals/owner-manuals-sitemap/
2023 FORD F-SERIES SUPER DUTY Specs, Price, Features and Mileage

2023 Ford Fiesta Specs, Price, Features and Mileage (Brochure)

Categories
E-350 Ford

FORD E-350 2023 Customer Assistance User Guide

Ford logo

FORD E-350 2023 Customer Assistance User Guide

GETTING THE SERVICES YOU NEED

Warranty repairs to your vehicle must be performed by an authorized dealer. While any authorized dealer handling your vehicle line will provide warranty service, we recommend you return to your selling authorized dealer who wants to ensure your continued satisfaction.
Please note that certain warranty repairs require special training and equipment, so not all authorized dealers are authorized to perform all warranty repairs. This means that, depending on the warranty repair needed, you may have to take your vehicle to another authorized dealer.
A reasonable time must be allowed to perform a repair after taking your vehicle to the authorized dealer. Repairs will be made using Ford or Motorcraft® parts, or remanufactured or other parts that are authorized by Ford.

Away From Home
If you are away from home when your vehicle needs service, contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center or use the online resources listed below to find the nearest authorized dealer.
In the United States:

Mailing address
Ford Motor Company
Customer Relationship Center
P.O. Box 6248
Dearborn, MI 48126

Telephone
1-800-392-3673 (FORD)
(TDD for the hearing impaired:
1-800-232-5952)
If your vehicle is configured as a motorhome please call 1-800-444-3311 for support.
Additional information and resources are available online:
Website www.ford.com/support

These are some of the items that can be found online:

  • U.S. dealer locator by Dealer Name, City/State or Zip Code.
  • Owner Manuals.
  • Maintenance Schedules.
  • Recalls.
  • Ford Extended Service Plans.
  • Ford Genuine Accessories.
  • Service specials and promotions. In Canada:

Mailing address
Customer Relationship Centre
Ford Motor Company of Canada, Limited P.O. Box 2000
Oakville, Ontario L6K 0C8

Telephone
1-800-565-3673 (FORD)
(TDD for the hearing impaired: 1-888-658-6805)
Website www.ford.ca 

Facebook
FordServiceCA (English) FordServiceQC (Français)

Twitter
@FordServiceCA

Additional Assistance
If you have questions or concerns or are unsatisfied with the service you are receiving, follow these steps:

  1. Contact your Sales Representative or Service Advisor at your selling or servicing authorized dealer.
  2. If your inquiry or concern remains unresolved, contact the Sales Manager, Service Manager or Customer Relations Manager.
  3. If you require assistance or clarification on Ford Motor Company policies, please contact the Ford Customer Relationship Center.

In order to help us serve you better, please have the following information available when contacting a Customer Relationship Center:

  • Vehicle Identification Number.
  • Your telephone number (home and business).
  • The name of the authorized dealer and city were located.
  • The vehicle’s current odometer reading.

In some states within the United States, you must directly notify Ford in writing before pursuing remedies under your state’s warranty laws, and Ford is also allowed a final repair attempt.
Additionally, in some states within the United States, a consumer has the option of submitting a warranty dispute to the BBB Auto Line before taking action under the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, or to the extent allowed by state law, before pursuing replacement or repurchase remedies provided by certain state laws. This dispute handling procedure is not required prior to enforcing state-created rights or other rights which are independent of the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act or state replacement or repurchase laws.

IN CALIFORNIA (U.S. ONLY)

California Civil Code Section 1793.2(d) requires that, if a manufacturer or its representative is unable to repair a motor vehicle to conform to the vehicle’s applicable express warranty after a reasonable number of attempts, the manufacturer shall be required to either replace the vehicle with one substantially identical or repurchase the vehicle and reimburse the buyer in an amount equal to the actual price paid or payable by the consumer (less a reasonable allowance for consumer use). The consumer has the right to choose whether to receive a refund or a replacement vehicle.
California Civil Code Section 1793.22(b) presumes that the manufacturer has had a reasonable number of attempts to conform the vehicle to its applicable express warranties if, within the first 18 months of ownership of a new vehicle or the first 18,000 mi (29,000 km), whichever occurs first:

  1. Two or more repair attempts are made on the same non-conformity likely to cause death or serious bodily injury OR
  2. Four or more repair attempts are made on the same nonconformity (a defect or condition that substantially impairs the use, value or safety of the vehicle) OR
  3. The vehicle is out of service for repair of nonconformities for a total of more than 30 calendar days (not necessarily all at one time).

In the case of 1 or 2 above, the consumer must also notify the manufacturer of the need for the repair of the nonconformity at the following address:
Ford Motor Company
16800 Executive Plaza Drive
Mail Drop 3NE-B
Dearborn, MI 48126

You are required to submit your warranty dispute to BBB AUTO LINE before asserting in court any rights or remedies conferred by California Civil Code Section 1793.22(b). You are also required to use BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking remedies created by the Federal Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, 15 U.S.C. sec. 2301 et seq. If you choose to seek redress by pursuing rights and remedies not created by California Civil Code Section 1793.22(b) or the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, resort to BBB AUTO LINE is not required by those statutes.

THE BETTER BUSINESS BUREAU (BBB) AUTO LINE PROGRAM (U.S. ONLY)

Your satisfaction is important to Ford Motor Company and to your dealer. If a warranty concern has not been resolved using the three-step procedure outlined earlier in this chapter in the Getting the Services you need section, you may be eligible to participate in the BBB AUTO LINE program.
The BBB AUTO LINE program consists of two parts – mediation and arbitration. During mediation, a representative of the BBB will contact both you and Ford Motor Company to explore options for settlement of the claim. If an agreement is not reached during mediation or you do not want to participate in mediation, and if your claim is eligible, you may participate in the arbitration process. An arbitration hearing will be scheduled so that you can present your case in an informal setting before an impartial person. The arbitrator considers the testimony provided and makes a decision after the hearing.

Disputes submitted to the BBB AUTO LINE program are usually decided within 40 days after you file your claim with the BBB. You are not bound by the decision and may reject the decision and proceed to court where all findings of the BBB Auto Line dispute, and decision, are admissible in the court action. Should you choose to accept the BBB AUTO LINE decision, Ford is then bound by the decision and must comply with the decision within 30 days of receipt of your acceptance letter.
BBB AUTO LINE Application: Using the information that follows, please call or write to request a program application. You will be asked for your name and address, general information about your new vehicle, information about your warranty concerns, and any steps you have already taken to try to resolve them. A Customer Claim Form will be mailed that needs to be completed, signed and returned to the BBB along with proof of ownership. Upon receipt, the BBB reviews the claim for eligibility under the Program Summary Guidelines.

You can get more information by calling BBB AUTO LINE at 1-800-955-5100, or writing to:
BBB AUTO LINE a Division of BBB National Programs, Inc.
1676 International Drive, Suite 550 McLean, VA 22102
BBB AUTO LINE applications can also be requested by calling the Ford Motor Company Customer Relationship Center at 1-800-392-3673.
For additional information, refer to the Better Business Bureau website.
Note: Ford Motor Company reserves the right to change eligibility limitations, modify procedures, or to discontinue this process at any time without notice and without obligation.

GETTING ASSISTANCE OUTSIDE THE U.S. AND CANADA

Before exporting your vehicle to a foreign country, contact the appropriate foreign embassy or consulate. These officials can inform you of local vehicle registration regulations and where to find unleaded fuel or petrol/gas engines or the proper sulfur fuel for diesel engines.
If you cannot find the proper fuel recommended for your vehicle, contact our Customer Relationship Center.

The use of improper fuels in your vehicle without proper conversion may damage the effectiveness of your emission control system and may cause engine knocking or serious engine damage. Ford Motor Company or Ford of Canada is not responsible for any damage caused by the use of improper fuel. Using improper fuels may also result in difficulty importing your vehicle back into the United States.
If your vehicle must be serviced while you are traveling or living in Asia-Pacific Region, Sub-Saharan Africa, U.S. Virgin Islands and/or Puerto Rico, Central America, the Caribbean, and Israel and the Middle East, contact the nearest authorized dealer. If the authorized dealer cannot help you, contact the corresponding Ford Customer Assistance Center:

FORD MOTOR COMPANY
Customer Relationship Centers in:

Customer Relationship Center Phone Fax E-mail
Asia Pacific N/A N/A apemcrc@ford.com
Caribbean and Central America +1-800-841-3673 N/A atnclien@ford.com
 

 

 

 

 

Middle East

Ford 80004443673  

 

 

 

 

971 4 3327 266

 

 

 

 

 

menacac@ford.com

Lincoln 80004441067
UAE 80004441066
Saudi Arabia 8008443673
Mobily and Zain cell phone users in Saudi 800850078
Kuwait 22280384
Customer Relationship Center Phone Fax E-mail
North Africa N/A N/A nafcrc@ford.com
Puerto Rico and U.S. Virgin Islands +1-800-841-3673 N/A atnclien@ford.com
Sub-Saharan Africa N/A N/A ssacrc@ford.com
South Korea +82-02-1600-6003 N/A infokr1@ford.com or infokr@lincoln.com

If you buy your vehicle in North America and then relocate to any of the above locations, register your vehicle identification number (VIN) and new address with Ford Global Trade Services by emailing, expcso@ford.com.
If you are in another foreign country, contact the nearest authorized dealer. In the event your inquiry is unresolved, communicate your concern with the dealership’s Sales Manager, Service Manager or Customer Relations Manager. If you require additional assistance or clarification, please contact the respective Customer Relationship Center as previously listed.

Customers in the U.S. should call
1-800-392-3673.

ORDERING ADDITIONAL OWNER’S LITERATURE

To order the publications in this portfolio, contact Helm, LLC at: HELM, LLC
47911 Halyard Drive, Suite 200 Plymouth, Michigan 48170
Attention: Customer Service
Or to order a free publication catalog, call toll-free: 1-800-782-4356
Monday-Friday 8:00 a.m. – 6:00 p.m. EST
Helm, LLC can also be reached by their website: www.helminc.com
(Items in this catalog may be purchased by credit card, check, or money order.)

Obtaining a French Owner’s Manual
French Owner’s Manual can be obtained from your authorized dealer or by contacting Helm, LLC using the contact information listed previously in this section.

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS (U.S. ONLY)
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect that could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
(NHTSA) in addition to notifying Ford Motor Company.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Ford Motor Company.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline
toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to
www.safercar.gov; or write to The Administrator
1200 New Jersey Avenue, Southeast
Washington, D.C. 20590
You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from www.safercar.gov.

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS (CANADA ONLY)

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect that could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform Transport Canada and Ford of Canada.

Transport Canada Contact Information
Website http://www.tc.gc.ca/eng/motorvehiclesafety/reporting-defects-motor- vehicles.html (English)
Website http://tc.canada.ca/recalls (English) http://tc.canada.ca/rappels (French)
Phone 1-800-333-0510
Ford of Canada Contact Information
Website www.ford.ca
Phone 1-800-565-3673

Reference Links

FORD E-350 2023 User Guide
https://www.ford.com/support/owner-manuals/owner-manuals-sitemap/

Categories
E-350 Ford

2023 FORD E-350 Towing System Guidelines

Ford logo

FORD E-350 2023 Towing 

The 2023 Ford E-350 Towing System gives this car a strong and adaptable capability that may be used to accommodate a variety of towing requirements. This system’s strong towing capacity makes it suitable for both business and leisure use, enabling owners to safely haul boats, trailers, and other big loads. The 2023 E-350’s Towing System offers the features, direction, and safety precautions required to guarantee a safe, effective, and dependable towing experience, whether you’re towing for business or pleasure. This adds to the vehicle’s usefulness and adaptability when driving.

2023 Ford Mustang Mach-E Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

TOWING A TRAILER

WARNING: Do not exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label.
WARNING: Towing trailers beyond the maximum recommended gross trailer weight exceeds the limit of your vehicle and could result in engine damage, transmission damage, structural damage, loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, and personal injury. Your vehicle may have electrical items, for example, fuses or relays, related to towing. See Fuses (page 152). Your vehicle’s load capacity designation is by weight, not by volume, so you cannot necessarily use all available space when loading your vehicle. Towing a trailer places an extra load on your vehicle’s engine, transmission, axle, brakes, tires, and suspension. Inspect these components periodically during, and after, any towing operation.

Load Placement
To help minimize how trailer movement affects your vehicle when driving:

  • Load the heaviest items closest to the trailer floor.
  • Load the heaviest items centered between the left and right side trailer tires.
  • Load the heaviest items above the trailer axles or just slightly forward toward the trailer tongue. Do not allow the final trailer tongue weight to go above or below 10-15% of the loaded trailer weight.
  • Select a drawbar with the correct rise or drop. When both the loaded vehicle and trailer are connected, the trailer frame should be level, or slightly angled down toward your vehicle, when viewed from the side.

When driving with a trailer or payload, a slight takeoff vibration or shudder may be present due to the increased payload weight. Additional information regarding correct trailer loading and setting your vehicle up for towing is located in another chapter of this Owner’s Manual. See Load Limit (page 124). You can also find the information in the RV & Trailer Towing Guide. See an authorized dealer.

RECOMMENDED TOWING WEIGHTS

Market Website
United States of America https://www.fordpro.com/en-us
Canada https://www.fordpro.ca/en-ca

ESSENTIAL TOWING CHECKS

Follow these guidelines for safe towing: 

  • Do not tow a trailer until you drive your vehicle at least 1,000 mi (1,600 km).
  • Consult your local motor vehicle laws for towing a trailer.
  • See the instructions included with towing accessories for the proper installation and adjustment specifications.
  • Service your vehicle more frequently if you tow a trailer. See your scheduled maintenance information. See Scheduled Maintenance (page 247).
  • If you use a rental trailer, follow the instructions the rental agency gives you.

See Load limits in the Load Carrying chapter for load specification terms found on the tire label and Safety Compliance label and instructions on calculating your vehicle’s load. Remember to account for the trailer tongue weight as part of your vehicle load when calculating the total vehicle weight.

Trailer Towing Connector FORD E-350 2023 Towing fig 1

When attaching the trailer wiring connector to your vehicle, only use a proper fitting connector that works with the vehicle and trailer functions. Some seven-position connectors may have the SAE J2863 logo, which confirms that it is the proper wiring connector and works correctly with your vehicle.

Color Function
Yellow Left turn signal and stop lamp
White Ground (-)
Blue Electric brakes
Green Right turn signal and stop lamp
Orange Battery (+)
Brown Running lights
Grey Reverse lights

Hitches
Do not use a hitch that either clamps onto the bumper or attaches to the axle. You must distribute the load in your trailer so that 10-15% of the total weight of the trailer is on the tongue.

Weight-distributing Hitches 

WARNING: Do not adjust the spring bars so that your vehicle’s rear bumper is higher than before attaching the trailer. Doing so will defeat the function of the weight-distributing hitch, which may cause unpredictable handling, and could result in serious personal injury. When connecting a trailer using a weight-distributing hitch, always use the following procedure:

  1. Park the loaded vehicle, without the trailer, on a level surface.
  2. Measure the height to the top of your vehicle’s front wheel opening on the fender. This is H1.
  3. Attach the loaded trailer to your vehicle without the weight-distributing bars connected.
  4. Measure the height to the top of your vehicle’s front wheel opening on the fender a second time. This is H2.
  5. Install and adjust the tension in the weight-distributing bars so that the height of your vehicle’s front wheel opening on the fender is approximately halfway down from H2, toward H1.
  6. Check that the trailer is level or slightly nosed down toward your vehicle. If not, adjust the ball height accordingly and repeat Steps 2-6.

When the trailer is level or slightly nose down toward the vehicle:

  • Lock the bar tension adjuster in place.
  • Check that the trailer tongue securely attaches and locks onto the hitch.
  • Install safety chains, lighting, and trailer brake controls as required by law or the trailer manufacturer.

Safety Chains
Note: Do not attach safety chains to the bumper. Always connect the safety chains to the frame or hook retainers of your vehicle hitch. To connect the safety chains, cross the chains under the trailer tongue and allow enough slack for turning tight corners. Do not allow the chains to drag on the ground.

Trailer Brakes

WARNING: Do not connect a trailer’s hydraulic brake system directly to your vehicle’s brake system. Your vehicle may not have enough braking power and your chances of having a collision greatly increase.

Electric brakes and manual, automatic, or surge-type trailer brakes are safe if you install them properly and adjust them to the manufacturer’s specifications. The trailer brakes must meet local and federal regulations. The rating for the tow vehicle’s braking system operation is at the gross vehicle weight rating, not the gross combined weight rating. Separate functioning brake systems are required for the safe control of towed vehicles and trailers weighing more than 1500 lb (680 kg) when loaded.

 

Integrated Trailer Brake Controller (If Equipped)

WARNING: Use the integrated trailer brake controller to properly adjust the trailer brakes and check all connections before towing a trailer. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death.

Note: The Ford trailer brake controller has been verified to be compatible with trailers having electric-actuated drum brakes (one to four axles) and electric-over-hydraulic brakes. It will not activate hydraulic surge-style trailer brakes. It is the responsibility of the customer to ensure that the trailer brakes are adjusted appropriately, functioning normally and all electric connections are properly made. FORD E-350 2023 Towing fig 2

When used properly, the trailer brake controller assists in smooth and effective trailer braking by powering the trailer’s electric or electric-over-hydraulic brakes with a proportional output based on the towing vehicle’s brake pressure.

The controller user interface consists of the following:

A: + and – (Gain adjustment buttons): Pressing these buttons adjusts the controller’s power output to the trailer brakes in 0.5 increments. You can increase the gain setting to 10.0 (maximum trailer braking) or decrease it to 0 (no trailer braking). The gain setting displays in the message center. The controller shows the gain setting, output bar graph, and trailer connectivity status in the information display.

They appear in the information display as follows:

  • Trailer Brake Controller Gain (without a trailer connected): Shows the current gain setting during a given ignition cycle and when adjusting the gain. This also displays if you use the manual control lever or make gain adjustments with no trailer connected.
  • Trailer Brake Controller Gain Output: Displays when you push your vehicle’s brake pedal, or upon use of the manual control. Bar indicators illuminate in the information display to indicate the amount of power going to the trailer brakes relative to the brake pedal or manual control input. One bar indicates the least amount of output; six bars indicate the maximum output.
  • Trailer Connected: Displays when the system senses a correct trailer wiring connection (a trailer with electric trailer brakes) during a given ignition cycle.
  • Trailer Disconnected: Displays, accompanied by a single audible tone, when the system senses a trailer connection and then a disconnection, either intentional or unintentional, during a given ignition cycle. It also displays if a truck or trailer-wiring fault occurs causing the trailer to appear disconnected. This message also displays if you use the manual control lever without a trailer connected.
    B: Manual control lever: Slide the control lever to the left to switch on the trailer’s electric brakes independent of the tow vehicle’s. See the Procedure for Adjusting Gain section for instructions on the proper use of this feature. If you use the manual control while the brake is also applied, the greater of the two inputs determines the power sent to the trailer brakes.
  • Stop lamps: Using the manual control lever illuminates both the trailer brake lamps and your vehicle brake lamps except the center high-mounted stop lamp if you make the proper electrical connection to the trailer. Pressing your vehicle brake pedal also illuminates both the trailer and vehicle brake lamps.

Procedure for Adjusting Gain
Note: Only perform this procedure in a traffic-free environment at speeds of approximately 20-25 mph (30-40 km/h). The gain setting sets the trailer brake controller for the specific towing condition. You should change the setting as towing conditions change. Changes to towing conditions include trailer load, vehicle load, road conditions, and weather. Set the gain to provide the maximum trailer braking assistance while making sure the trailer wheels do not lock when using the brakes. Locked trailer wheels may lead to trailer instability.

  1. Make sure the trailer brakes are in good working condition, functioning normally, and properly adjusted. See your trailer dealer if necessary.
  2. Connect the trailer and make the electrical connections according to the trailer manufacturer’s instructions.
  3. When you plug in a trailer with electric or electric-over-hydraulic brakes, a message confirming the connection appears in the information display.
  4. Use the gain adjustment (+ and -) buttons to increase or decrease the gain setting to the desired starting point. A gain setting of 6.0 is a good starting point for heavier loads.
  5. In a traffic-free environment, tow the trailer on a dry, level surface at a speed of 20-25 mph (30-40 km/h) and squeeze the manual control lever completely.
  6. If the trailer wheels lock up, as indicated by squealing tires, reduce the gain setting. If the trailer wheels turn freely, increase the gain setting. Repeat Steps 5 and 6 until the gain setting is at a point just below the trailer wheel lock-up. If towing a heavier trailer, trailer wheel lock-up may not be attainable even with the maximum gain setting of 10.

Explanation of Information Display Warning Messages
Note: An authorized dealer can diagnose the trailer brake controller to determine exactly which trailer fault has occurred. However, your Ford warranty does not cover this diagnosis if the fault is with the trailer.
A message indicating a trailer brake module fault may be displayed in response to faults sensed by the trailer brake controller, accompanied by a single tone. If this message appears, contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible for diagnosis and repair. The controller may still function, but performance may be degraded. A message indicating a trailer wiring fault may display when there is a short circuit on the electric brake output wire. If this message displays, accompanied by a single tone, with no trailer connected, the problem is with your vehicle wiring between the trailer brake controller and the 7-pin connector at the bumper. If the message only displays with a trailer connected, the problem is with the trailer wiring. Consult your trailer dealer for assistance. This can be a short to ground (such as a chaffed wire), short to voltage (such as a pulled pin on trailer emergency breakaway battery) or the trailer brakes may be drawing too much current.

Points to Remember
Note: Do not attempt removal of the trailer brake controller without consulting the Workshop Manual. Damage to the unit may result.

  • Adjust the gain setting before using the trailer brake controller for the first time.
  • Adjust gain setting, see Procedure for Adjusting Gain, whenever road, weather, and trailer or vehicle loading conditions change from when the gain was initially set.
  • Only use the manual control lever for proper adjustment of the gain during trailer setup. Misuse, such as application during trailer sway, could cause instability of the trailer or tow vehicle.
  • Avoid towing in adverse weather conditions. The trailer brake controller does not provide anti-lock control of the trailer wheels. Trailer wheels can lock up on slippery surfaces, resulting in reduced stability of the trailer and tow vehicle.
  • The trailer brake controller is equipped with a feature that reduces output at vehicle speeds below 11 mph (18 km/h) so trailer and vehicle braking is not jerky or harsh. This feature is only available when applying the brakes using your vehicle’s brake pedal, not the controller.
  • The controller interacts with the brake control system and powertrain control system of your vehicle to provide the best performance on different road conditions.
  • Your vehicle’s brake system and trailer brake system work independently of each other. Changing the gain setting on the controller does not affect the operation of your vehicle’s brakes whether you attach a trailer or not.
  • When you switch the engine off, the controller output is disabled and the display and module shut down. The controller module and display turn on when you switch the ignition on.
  • The trailer brake controller is only a factory-installed or dealer-installed item. Ford is not responsible for the warranty or performance of the controller due to misuse or customer installation.

Trailer Lamps

WARNING: Never connect any trailer lamp wiring to the vehicle’s tail lamp wiring; this may damage the electrical system resulting in fire. Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible for assistance in proper trailer tow wiring installation. Additional electrical equipment may be required. Trailer lamps are required on most towed vehicles. Make sure all running lights, brake lights, direction indicators, and hazard lights are working.

Before Towing a Trailer
Practice turning, stopping, and backing up to get the feel of your vehicle-trailer combination before starting on a trip. When turning, make wider turns so the trailer wheels clear curbs and other obstacles.

When Towing a Trailer

  • Do not drive faster than 70 mph (113 km/h) during the first 500 mi (800 km).
  • Do not make full-throttle starts.
  • Check your hitch, electrical connections, and trailer wheel lug nuts thoroughly after you have traveled 50 mi (80 km).
  • When stopped in congested or heavy traffic during hot weather, place the gearshift in the park (P) to aid engine and transmission cooling and to help A/C performance.
  • Switch off the speed control with heavy loads or in hilly terrain. The speed control may turn off automatically when you are towing on long, steep grades.
  • Shift to lower gear when driving down a long or steep hill. Do not apply the brakes continuously, as they may overheat and become less effective.
  • If your transmission is equipped with a Grade Assist or Tow/Haul feature, use this feature when towing. This provides engine braking and helps eliminate excessive transmission shifting for optimum fuel economy and transmission cooling.
  • If your vehicle is equipped with AdvanceTrac with roll stability control, this system may turn on during typical cornering maneuvers with a heavily loaded trailer. This is normal. Turning the corner at a slower speed while towing may reduce this tendency.
  • Allow more distance for stopping with a trailer attached. Anticipate stops and brake gradually.
  • Avoid parking on a grade. However, if you must park on a grade:
    1. Turn the steering wheel to point your vehicle tires away from the traffic flow.
    2. Set your vehicle parking brake.
    3. Place the automatic transmission in park (P).
    4. Place wheel chocks in front and back of the trailer wheels. (Chocks not included with the vehicle.)

Your vehicle may be equipped with a temporary or conventional spare tire. A temporary spare tire is different in size (diameter or width), tread type (All-Season or Terrain), or is from a different manufacturer than the road tires on your vehicle. Consult information on the tire label or Safety Compliance label for limitations when using.
Launching or Retrieving a Boat or Personal Watercraft (PWC)
Note: Disconnect the wiring to the trailer before backing the trailer into the water.
Note: Reconnect the wiring to the trailer after removing the trailer from the water.
When backing down a ramp during boat launching or retrieval: +

  • Do not allow the static water level to rise above the bottom edge of the rear bumper.
  • Do not allow waves to break higher than 6 in (15 cm) above the bottom edge of the rear bumper.
    Exceeding these limits may allow water to enter vehicle components:
  • Causing internal damage to the components.
  • Affecting driveability, emissions, and reliability.

Replace the rear axle lubricant anytime the rear axle has been submerged in water. Water may have contaminated the rear axle lubricant, which is not normally checked or changed unless a leak is suspected or another axle repair is required.

TOWING THE VEHICLE ON FOUR WHEELS

Emergency Towing
WARNING:
If your vehicle has a steering wheel lock make sure the ignition is in the accessory or on position when being towed.

You can flat-tow (all wheels on the ground, regardless of the powertrain or transmission configuration) your disabled vehicle (without access to wheel dollies or vehicle transport trailer) under the following conditions:

  • Your vehicle is facing forward so you tow it in a forward direction.
  • You shift into neutral (N). If you cannot shift into neutral (N), you may need to override the transmission. See Transmission (page 96).
  • The maximum speed is 35 mph (56 km/h).
  • The maximum distance is 50 mi (80 km).

Recreational Towing
Note: Put your climate control system in recirculated air mode to prevent exhaust fumes from entering the vehicle. See Climate Control (page 74). Follow these guidelines if you have a need for recreational vehicle towing. An example of recreational towing would be towing your vehicle behind a motorhome. These guidelines are to make sure you do not damage the transmission during towing. Do not tow your vehicle with any wheels on the ground, as vehicle or transmission damage may occur. It is recommended to tow your vehicle with all four wheels off the ground, for example when using a vehicle transport trailer. Otherwise, you cannot tow your vehicle.

FAQ

 

What is the towing capacity of the 2023 Ford E-350?

The towing capacity can vary depending on the specific model and configuration; please refer to the vehicle’s documentation for details.

What type of trailer hitch is compatible with the E-350’s Towing System?

The guidelines may specify the type of trailer hitch required for towing various types of trailers.

Can I tow a camper or RV with the 2023 E-350, and are there any restrictions?

The guidelines may provide information on towing campers or RVs and any limitations to be aware of.

What kind of trailers can I tow with the E-350’s Towing System, and are there weight limits?

The guidelines typically specify the types and weight limits of trailers that can be safely towed.

Are there any special towing procedures or safety precautions I should follow with the E-350?

The guidelines often include recommendations for safe towing practices, including load distribution and securing cargo.

Can I use a weight distribution hitch with the E-350’s Towing System, and how does it work?

The guidelines may explain the use and benefits of weight distribution hitches for towing stability.

What should I do if I encounter steep grades or challenging terrain while towing with the E-350?

The guidelines may offer tips for towing in hilly or challenging conditions, including proper gear selection.

Are there any towing-related accessories or equipment available for the E-350?

The guidelines may mention towing accessories such as trailer brake controllers or towing mirrors.

How do I properly connect and disconnect a trailer from the E-350’s Towing System?

The guidelines often provide step-by-step instructions for hitching and unhitching a trailer.

Can I find information on trailer brake requirements and installation with the E-350?

The guidelines may explain trailer brake requirements and how to install and adjust trailer brakes.

How should I adjust my driving style when towing with the E-350?

The guidelines may offer driving tips for towing, including maintaining a safe following distance and braking considerations.

Are there any limitations on towing speed or distance with the E-350’s Towing System?

The guidelines may specify recommended towing speeds and distances for safe towing.

What is the impact of towing on the E-350’s fuel efficiency and overall performance?

The guidelines may explain how towing affects fuel efficiency and handling characteristics.

Can I find information on towing-related maintenance and care for the E-350?

The guidelines often include maintenance tips to ensure the Towing System’s long-term reliability.

How can I access the complete 2023 Ford E-350 Towing System guidelines?

You can typically find the complete Towing System guidelines in the owner’s manual provided with the vehicle or consult your Ford dealership for a copy or further assistance.

Useful Link

FORD E-350 2023 User Guide
https://www.ford.com/support/owner-manuals/owner-manuals-sitemap/
2023 Ford Mustang Mach-E Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

2023 Ford Fiesta Specs, Price, Features and Mileage (Brochure)

Categories
E-350 Ford

2023 FORD E-350 Driving Hints Guidelines

Ford logo

FORD E-350 2023 Driving Hints

A useful tool for optimizing the driving experience in this adaptable car is the 2023 Ford E-350 Driving Hints Guidelines. These recommendations offer useful information and advice to help drivers safely negotiate a range of road conditions, maximize fuel economy, and improve overall safety. From navigating difficult terrain to daily commuting, these tips enable drivers to get the most out of their E-350. They include direction on driving methods, upkeep, and vehicle capabilities, finally guaranteeing a dependable and pleasurable ride catered to a variety of driving requirements.

2023 FORD ECOSPORT Specs, Price, Features and Mileage (Brochure)

REDUCED ENGINE PERFORMANCE

WARNING: If you continue to drive your vehicle when the engine is overheating, the engine could stop without warning. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle.

If the engine coolant temperature gauge needle moves to the upper limit position, the engine is overheating. You must only drive your vehicle for a short distance if the engine overheats. The distance you can travel depends on ambient temperature, vehicle load, and terrain. The engine continues to operate with limited power for a short period of time. If the engine temperature continues to rise, the fuel supply to the engine reduces. The air conditioning switches off and the engine cooling fan operates continually.

  1. Gradually reduce your speed and stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
  2. Immediately switch the engine off to prevent severe engine damage.
  3. Wait for the engine to cool down.
  4. Check the coolant level. 
  5. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

ECONOMICAL DRIVING
Fuel economy is affected by several things such as how you drive, the conditions you drive under, and how you maintain your vehicle. There are some things to keep in mind that may improve your fuel economy:

  • Accelerate and slow down in a smooth, moderate fashion.
  • Drive at steady speeds.
  • Anticipate stops; slowing down may eliminate the need to stop.
  • Combine errands and minimize stop-and-go driving (When running errands, go to the furthest destination first and then work your way back home).
  • Close the windows for high-speed driving.
  • Drive at reasonable speeds.
  • Keep the tires properly inflated and use only the recommended size.
  • Use the recommended engine oil.
  •  Perform all regularly scheduled maintenance.
    There are also some things you may want to avoid doing because they reduce your fuel economy:
  • Avoid sudden or hard accelerations.
  • Avoid revving the engine before turning off the car.
  • Avoid long idle periods.
  • Do not warm up your vehicle on cold mornings.
  • Reduce the use of air conditioning and heat.
  • Avoid using speed control in hilly terrain.
  • Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving.
  • Avoid carrying unnecessary weight.
  • Avoid adding particular accessories to your vehicle (e.g. bug deflectors, rollbars/light bars, running boards, ski racks).
  • Avoid driving with the wheels out of alignment.

BREAKING-IN
You need to break in new tires for approximately 300 mi (480 km). During this time, your vehicle may exhibit some unusual driving characteristics.
Avoid driving too fast during the first 1,000 mi (1,600 km). Vary your speed frequently and change up through the gears early. Do not labor the engine.
Do not tow during the first 1,000 mi
(1,600 km).

DRIVING THROUGH WATER

WARNING: Do not drive through flowing or deep water as you may lose control of your vehicle.
Note: Driving through standing water can cause vehicle damage.
Note: Engine damage can occur if water enters the air filter.
Before driving through standing water, check the depth. Never drive through water that is higher than the bottom of the wheel hubs. FORD E-350 2023 Driving Hints fig 1

When driving through standing water, drive very slowly and do not stop your vehicle. Your brake performance and traction may be limited. After driving through water and as soon as it is safe to do so:

  • Lightly press the brake pedal to dry the brakes and to check that they work.
  • Check that the horn works.
  • Check that the exterior lights work.
  • Turn the steering wheel to check that the steering power assist works.

FLOOR MATS

WARNING: Use a floor mat designed to fit the footwell of your vehicle that does not obstruct the pedal area. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Pedals that cannot move freely can cause loss of vehicle control and increase the risk of serious personal injury.
WARNING: Secure the floor mat to both retention devices so that it cannot slip out of position and interfere with the pedals. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not place additional floor mats or any other covering on top of the original floor mats. This could result in the floor mat interfering with the operation of the pedals. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury, or death.
WARNING: Always make sure that objects cannot fall into the driver’s footwell while your vehicle is moving. Objects that are loose can become trapped under the pedals causing a loss of vehicle control. FORD E-350 2023 Driving Hints fig 2

To install floor mats that have eyelets, position the floor mat eyelet over the retention post and press down to lock in position. Repeat for all eyelets on the floor mat. To remove the floor mats, reverse the installation procedure.
Note: Regularly check the floor mats to make sure they are secure.

Roadside Emergencies

ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE

Vehicles Sold in the United States: Getting Roadside Assistance
To fully assist you should you have a vehicle concern, Ford Motor Company offers a complimentary roadside assistance program. This program is separate from the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

The service is available:

  • 24 hours a day, seven days a week.
  • For the coverage period supplied with your vehicle.

Roadside Assistance covers:

  • A flat tire change with a good spare (except for vehicles supplied with a tire inflation kit).
  • Battery jump start.
  • Lock-out assistance (key replacement cost is the customer’s responsibility).
  • Fuel delivery — independent service contractors, if not prohibited by state, local, or municipal law, shall deliver up to 2 gal (8 L) of gasoline or 5 gal (20 L) of diesel fuel to a disabled vehicle. Roadside Assistance limits fuel delivery service to two no-charge occurrences within a 12-month period.
  • Winch out — available within 100 ft (30 m) of a paved or county-maintained road, no recoveries.
  • Towing — independent service contractors, if not prohibited by state, local, or municipal law, shall tow Ford-eligible vehicles to an authorized dealer within 35 mi (56 km) of the disablement location or to the nearest authorized dealer. If a member requests a tow to an authorized dealer that is more than 35 mi (56 km) from the disablement location, the member shall be responsible for any mileage costs in excess of 35 mi (56 km).
  • Roadside Assistance includes up to$200 for a towed trailer if the disabled eligible vehicle requires service at the nearest authorized dealer. If the towing vehicle is operational but the trailer is not, then the trailer does not qualify for any roadside services.

Vehicles Sold in the United States: Using Roadside Assistance
Complete the roadside assistance identification card and place it in your wallet for quick reference. This card is in the Owner’s Manual kit. United States vehicle customers who require Roadside Assistance, call 1-800-241-3673. If you need to arrange roadside assistance for yourself, Ford Motor Company reimburses a reasonable amount for towing to the nearest dealership within 35 mi (56 km). To obtain reimbursement information, United States vehicle customers call 1-800-241-3673. Customers need to submit their original receipts.

Vehicles Sold in Canada: Getting Roadside Assistance
To fully assist you should you have a vehicle concern, Ford Motor Company of Canada, Limited offers a complimentary roadside assistance program. This program is eligible within Canada or the continental United States. The service is available 24 hours a day, seven days a week. This program is separate from the New Vehicle Limited Warranty, but the coverage is concurrent with the powertrain coverage period of your vehicle. Canadian roadside coverage and benefits may differ from U.S. coverage. If you require more information, please call us in Canada at 1-800-665-2006, or visit our website at www.ford.ca.

HAZARD FLASHERS

Note: If used when the vehicle is not running, the battery loses charge. As a result, there may be insufficient power to restart your vehicle. FORD E-350 2023 Driving Hints fig 3

The hazard flasher control is located on the instrument panel. Use it when your vehicle is creating a safety hazard for other motorists.

  • Press the flasher control and all front and rear direction indicators flash.
  • Press the flasher control again to switch them off.

FUEL SHUTOFF

WARNING: If your vehicle has been involved in a crash, have the fuel system checked. Failure to follow this instruction could result in fire, personal injury, or death.
Note: When you try to restart your vehicle after a fuel shutoff, your vehicle makes sure that various systems are safe to restart. Once your vehicle determines that the systems are safe, your vehicle allows you to restart.

Note: In the event that your vehicle does not restart after your third attempt, contact a qualified technician. The fuel pump shutoff stops the flow of fuel to the engine in the event of a moderate to severe crash. Not every impact causes a shutoff. Should your vehicle shut off after a crash, you may restart the vehicle.

If your vehicle has a key system:

  1. Turn the key to the off position.
  2. Turn the key to the start position.
  3. Turn the key to the off position.
  4. Turn the key to the on position.
  5. The fuel pump is now re-enabled.

JUMP STARTING THE VEHICLE

WARNING: Batteries normally produce explosive gases which can cause personal injury. Therefore, do not allow flames, sparks, or lighted substances to come near the battery. When working near the battery, always shield your face and protect your eyes. Always provide correct ventilation.
WARNING: Keep batteries out of reach of children. Batteries contain sulfuric acid. Avoid contact with skin, eyes, or clothing. Shield your eyes when working near the battery to protect against possible splashing of acid solution. In case of acid contact with skin or eyes, flush immediately with water for a minimum of 15 minutes and get prompt medical attention. If acid is swallowed, call a physician immediately.
WARNING: Use only adequately sized cables with insulated clamps.

Preparing Your Vehicle
Do not attempt to push-start your automatic transmission vehicle.
Note: Attempting to push-start a vehicle with an automatic transmission may cause transmission damage.
Note: Use only a 12-volt supply to start your vehicle.
Note: Do not disconnect the battery of the disabled vehicle as this could damage the vehicle’s electrical system.
Park the booster vehicle close to the hood of the disabled vehicle, making sure the two vehicles do not touch.

Connecting the Jumper Cables

WARNING: Do not connect the negative jumper cable to any other part of your vehicle. Use the ground point.
WARNING: Make sure that the cables are clear of any moving parts and fuel delivery system parts. FORD E-350 2023 Driving Hints fig 4

Note: See the above image for your vehicle’s assigned ground connection point.

  1. Connect the positive (+) jumper cable to the positive (+) terminal of the discharged battery.
  2. Connect the other end of the positive (+) cable to the positive (+) terminal of the booster vehicle battery.
  3. Connect the negative (-) cable to the negative (-) terminal of the booster vehicle battery.
  4. Make the final connection of the negative (-) cable to the ground connection point.

Jump Starting

  1. Start the engine of the booster vehicle and rev the engine moderately, or press the accelerator gently to keep your engine speed between 2000 and 3000 RPM, as shown in your tachometer.
  2. Start the engine of the disabled vehicle.
  3. Once the disabled vehicle has been started, run both vehicle engines for an additional three minutes before disconnecting the jumper cables.

Removing the Jumper Cables
Remove the jumper cables in the reverse order that they were connected. FORD E-350 2023 Driving Hints fig 5

  1. Remove the negative (-) jumper cable from the disabled vehicle.
  2. Remove the jumper cable on the negative (-) terminal of the booster vehicle battery.
  3. Remove the jumper cable from the positive (+) terminal of the booster vehicle battery.
  4. Remove the jumper cable from the positive (+) terminal of the disabled vehicle battery.
  5. Allow the engine to idle for at least one minute.

TRANSPORTING THE VEHICLE

WARNING: Block the wheels to help prevent the vehicle from moving.
WARNING: Unexpected and possibly sudden vehicle movement may occur if you do not take these precautions. FORD E-350 2023 Driving Hints fig 6

If you need to have your vehicle towed, contact a professional towing service or, if you are a member of a roadside assistance program, your roadside assistance service provider. We recommend the use of a wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment to tow your vehicle. Do not tow with a sling belt. Ford Motor Company has not approved a sling belt towing procedure. Vehicle damage may occur if towed incorrectly or by any other means. Ford Motor Company produces a towing manual for all authorized tow truck operators. Have your tow truck operator refer to this manual for proper hook-up and towing procedures for your vehicle. It is acceptable to have your two-wheel drive vehicle towed with the front wheels on the ground (without dollies) and the rear wheels off the ground.

FAQ

 

What are the Driving Hints Guidelines for the 2023 Ford E-350?

The Driving Hints Guidelines offer practical tips and insights to enhance the driving experience in the E-350.

Are there specific driving conditions or scenarios covered in the guidelines?

The guidelines often provide advice for various driving conditions, including inclement weather and off-road situations.

How can I improve my fuel efficiency when driving the 2023 E-350?

The guidelines may offer tips on fuel-efficient driving habits such as smooth acceleration and proper maintenance.

Are there recommendations for safe driving practices and maintaining vehicle safety features?

Yes, the guidelines often emphasize the importance of safety and using vehicle safety features effectively.

Can I find information on how to handle emergency situations while driving the E-350?

The guidelines may include guidance on how to react in emergency situations, such as brake failures or tire blowouts.

How can I optimize the performance of my E-350 while towing a trailer or carrying a heavy load?

The guidelines may offer tips for towing and load-carrying to ensure safe and efficient performance.

Are there specific driving tips for maximizing the lifespan of my E-350 tires?

The guidelines may provide advice on tire maintenance, including proper inflation and rotation.

What should I do if I plan to drive in extreme weather conditions, such as snow or heavy rain?

The guidelines may offer recommendations for driving in adverse weather, including the use of snow chains or all-season tires.

Can I find information on how to maintain and care for my E-350 for long-term durability and reliability?

Yes, the guidelines often include maintenance tips to keep the vehicle in top condition.

How can I ensure a comfortable and enjoyable driving experience in the E-350?

The guidelines may provide insights on adjusting seats, climate control, and entertainment systems for comfort.

Are there any recommendations for optimizing the use of advanced technology features in the E-350?

Yes, the guidelines may offer tips for using infotainment and connectivity features effectively and safely.

Can I find information on how to enhance my driving skills and become a safer driver?

The guidelines may include suggestions for improving driving skills and awareness.

Are there specific guidelines for maintaining optimal visibility while driving the E-350?

Yes, the guidelines may provide advice on maintaining clear visibility through windows and mirrors.

Can I find tips for eco-friendly driving practices to reduce my carbon footprint?

The guidelines may offer eco-driving tips to minimize emissions and fuel consumption.

How can I access the complete 2023 Ford E-350 Driving Hints Guidelines?

You can typically find the complete Driving Hints Guidelines in the owner’s manual provided with the vehicle or consult your Ford dealership for a copy or further assistance.

Useful Link

FORD E-350 2023 User Guide
https://www.ford.com/support/owner-manuals/owner-manuals-sitemap/
2023 FORD ECOSPORT Specs, Price, Features and Mileage (Brochure)

Categories
E-350 Ford

2023 FORD E-350 Load Carrying Guidelines

Ford logo

FORD E-350 2023 Load Carrying 

The 2023 Ford E-350 Load Carrying Guidelines are a vital tool for effectively and safely moving stuff in this adaptable vehicle. These standards, which are intended to guarantee maximum efficiency and safety, provide extensive information on appropriate cargo loading techniques, weight distribution, and payload limitations. Understanding and following these recommendations gives users the power to decide wisely while loading their E-350, whether they are using it for work or pleasure. This promotes a dependable, secure, and assured driving experience while protecting the car and its occupants on the road.

2023 Ford Fiesta Specs, Price, Features and Mileage (Brochure)

LOAD LIMIT

Vehicle Loading – with and without a Trailer
This section guides you in the proper loading of your vehicle, trailer, or both. Keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability, with or without a trailer. Properly loading your vehicle provides a maximum return on vehicle design performance. Before you load your vehicle, become familiar with the following terms for determining your vehicle’s weight rating, with or without a trailer, from the vehicle’s Tire and Loading Information label or Safety Compliance Certification label.

Tire and Loading Label Information Example:FORD E-350 2023 Load Carrying fig 1 FORD E-350 2023 Load Carrying fig 2

Payload
Payload is the combined weight of cargo and passengers that your vehicle is carrying. The maximum payload for your vehicle appears on the Tire and Loading label. The label is either on the B-pillar or the edge of the driver’s door. Vehicles exported outside the US and Canada may not have a tire and loading label. Look for “The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg OR XXX lb” for maximum payload. The payload listed on the Tire and Loading Information label is the maximum payload for your vehicle as built by the assembly plant. If you install any additional equipment on your vehicle, you must determine the new payload. Subtract the weight of the equipment from the payload listed on the Tire and Loading label. When towing, trailer tongue weight or kingpin weight is also part of the payload.

WARNING: The appropriate loading capacity of your vehicle can be limited either by volume capacity (how much space is available) or by payload capacity (how much weight the vehicle should carry). Once you have reached the maximum payload of your vehicle, do not add more cargo, even if there is space available. Overloading or improperly loading your vehicle can contribute to loss of vehicle control and vehicle rollover.

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)
GAWR is the maximum allowable weight that a single axle (front or rear) can carry. These numbers are on the Safety Compliance Certification label. The label is located on the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver seating position. The total load on each axle must never exceed its Gross Axle Weight Rating.

GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)
GVWR is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle. This includes all options, equipment, passengers, and cargo. It appears on the Safety Compliance Certification label. The label is located on the door hinge pillar, door-latch post, or the door edge that meets the door-latch post, next to the driver seating position. The gross vehicle weight must never exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating.

Safety Compliance Certification Label Example:FORD E-350 2023 Load Carrying fig 3

WARNING: Exceeding the Safety Compliance Certification label vehicle weight limits can adversely affect the performance and handling of your vehicle, causing vehicle damage and can result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury, or death.

Maximum Loaded Trailer Weight
Maximum loaded trailer weight is the highest possible weight of a fully loaded trailer the vehicle can tow. Consult an authorized dealer (or the RV and Trailer Towing Guide available at an authorized dealer) for more detailed information.

GCWR (Gross Combined Weight Rating)
GCWR is the maximum allowable weight of the vehicle and the loaded trailer, including all cargo and passengers, that the vehicle can handle without risking damage. (Important: The towing vehicle’s braking system is rated for operation at Gross Vehicle Weight Rating, not at Gross Combined Weight Rating.) Separate functional brakes should be used for safe control of towed vehicles and for trailers where the Gross Combined Weight of the towing vehicle plus the trailer exceeds the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating of the towing vehicle. The gross combined weight must never exceed the Gross Combined Weight Rating.

Note: For trailer towing information refer to the RV and Trailer Towing Guide available at an authorized dealer.

WARNING: Do not exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label.
WARNING: Do not use replacement tires with lower load-carrying capacities than the original tires because they may lower your vehicle’s GVWR and GAWR limitations. Replacement tires with a higher limit than the original tires do not increase the GVWR and GAWR limitations.
WARNING: Exceeding any vehicle weight rating can adversely affect the performance and handling of your vehicle, causing vehicle damage, and can result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury, or death.

Steps for determining the correct load limit:

  1. Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lb.” on your vehicle’s placard.
  2. Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle.
  3. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lb.
  4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount equals 1,400 lb. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lb. (1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lb.)
  5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.
  6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, the load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.

Helpful examples for calculating the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity
Suppose your vehicle has a 1400-pound (635-kilogram) cargo and luggage capacity. You decide to go golfing. Is there enough load capacity to carry you, four of your friends, and all the golf bags? You and four friends average 220 pounds (99 kilograms) each and the golf bags weigh approximately 30 pounds (13.5 kilograms) each. The calculation would be: 1400 -(5 x 220) – (5 x 30) = 1400 – 1100 – 150 = 150 pounds. Yes, you have enough load capacity in your vehicle to transport four friends and your golf bags. In metric units, the calculation would be 635 kilograms – (5 x 99 kilograms) -(5 x 13.5 kilograms) = 635 – 495 -67.5 = 72.5 kilograms. Suppose your vehicle has a 1400-pound (635-kilogram) cargo and luggage capacity. You and one of your friends decide to pick up cement from the local home improvement store to finish that patio you have been planning for the past two years. Measuring the inside of the vehicle with the rear seat folded down, you have room for twelve 100-pound (45-kilogram) bags of cement.

Do you have enough load capacity to transport the cement to your home? If you and your friend each weigh 220 pounds (99 kilograms), the calculation would be 1400 -(2 x 220) – (12 x 100) = 1400 – 440 – 1200 = – 240 pounds. No, you do not have enough cargo capacity to carry that much weight. In metric units, the calculation would be: 635 kilograms – (2 x 99 kilograms) – (12 x 45 kilograms) = 635 – 198 – 540 = -103 kilograms. You will need to reduce the load weight by at least 240 pounds (104 kilograms). If you remove three 100-pound (45-kilogram) cement bags, then the load calculation would be 1400 – (2 x 220) – (9 x 100) = 1400 – 440 -900 = 60 pounds. Now you have the load capacity to transport the cement and your friend home. In metric units, the calculation would be 635 kilograms – (2 x 99 kilograms) – (9 x 45 kilograms) = 635 – 198 – 405 = 32 kilograms. The above calculations also assume that the loads are positioned in your vehicle in a manner that does not overload the front or the rear gross axle weight rating specified for your vehicle on the Safety Compliance Certification label.

Special Loading Instructions for Owners of Pick-up Trucks and Utility-type Vehicles
WARNING: When loading the roof racks, we recommend you evenly distribute the load, as well as maintain a low center of gravity. Loaded vehicles, with higher centers of gravity, may handle differently than unloaded vehicles. Take extra precautions, such as slower speeds and increased stopping distance, when driving a heavily loaded vehicle.

FAQ

 

What are the load-carrying guidelines for the 2023 Ford E-350?

Load-carrying guidelines provide information on how to safely load and carry cargo in your vehicle.

What is the maximum payload capacity of the 2023 E-350?

The payload capacity can vary depending on the specific model and configuration; please refer to the guidelines for details.

Are there weight restrictions for roof racks or cargo carriers on the E-350?

The guidelines typically specify weight limits for roof-mounted cargo accessories.

How do I determine the maximum towing capacity for my E-350?

The guidelines may explain how to find the towing capacity based on your vehicle’s configuration.

What should I consider when loading cargo into the E-350 for optimal safety and performance?

The guidelines often provide tips on load distribution, securing cargo, and keeping within weight limits.

Can I overload my E-350 if I need to carry more cargo than the recommended capacity?

Overloading your vehicle can be dangerous and may lead to damage or accidents; it’s essential to adhere to the recommended limits.

Are there specific guidelines for transporting heavy or bulky items in the E-350?

The guidelines may offer advice on safely transporting oversized or heavy items.

Can I use a trailer hitch for towing with my E-350, and if so, what are the requirements?

The guidelines typically explain the requirements and installation procedures for a trailer hitch.

What kind of trailer can I tow with the 2023 E-350, and are there any restrictions?

The guidelines may specify the types and weight limits of trailers that can be safely towed.

How should I properly secure cargo inside the E-350 to prevent shifting during transit?

The guidelines often provide recommendations for securing cargo using straps, tie-downs, or cargo nets.

What impact does cargo weight have on the vehicle’s fuel efficiency and handling?

The guidelines may explain how excess weight can affect fuel efficiency and handling characteristics.

Are there any safety considerations when loading cargo into the E-350?

The guidelines often emphasize the importance of securing cargo to prevent accidents or damage.

Can I find information on the weight distribution of the E-350 for safe load carrying?

The guidelines may provide details on the recommended weight distribution for optimal safety.

Are there any special guidelines for carrying passengers and cargo simultaneously in the E-350?

The guidelines may offer recommendations for balancing passenger and cargo loads.

How can I determine if my E-350 is properly loaded and within the recommended weight limits?

The guidelines may provide guidance on how to check and verify the weight of your loaded vehicle.

Useful Link

FORD E-350 2023 User Guide
https://www.ford.com/support/owner-manuals/owner-manuals-sitemap/
2023 Ford Fiesta Specs, Price, Features and Mileage (Brochure)

Categories
E-350 Ford

2023 FORD E-350 Driving Aids Instructions

Ford logo

FORD E-350 2023 Driving Aids

The 2023 Ford E-350 Driving Aids Instructions provide a helpful manual for utilizing the advanced safety systems and technologies included in this car. With detailed instructions on how to use and use technologies like adaptive cruise control, lane-keeping assist, blind-spot monitoring, and more, these instructions enable drivers to get the most out of the E-350’s cutting-edge driving aids. The 2023 Ford E-350 is a dependable and contemporary option for a variety of driving conditions since drivers may improve their entire driving experience, safety, and confidence on the road according to these recommendations.

2023 FORD TRANSIT VAN Specs, Price, Features, and Mileage (Brochure)

DRIVER ALERT

WARNING: You are responsible for controlling your vehicle at all times. The system is designed to be an aid and does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury, or death.
WARNING: The system may not function if the sensor is blocked.
WARNING: Take regular rest breaks if you feel tired. Do not wait for the system to warn you.
WARNING: Certain driving styles may result in the system warning you even if you are not feeling tired.
WARNING: In cold and severe weather conditions the system may not function. Rain, snow, and spray can all limit sensor performance.
WARNING: The system will not operate if the sensor cannot track the road lane markings.
WARNING: If damage occurs in the immediate area surrounding the sensor, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
WARNING: The system may not correctly operate if your vehicle is fitted with a suspension kit not approved by us.
Note: Keep the windshield free from obstructions. For example, bird droppings, insects, and snow or ice.
Note: If you have a blocked camera or damaged windshield, the system may not function.
Note: The system remembers the last setting when you start your vehicle unless it detects a MyKey™.
Note: If enabled in the menu, the system activates at speeds above 40 mph (64 km/h). FORD E-350 2023 Driving Aids fig 1The system monitors your driving behavior using various inputs including the front camera sensor.
If the system detects reduced driving alertness below a certain threshold, the system alerts you using a tone and a message in the information display.

Using Driver Alert

Switching the system on and off
You may switch the system on or off through the information display by selecting Settings, Driver Assist, and then Driver Alert in the menu. When activated, the system monitors your alertness level based on your driving behavior in relation to the lane markings and other factors.

System Warnings
Note: The system does not issue a warning

The warning system is in two stages. At first, the system issues a temporary warning that you need to take a rest. This message only appears for a short time. If the system detects a further reduction in driving alertness, another warning could be issued which remains in the information display for a longer time. Press OK on the steering wheel control to clear the warning. When active the system runs in the background and only issues a warning if required.

Resetting the System
You can reset the system by either:

  • Switching the ignition off and on.
  • Stopping the vehicle and then opening and closing the driver’s door.

LANE-KEEPING SYSTEM

(IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING: You are responsible for controlling your vehicle at all times. The system is designed to be an aid and does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury, or death.
WARNING: Always drive with due care and attention when using and operating the controls and features on your vehicle.
WARNING: In cold and severe weather conditions the system may not function. Rain, snow, and spray can all limit sensor performance.
WARNING: The system will not operate if the sensor cannot track the road lane markings.
WARNING: The sensor may incorrectly track lane markings as other structures or objects. This can result in a false or missed warning.
WARNING: Large contrasts in outside lighting can limit sensor performance.
WARNING: The system may not operate properly if the sensor is blocked. Keep the windshield free from obstruction.
WARNING: If damage occurs in the immediate area surrounding the sensor, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
WARNING: The system may not correctly operate if your vehicle is fitted with a suspension kit not approved by us.
Note: The system works as long as the camera can detect one lane marking at a speed above 40 mph (64 km/h).
Note: The system may not function with a blocked camera, or if the windshield is damaged or dirty. FORD E-350 2023 Driving Aids fig 8

When you switch the system on and it detects an unintentional drift out of your lane is likely to occur, the system notifies or assists you to stay in your lane through the steering system and information display. The system provides a warning with an audible tone.

Switching the System On and Off
Note: The system on or off setting is stored until it is manually changed unless a MyKey is detected. If the system detects a MyKey, it defaults to on and the mode is set to alert.
Note: If a MyKey is detected, pressing the button does not affect the on or off status of the system. You can only change the mode and sensitivity settings.

FORD E-350 2023 Driving Aids fig 4Press the button to switch the system on or off. The button is above the audio unit or on the center console.

System Settings
The system sensitivity and intensity can be adjusted through the display screen. The system remembers the last selection. You do not need to readjust the setting each time you turn on your vehicle.
Sensitivity: This setting allows you to select where in the lane a warning is provided. Increasing the sensitivity setting moves the warning zones closer to your vehicle.FORD E-350 2023 Driving Aids fig 2

  • A Normal
  • B Increased

Note: The alert diagram illustrates general zone coverage. It does not provide exact zone parameters.

System Display FORD E-350 2023 Driving Aids fig 3

When you switch on the system, a graphic with lane markings appears in the display screen.
Note: The overhead vehicle graphic may still display if adaptive cruise control is enabled.
While the system is on, the color of the lane markings changes to indicate the system status.

Gray: Indicates that the system is temporarily unable to provide a warning on the indicated side(s). This may be because:

  • Your vehicle is below the activation speed.
  • The direction indicator is active.
  • Your vehicle is in a dynamic maneuver.
  • The road has no or poor lane markings in the camera’s field of view.
  • The camera is obscured or unable to detect the lane markings due to environmental, traffic or vehicle conditions. For example, significant sun angles, shadows, snow, heavy rain or fog, following a large vehicle that is blocking or shadowing the lane, or poor headlamp illumination.

See Troubleshooting for additional information.
Green: Indicates that the system is available or ready to provide a warning on the indicated side(s).
Red: Indicates that the system is providing or has just provided a lane-keeping alert warning.
You can temporarily disable the system at any time by doing the following:

  • Quick braking.
  • Fast acceleration.
  • Using your direction indicator.
  • Evasive steering maneuver.
  • Driving too close to the lane markings.

Troubleshooting

Why is the feature not available (line markings are gray) when I can see the lane markings on the road?
Your vehicle speed is outside the operational range of the feature.
The sun is shining directly into the camera lens.
A quick intentional lane change has occurred.
Your vehicle stays too close to the lane markings.
Driving at high speeds in curves.
The last feature activation occurred a short time ago.
Ambiguous lane markings, for example in construction zones.
Rapid transition from light to dark, or from dark to light.
Sudden offset in lane markings.
ABS or AdvanceTrac™ is active.
There is a camera blockage due to dirt, grime, fog, frost or water on the windshield.
You are driving too close to the vehicle in front of you.
Transitioning between no lane markings to lane markings or vice versa.
Why is the feature not available (line markings are gray) when I can see the lane markings on the road?
There is standing water on the road.
Faint lane markings, for example, partial yellow lane markings on concrete roads.
The lane width is too narrow or too wide.
The camera has not been calibrated after a windshield replacement.
Driving on tight roads or on uneven roads.
Vehicle accessories are blocking the camera, for example, a snow plow.

STEERING

Hydraulic Power Steering
To help prevent damage to the power steering system:

  • Do not hold the steering wheel at its furthest turning points for more than three to five seconds when the engine is running.
  • Avoid continuously steering back and forth with elevated engine RPM as this may overheat the system. If trying to free a stuck vehicle, pause between attempts to allow the power steering system to cool or seek assistance. Typical steering and driving maneuvers allow the system to cool.
  • Do not operate the vehicle if the power steering pump fluid level is below the MIN mark on the reservoir.
  • Some noise is normal during operation. If excessive, check for low power steering pump fluid level before seeking service from your dealer.
  • Heavy or uneven efforts may be caused by low-power steering fluid. Check for low power steering pump fluid level before seeking service from your dealer.
  • Do not fill the power steering pump reservoir above the MAX mark on the reservoir, as this may result in leaks from the reservoir.

If the power steering system breaks down or if you switch the engine off, you can steer the vehicle manually, but it takes more effort.
If you have any steering components serviced or replaced, install new fasteners. Many fasteners have coatings with thread adhesive or have prevailing torque features you cannot reuse. Do not reuse a bolt or nut. Torque fasteners to specifications.

Steering Tips
If the steering wanders or pulls, check for:

  •  An improperly inflated tire.
  • Uneven tire wear.
  • Loose or worn suspension components.
  • Loose or worn steering components.
  • Improper vehicle alignment.

Note: A high crown in the road or high crosswinds may also make the steering seem to wander or pull.

PRE-COLLISION ASSIST

(IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING: You are responsible for controlling your vehicle at all times. The system is designed to be an aid and does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury, or death.
WARNING: The system does not detect vehicles that are driving in a different direction, pedestrians at night, cyclists, or animals. Apply the brakes when necessary. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury, or death.
WARNING: The system does not operate during hard acceleration or steering. Failure to take care may lead to a crash or personal injury.
WARNING: The system may fail or operate with reduced function during cold and severe weather conditions. Snow, ice, rain, spray, and fog can adversely affect the system. Keep the front camera and radar free of snow and ice. Failure to take care may result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury, or death.
WARNING: Some situations and objects prevent hazard detection. For example low or direct sunlight, inclement weather, unconventional vehicle types, and pedestrians. Apply the brakes when necessary. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury, or death.
WARNING: Take additional care if your vehicle is heavily loaded or you are towing a trailer. These conditions could result in reduced performance of this system. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury, or death.
WARNING: The system cannot help prevent all crashes. Do not rely on this system to replace driver judgment and the need to maintain a safe distance and speed.

Using the Pre-Collision Assist System
The pre-collision assist system is active at speeds above approximately 3 mph (5 km/h)
Note: The system is not designed to detect animals.
Note: The system is not designed to detect vehicles or cyclists that are traveling in a different direction. FORD E-350 2023 Driving Aids fig 9

If your vehicle is rapidly approaching another stationary vehicle or a vehicle traveling in the same direction as yours, the system provides three levels of functionality:

  • Alert.
  • Brake support.
  • Active braking. FORD E-350 2023 Driving Aids fig 5

Alert: When active, a flashing visual warning appears and an audible warning tone sounds.
Brake support: The system is designed to help reduce the impact speed by preparing the brakes for rapid braking. The system does not automatically apply the brakes. If you press the brake pedal, the system can apply additional braking up to maximum braking force, even if you lightly press the brake pedal.
Active braking: Active braking may activate if the system determines that a collision is imminent. The system may help the driver reduce impact damage or avoid the crash completely.
Note: If you perceive pre-collision assist alerts as being too frequent or disturbing, then you can reduce the alert sensitivity, though the manufacturer recommends using the highest sensitivity setting where possible. Setting lower sensitivity would lead to fewer and later system warnings.

Distance Indication and Alert
Distance indication and alert is a function that provides the driver with a graphical indication of the time gap to other preceding vehicles traveling in the same direction. The distance indication and alert screen in the display screen show one of the graphics that follow. FORD E-350 2023 Driving Aids fig 6

If the time gap to a preceding vehicle is small, a red visual indication displays.
Note: Distance indication and alert deactivate and the graphics do not display when adaptive cruise control is active.

Adjusting the Pre-Collision Assist Settings
You can adjust the following settings by using the information display controls.

  • You can change alert and distance alert sensitivity to one of three possible settings.
  • You can switch distance indication and alert on or off.
  • If required, you can switch active braking on or off.
  • If required, you can switch the entire pre-collision assist feature on or off.

Note: Active braking automatically turns on every time you switch the ignition on.
Note: We recommend that you switch the system off if you install a snowplow or similar object in such a way that it may block the radar sensor. Your vehicle remembers the selected setting across key cycles.

Camera Troubleshooting

Cause Action
The windshield in front of the camera is dirty or obstructed in some way. Clean the outside of the windshield in front of the camera.
The windshield in front of the camera is clean but the message remains in the display screen. Wait a short time. It may take several minutes for the camera to detect that there is no obstruction.

Blocked Sensors FORD E-350 2023 Driving Aids fig 7

  1. Camera.
  2. Radar sensor.

If a message regarding a blocked sensor or camera appears in the information display, the radar signals or camera images are obstructed. With a blocked sensor or camera, the pre-collision assist system may not function, or performance may be reduced. The following table lists possible causes and actions for when this message is displayed.

Radar Troubleshooting

Cause Action
The surface of the radar in the grille is dirty or obstructed in some way. Clean the grille surface in front of the radar or remove the object causing the obstruction.
The surface of the radar in the grille is clean but the message remains in the display screen. Wait a short time. It may take several minutes for the radar to detect that there is no obstruction.

 

Heavy rain, spray, snow or fog is interfering with the radar signals.

The pre-collision assist system is temporarily disabled. pre-collision assist automatically reactivates a short time after the weather conditions improve.
Swirling water or snow or ice on the surface of the road may interfere with the radar signals. The pre-collision assist system is temporarily disabled. Pre-collision assist automatically reactivates a short time after the weather conditions improve.
The radar is out of alignment due to a front-end impact. Contact an authorized dealer to have the radar checked for proper coverage and operation.

Note: Proper system operation requires a clear view of the road by the camera. Have any windshield damage in the area of the camera’s field of view repaired
Note: If something hits the front end of your vehicle or damage occurs and your vehicle has a radar sensor, the radar sensing zone may change. This could cause missed or false vehicle detections. Contact an authorized dealer to have the radar checked for proper coverage and operation.
Note: If your vehicle detects excessive heat at the camera or a potential misalignment condition, a message may display in the information display indicating temporary sensor unavailability. When operational conditions are correct, the message deactivates. For example, when the ambient temperature around the sensor decreases or the sensor automatically recalibrates successfully.

FAQ

 

What are driving aids in the 2023 Ford E-350?

Driving aids are advanced technology features designed to assist the driver in various aspects of driving.

What driving aids are typically available in the 2023 E-350?

Common driving aids may include adaptive cruise control, lane-keeping assist, blind-spot monitoring, and automatic emergency braking, among others.

How do I activate and use adaptive cruise control in my E-350?

The instructions usually explain how to set and adjust cruise control speed and following distance.

What is the purpose of lane-keeping assist, and how do I use it effectively?

Lane-keeping assist helps keep the vehicle within its lane, and the instructions provide details on how to activate and use this feature.

How does blind-spot monitoring work, and what should I do when it detects a vehicle in my blind spot?

The instructions typically explain the operation of blind-spot monitoring and how to respond when it detects a vehicle.

What should I do if my forward collision warning system activates in my E-350?

The instructions may provide guidance on how to react and what actions to take when the forward collision warning system activates.

Can I customize the settings for these driving aids in my E-350?

Yes, the instructions often explain how to customize the settings to suit your preferences.

Are there any limitations or conditions for using these driving aids effectively?

The instructions may highlight any limitations or conditions for optimal performance.

How can I maintain and calibrate these driving aids to ensure they work correctly?

The instructions typically offer guidance on maintenance and calibration procedures.

What is the difference between adaptive cruise control and regular cruise control, and when should I use each?

The instructions may clarify the distinctions between these two cruise control systems and when to use them.

Are there any safety considerations when relying on driving aids in my E-350?

The instructions often emphasize the importance of remaining attentive and responsible while using driving aids.

Can I use driving aids in all driving conditions and environments?

The instructions may specify the recommended conditions and environments for using driving aids.

How can I troubleshoot any issues or malfunctions with these driving aids?

The instructions may include troubleshooting tips and recommend contacting a Ford dealership for assistance.

Are these driving aids available in all E-350 trim levels and configurations?

The instructions may specify which trim levels and configurations include these driving aids.

Can I find additional information or support for driving aids beyond the instructions?

The instructions may direct users to additional resources or customer support for further assistance.

Useful Link

FORD E-350 2023 User Guide
https://www.ford.com/support/owner-manuals/owner-manuals-sitemap/
2023 FORD TRANSIT VAN Specs, Price, Features, and Mileage (Brochure)

Categories
E-350 Ford

FORD E-350 2023 Stability Control User Guide

Ford logo

FORD E-350 2023 Stability Control User Guide

Stability Control

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION

WARNING: Vehicle modifications involving the braking system, aftermarket roof racks, suspension, steering system, tire construction, and wheel and tire size may change the handling characteristics of your vehicle and may adversely affect the performance of the electronic stability control system. In addition, installing any stereo loudspeakers may interfere with and adversely affect the electronic stability control system. Install any aftermarket stereo loudspeaker as far as possible from the front center console, the tunnel, and the front seats in order to minimize the risk of interfering with the electronic stability control sensors. Reducing the effectiveness of the electronic stability control system could lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal injury, and death.

WARNING: Remember that even advanced technology cannot defy the laws of physics. It’s always possible to lose control of a vehicle due to inappropriate driver input for the conditions. Aggressive driving on any road condition can cause you to lose control of your vehicle increasing the risk of personal injury or property damage. Activation of the electronic stability control system is an indication that at least some of the tires have exceeded their ability to grip the road; this could reduce the operator’s ability to control the vehicle potentially resulting in a loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal injury, and death. If your electronic stability control system activates, SLOW DOWN.

The system automatically turns on each time you switch the ignition on. If a fault occurs in either the stability control or the traction control system, you may experience the following conditions:

  • The stability and traction control light illuminate steadily.
  • The stability control and traction control systems do not enhance your vehicle’s ability to maintain traction on the wheels.

If a driving condition activates either the stability control or the traction control system you may experience the following conditions:

  • The stability and traction control light flashes.
  • Your vehicle slows down.
  • Reduced engine power.
  • A vibration in the brake pedal.
  • The brake pedal is stiffer than usual.
  • If the driving condition is severe and your foot is not on the brake, the brake pedal may move as the system applies higher brake force.

The stability control system has several features built into it to help you maintain control of your vehicle:

Electronic Stability Control
The system enhances your vehicle’s ability to prevent skids or lateral slides by applying brakes to one or more of the wheels individually and, if necessary, reducing engine power.

Traction Control
The system enhances your vehicle’s ability to maintain traction of the wheels by detecting and controlling wheel spin. See Using Traction Control (page 103).

FORD E-350 2023 Stability Control fig 1

  • A vehicle without stability control skidding off its intended route.
  • B vehicle with stability control maintaining control on a slippery surface.

USING STABILITY CONTROL
The system automatically turns on each time you switch the ignition on.
You cannot switch the stability control system off, but when you shift into reverse (R), the system deactivates.
You can switch the traction control system off or on. See Using Traction Control (page 103).

Parking Aids

REARVIEW CAMERA

(IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING: The rearview camera system is a reverse aid supplement device that still requires the driver to use it in conjunction with the interior and exterior mirrors for maximum coverage.
WARNING: Objects that are close to either corner of the bumper or under the bumper, might not be seen on the screen due to the limited coverage of the camera system.
WARNING: Use caution when the rear cargo door is ajar. If the rear cargo door is ajar, the camera will be out of position and the video image could be incorrect. All guidelines disappear when the rear cargo door is ajar. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury.
WARNING: Reverse your vehicle slowly. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Use caution when turning camera features on or off when the transmission is not in park (P). Make sure your vehicle is not moving.

The rearview camera system provides a video image of the area behind your vehicle.

ExampleFORD E-350 2023 Stability Control fig 2

The camera is located on the rear of your vehicle.
Note: Camera location may vary depending on the configuration of your vehicle.

Using the Rear View Camera System
The rearview camera system displays what is behind your vehicle when you place the transmission in reverse (R).
Note: When towing, the camera only sees what you are towing behind your vehicle. This might not provide adequate coverage as it usually provides in normal operation and you might not see some objects.
The camera may not operate correctly under the following conditions:

  • Mud, water or debris obstructs the camera’s view. Clean the lens with a soft, lint-free cloth and non-abrasive cleaner.
  • The camera is misaligned due to damage to the rear of your vehicle.

Cruise Control

(If Equipped)

WHAT IS CRUISE CONTROL

Cruise control lets you maintain a set speed without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal.
Requirements Use cruise control when the vehicle speed is greater than 20 mph (30 km/h).

SWITCHING CRUISE CONTROL ON AND OFF

WARNING: Do not use cruise control on winding roads, in heavy traffic or when the road surface is slippery. This could result in loss of vehicle control, serious injury or death.

The cruise controls are on the steering wheel. See Cruise Control (page 49).

Switching Cruise Control On 

FORD E-350 2023 Stability Control fig 3Press the button.

Switching Cruise Control Off

FORD E-350 2023 Stability Control fig 4Press the button when the system is in standby mode.
The system also turns off when you switch the ignition off.
Note: The set speed erases when you switch the system off.

SETTING THE CRUISE CONTROL SPEED

WARNING: When you are going downhill, your vehicle speed could increase above the set speed. The system does not apply the brakes.

Drive to the speed you prefer.
FORD E-350 2023 Stability Control fig 5Press either button to set the current speed.

Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.
Note: The indicator changes color in the information display.

Changing the Set Speed
FORD E-350 2023 Stability Control fig 6Press and release the button to increase the set speed in small increments.

Press and hold the button to accelerate. Release the button when you reach your preferred speed.

FORD E-350 2023 Stability Control fig 7.Press and release the button to decrease the set speed in small increments.
Press and hold the button to decelerate. Release the button when you reach your preferred speed.
Note: If you accelerate by pressing the accelerator pedal, the set speed does not change. When you release the accelerator pedal, your vehicle returns to the speed that you previously set.

CANCELING THE SET SPEED 

FORD E-350 2023 Stability Control fig 8Press the button, or tap the brake pedal to cancel the set speed.

Note: The system remembers the set speed.
Note: The system cancels if the vehicle speed drops below 10 mph (16 km/h) under the set speed when driving uphill.

RESUMING THE SET SPEED 

FORD E-350 2023 Stability Control fig 9Press the button.

CRUISE CONTROL INDICATORS
FORD E-350 2023 Stability Control fig 10Illuminates when you switch the system on.

USING ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL

WARNING: You are responsible for controlling your vehicle at all times. The system is designed to be an aid and does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not use adaptive cruise control on winding roads, in heavy traffic or when the road surface is slippery. This could result in loss of vehicle control, serious injury or death.
WARNING: Pay close attention to changing road conditions such as entering or leaving a highway, on roads with intersections or roundabouts, roads without visible lanes of travel, roads that are unpaved, or on steep slopes. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not use the system in poor visibility, for example, fog, heavy rain, spray or snow.
WARNING: Do not use the system when towing a trailer that has aftermarket electronic trailer brake controls. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not use tire sizes other than those recommended because this can affect the normal operation of the system. Failure to do so may result in a loss of vehicle control, which could result in serious injury.
WARNING: The system may not detect stationary or slow-moving vehicles below 6 mph (10 km/h).
WARNING: The system does not detect pedestrians or objects in the road.
WARNING: The system does not detect oncoming vehicles in the same lane.
WARNING: The system is not a crash warning or avoidance system.
WARNING: Do not use the system with a snow plow blade installed.

The system adjusts your vehicle speed to maintain the set gap between you and the vehicle in front of you in the same lane. You can select four gap settings.
The system uses a radar sensor that projects a beam directly in front of your vehicle. FORD E-350 2023 Stability Control fig 11

The adaptive cruise controls are on the steering wheel.

Switching Adaptive Cruise Control On

FORD E-350 2023 Stability Control fig 3Press and release the button.
FORD E-350 2023 Stability Control fig 12The indicator, current gap setting and set speed to appear in the information display. FORD E-350 2023 Stability Control fig 13

Setting the Adaptive Cruise Speed
Drive to your preferred speed.

FORD E-350 2023 Stability Control fig 5

Press and release either button.
Take your foot off the accelerator pedal.
The indicator, current gap setting and set speed to appear in the information display. FORD E-350 2023 Stability Control fig 13

A vehicle graphic illuminates if there is a vehicle detected in front of you.
Note: When adaptive cruise control is active, the speedometer may vary slightly from the set speed displayed in the information display.

Following a Vehicle

WARNING: When following a vehicle that is braking, your vehicle does not always decelerate quickly enough to avoid a crash without driver intervention. Apply the brakes when necessary. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

WARNING: The system only warns of vehicles detected by the radar sensor. In some cases, there may be no warning or a delayed warning. Apply the brakes when necessary. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

Note: When you are following a vehicle and you switch on a direction indicator, adaptive cruise control may provide a small temporary acceleration to help you pass.
Note: The brakes may emit noise when applied by the system.
When a vehicle ahead of you enters the same lane or a slower vehicle is ahead in the same lane, the vehicle speed adjusts to maintain a preset gap distance. A vehicle graphic illuminates the instrument cluster.
Your vehicle maintains a consistent gap from the vehicle ahead until any of the following occurs:

  • The vehicle in front of you accelerates to a speed above the set speed.
  • The vehicle in front of you moves out of the lane you are in.
  • Your vehicle speed falls below 12 mph (20 km/h).
  • You set a new gap distance.

The system applies the brakes to slow your vehicle to maintain a safe gap distance from the vehicle in front. The system only applies limited braking. You can override the system by applying the brakes.
If the system determines that its maximum braking level is not sufficient, an audible warning sounds, a message appears in the information display and an indicator flashes when the system continues to brake. Take immediate action.

Setting the Gap Distance
You can decrease or increase the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle in front by pressing the gap control.

  • FORD E-350 2023 Stability Control fig 14Press and release to decrease the gap distance.
  • FORD E-350 2023 Stability Control fig 15Press and release to increase the gap distance.

FORD E-350 2023 Stability Control fig 13

The selected gap appears in the information display as shown by the bars in the image.
Note: The gap setting is time-dependent and therefore the distance adjusts with your vehicle speed.
Note: It is your responsibility to select a gap appropriate to the driving conditions.

Adaptive Cruise Control Gap Settings

Graphic Display, Bars Indic- Distance Gap Dynamic Behavior
ated
Between
Vehicles
1 Closest. Sport.
2 Close. Normal.
3 Medium. Normal.
4 Far. Comfort.

Each time you switch the system on, it selects the last chosen gap setting.

Overriding the Set Speed
WARNING:
If you override the system by pressing the accelerator pedal, it does not automatically apply the brakes to maintain a gap from any vehicle ahead.

FORD E-350 2023 Stability Control fig 12When you press the accelerator pedal, you override the set speed and gap distance. Use the accelerator pedal normally to intentionally exceed the set speed limit.

When you override the system, the green indicator light illuminates and the vehicle image does not appear in the information display.
The system tunes the engine, transmission controls and stability, and traction control modes to normal mode. The vehicle speed decreases to the set speed, or a lower speed if following a slower vehicle.

Changing the Set Speed

  • FORD E-350 2023 Stability Control fig 6Press and release to increase the set speed in small increments.
  • FORD E-350 2023 Stability Control fig 7.Press and release to decrease the set speed in small increments.

Press and hold either button to change the set speed in large increments. Release the button when the set speed has reached the desired speed.
The system may apply the brakes to slow the vehicle to the new set speed. The set speed displays continuously in the information display when the system is active.

Canceling the Set Speed
FORD E-350 2023 Stability Control fig 8
Press and release the button or tap the brake pedal.
The set speed does not erase.

Resuming the Set Speed 

FORD E-350 2023 Stability Control fig 9Press and release the button.

Your vehicle speed returns to the previously set speed and gap setting. The set speed displays continuously in the information display when the system is active.
Note: Only use a resume if you are aware of the set speed and intend to return to it.

Automatic Cancellation
The system is not functional at vehicle speeds below 12 mph (20 km/h). An audible alarm sounds and the automatic braking releases if the vehicle drops below this speed.
Automatic cancellation can occur when the tires lose traction or you apply the parking brake.
Hilly Condition and Trailer Tow Usage
You should select a lower gear when the system is active in situations such as prolonged downhill driving on steep grades, for example in mountainous areas. The system needs additional engine braking in these situations to reduce the load on the vehicle’s regular brake system to prevent it from overheating.
Note: An audible alarm sounds and the system shuts down if it applies the brakes for an extended period of time. This allows the brakes to cool. The system functions normally again after the brakes cool.
Note: When towing with adaptive cruise control, switch on Tow/Haul Mode.

Switching Adaptive Cruise Control Off
FORD E-350 2023 Stability Control fig 4
Press and release the button when the system is in standby mode, or switch the ignition off.
Note: The set speed and gap setting is erased when you switch the system off.

Detection Issues 

WARNING: On rare occasions, detection issues can occur due to the road infrastructures, for example, bridges, tunnels and safety barriers. In these cases, the system may brake late or unexpectedly. At all times, you are responsible for controlling your vehicle, supervising the system and intervening, if required.
WARNING: If the system malfunctions, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

The radar sensor has a limited field of view. It may not detect vehicles at all or detect a vehicle later than expected in some situations. The lead vehicle graphic does not illuminate if the system does not detect a vehicle in front of you. FORD E-350 2023 Stability Control fig 16

Detection issues can occur:

  • When driving on a different line than the vehicle in front.
  • B With vehicles that edge into your lane. The system can only detect these vehicles once they move fully into your lane.
  • C There may be issues with the detection of vehicles in front when driving into and coming out of a bend or curve in the road.

In these cases, the system may brake late or unexpectedly. You should stay alert and take action when necessary.
If something hits the front end of your vehicle or damage occurs, the
radar-sensing zone may change. This could cause missed or false vehicle detection.
Optimal system performance requires a clear view of the road by the windshield-mounted camera.

Optimal performance may not occur if:

  • The camera is blocked.
  • There are poor visibility or lighting conditions.
  • There are bad weather conditions.

System Not Available
Conditions that can cause the system to deactivate or prevent the system from activating when requested include:

  • A blocked sensor.
  • High brake temperature.
  • A failure in the system or a related system.

Blocked SensorFORD E-350 2023 Stability Control fig 17

The camera is mounted on the windshield behind the interior mirror.FORD E-350 2023 Stability Control fig 18

A message displays if something obstructs the radar signals from the sensor. The sensor is in the lower grille. The system cannot detect a vehicle ahead and does not function when something blocks the sensor.

Note: You cannot see the sensor. It is behind a fascia panel.
Keep the front of your vehicle free of dirt, metal badges or objects. Vehicle front protectors and aftermarket lights may also block the sensor.

Possible causes and actions for the blocked sensor message displaying:

Cause Action
The surface of the radar is dirty or obstructed Clean the grille surface in front of the radar or remove the object causing the obstruction.
The surface of the radar is clean but the message remains in the display. Wait a short time. It may take several minutes for the radar to detect that it is free from obstruction.
Heavy rain or snow is interfering with the radar signals Do not use the system in these conditions because it may not detect any vehicles ahead.
Water, snow or ice on the surface of the road may interfere with the radar signals. Do not use the system in these conditions because it may not detect any vehicles ahead.
You are in a desert or remote area with no other vehicles and no roadside objects. Wait a short time or switch to normal cruise control.

Switching to Normal Cruise Control
WARNING: Normal cruise control will not brake when your vehicle is approaching slower vehicles. Always be aware of which mode you have selected and apply the brakes when necessary.

FORD E-350 2023 Stability Control fig 10The cruise control indicator light replaces the adaptive cruise control indicator light if you select normal cruise control. The gap setting does not display, and the system does not respond to lead vehicles. Automatic braking remains active to maintain the set speed. You can change from adaptive cruise control to normal cruise control through the information display.

FORD Top Accessories

[amalinkspro_table id=”32452″ new-window=”on” nofollow=”on” addtocart=”off” /]

Reference Links

FORD E-350 2023 User Guide
https://www.ford.com/support/owner-manuals/owner-manuals-sitemap/

Categories
E-350 Ford

2023 Ford E-350 Transmission Guidelines

Ford logo

FORD E-350 2023 Transmission

The 2023 Ford E-350 gearbox Guidelines are a vital tool for comprehending and enhancing this adaptable car’s gearbox system. These guidelines cover everything from safe gear shifting and maintenance suggestions to improving transmission performance and fuel efficiency. They are meant to provide drivers with a broad understanding of the road. These recommendations enable customers to fully utilize the E-350’s transmission, whether navigating city streets or difficult terrain. This guarantees a seamless, dependable, and personalized driving experience that accommodates a variety of demands and driving circumstances.

2023 FORD TRANSIT VAN Specs, Price, Features, and Mileage (Brochure)

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

WARNING: Apply the parking brake, shift into a park (P), switch the ignition off, and remove the key before you leave your vehicle. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

Putting your vehicle in or out of gear:

  1. Fully press down the brake pedal.
  2. Move the gearshift lever into the preferred gear.
  3. When you finish driving, come to a complete stop.
  4. Move the gearshift lever and securely latch it in the park (P).
  5. Release the brake pedal and the transmission remains in the selected gear.

Park (P)
This position locks the transmission and prevents the wheels from turning.

Reverse (R)
With the transmission in reverse (R), your vehicle moves backward. Always come to a complete stop before shifting into and out of reverse (R).

Neutral (N)
With the transmission in neutral (N), you can start your vehicle and it is free to roll. Hold the brake pedal down when in this position.

Drive (D)
Drive (D) is the normal driving position for the best fuel economy. The overdrive function allows automatic upshifts and downshifts through gears one through six.

Manual (M)
Moving the gearshift lever to the manual (M) position allows you to manually select the gear you prefer. Only the current gear displays. Use the buttons on the gearshift lever to manually select gears. Press the button to upshift or the – button to downshift. Return the transmission to a different gearshift position to deactivate manual control.

Second (2)
Transmission operates in the second (2) gear only. Use a second (2) gear to start up slippery roads.

First (1)

  • Transmission operates in the first (1) gear only.
  • Provides maximum engine braking.
  • Allows upshifts by moving the gearshift lever.
  • Does not downshift into first (1) gear at high speeds; allows for first (1) gear when the vehicle reaches slower speeds.

Forced downshifts

  • Allowed in drive (D) with the tow/haul feature on or off.
  • Press the accelerator to the floor.
  • Allows transmission to select an appropriate gear.

FORD E-350 2023 Transmission fig 2Tow/Haul Mode
To activate tow/haul, press the button on the gearshift lever. The TOW HAUL indicator light illuminates the instrument cluster.

The tow/haul feature:

  • Delays upshift to reduce the frequency of transmission shifting. Provides engine braking in all forward gears, which slows your vehicle and assists you in controlling your vehicle when descending a slope. Depending on driving conditions and load conditions, may downshift the transmission, slow your vehicle, and control your vehicle speed when descending a hill, without pressing the accelerator pedal. The amount of downshifting braking provided varies based on the amount you press the brake pedal.

The tow/haul feature improves transmission operation when towing a trailer or a heavy load. All transmission gear ranges are available when using tow/haul. To deactivate the tow/haul feature and return to normal driving mode, press the button on the gearshift lever again. The TOW HAUL light deactivates. Tow/haul also deactivates when you power down your vehicle.

WARNING: Do not use tow/haul when the road surface is slippery. Failure to follow this instruction could result in the loss of control of your vehicle.

Understanding Your SelectShift Automatic™ TransmissionFORD E-350 2023 Transmission fig 1

Note: When pressing the button on the gearshift lever, you can cycle through the available drive modes. Your vehicle has a SelectShift Automatic™ transmission gearshift lever. The SelectShift Automatic transmission gives you the ability to change gears up or down without a clutch. To prevent the engine from running at too low an RPM, which may cause it to stall, SelectShift still makes some downshifts if it has determined that you have not downshifted in time. Although SelectShift makes some downshifts for you, it still allows you to downshift at any time if the SelectShift determines that damage to the engine does not occur from over-revving.SelectShift does not upshift, even if the engine is approaching the RPM limit. Shift manually by pressing the + button.

Note: Engine damage may occur if you maintain excessive engine revving without shifting. SelectShift does not automatically upshift, even if the engine is approaching the RPM limit. Shift manually by pressing the (+) paddle.

Progressive Range Selection – PRS
(If Equipped) Progressive Range Selection gives you the ability to lockout gears from the automatic shifting range. This may provide you with an improved driving experience. For example, in slippery conditions or when experiencing a steep grade. With the gearshift lever in a drive (D), press the – button to activate PRS. The instrument cluster indicates the available and selected gears. All available gears display with the current gear indicated. Press the – button again to lock out gears beginning with the highest gear.

Example: press the – button twice to lock out 6th and 5th gears. Only the available gears are displayed, and the transmission automatically shifts between the available gears. Press the + button to unlock gears to allow the transmission to shift to higher gears. The transmission shifts within the gear range you select.

Automatic Transmission at a stop
(If Equipped) Your transmission could reduce the load on the engine when the vehicle stops, and the gear selector is in a drive (D) to reduce fuel consumption and emissions. The transmission resumes operation when you release the brake. This feature activates when the transmission is sufficiently warmed, and the vehicle is on a level slope.

Automatic Transmission Adaptive Learning
This feature may increase durability and provide a consistent shift feel over the life of your vehicle. A new vehicle or transmission may have firm shifts, soft shifts, or both. This is normal and does not affect the function or durability of the transmission. Over time, the adaptive learning process fully updates transmission operation.

Brake-Shift Interlock 

WARNING: Do not drive your vehicle until you verify that the stop lamps are working.
WARNING: When doing this procedure, you need to take the transmission out of the park (P) which means your vehicle can roll freely. To avoid unwanted vehicle movement, always fully apply the parking brake prior to doing this procedure. Use wheel chocks if appropriate.
WARNING: If the parking brake is fully released, but the brake warning lamp remains illuminated, the brakes may not be working properly. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible Your vehicle has a brake-shift interlock feature that prevents the gearshift lever from moving from park (P) when the ignition is in the 3 (on) position and the brake pedal is not pressed. If you cannot move the gearshift lever out of the park (P) position with the ignition in the 3 (on) position and the brake pedal pressed, a malfunction may have occurred. It is possible that a fuse has blown or your vehicle’s brake lamps are not operating properly.

If the fuse is not blown and the brake lamps are working properly, the following procedure allows you to move the gearshift lever from park (P):

  1. Apply the parking brake. Switch the ignition key to 1 (off), then remove the key.
  2. Move the steering column to the full down and full rearward position, toward the driver seat.
  3. Remove the gearshift lever boot.
  4. Place your fingers into the hole where you removed the gearshift lever boot and pull the top half of the shroud up and forward to separate it from the lower half of the shroud. There is a hinge at the forward edge of the top of the shroud. Roll the top half of the shroud upward on the hinge point, then pull straight rearward toward the driver seat to remove it.
  5. Remove the top half of the shroud.
  6. Remove the three fasteners under the column that secure the lower shroud half to the column.FORD E-350 2023 Transmission fig 3
  7. Pull the lock lever into the fully unlocked position and remove the lower shroud cover by pulling the lever handle through the slot in the cover.
  8. Apply the brake. Gently lift the override disk and move the gearshift lever into neutral (N). FORD E-350 2023 Transmission fig 4
  9. Start your vehicle.
    Perform Steps 4 through 8 in reverse order, making sure to engage the hinge pivots between the upper and lower halves of the shroud. Keep slight pressure in the forward direction as you rotate the halves together.

If Your Vehicle Gets Stuck in Mud or Snow
Note: Do not rock your vehicle if the engine is not at normal operating temperature or damage to the transmission may occur.
Note: Do not rock your vehicle for more than a minute or damage to the transmission and tires may occur, or the engine may overheat. If your vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, you may rock it out by shifting between forward and reverse gears, stopping between shifts in a steady pattern. Press lightly on the accelerator in each gear.

Brakes

GENERAL INFORMATION

Note: Occasional brake noise is normal. If a metal-to-metal, continuous grinding, or continuous squeal sound is present, the brake linings may be worn-out, have the system checked. If the vehicle has continuous vibration or shudders in the steering wheel while braking, have the system checked as soon as possible.
Note: Brake dust may accumulate on the wheels, even under normal driving conditions. Some dust is inevitable as the brakes wear and does not contribute to brake noise. 

FORD E-350 2023 Transmission fig 5
Wet brakes result in reduced braking efficiency. Gently press the brake pedal a few times when driving from a car wash or standing water to dry the brakes.

Brake Over Accelerator
In the event, that the accelerator pedal becomes stuck or entrapped, apply steady and firm pressure to the brake pedal to slow the vehicle and reduce engine power. If you experience this condition, apply the brakes and bring your vehicle to a safe stop. Move the transmission to park (P), switch the engine off, and apply the parking brake. Inspect the accelerator pedal for any interference. If none are found and the condition persists, have the system checked?

Anti-lock Brake System
This system helps you maintain steering control during emergency stops by keeping the brakes from locking.

FORD E-350 2023 Transmission fig 6If it illuminates when you are driving, your vehicle requires service. Your vehicle continues to have normal braking without the anti-lock brake system function. Has your vehicle been checked as soon as possible? It also momentarily illuminates when you switch the ignition on to confirm the lamp is functional. If it does not illuminate when you switch the ignition on or begins to flash at any time, have the system checked.

FORD E-350 2023 Transmission fig 5It illuminates when you engage the parking brake and the ignition is on.
FORD E-350 2023 Transmission fig 10If it illuminates when your vehicle is moving, make sure the parking brake is disengaged. If the parking brake is disengaged, this indicates a low brake fluid level or a brake system fault. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible It also momentarily illuminates when you switch the ignition on to confirm the lamp is functional. If it does not illuminate when you switch the ignition on or begins to flash at any time, have the system checked.

Hydraulic brake booster system (Hydroboost or Hydromax)
The Hydroboost and Hydromax systems receive fluid pressure from the power steering pump to provide power assistance during braking. The Hydromax booster receives backup pressure from the reserve system electric pump whenever the fluid in the power steering system is not flowing. When the engine is off, the pump turns on if you apply the brake pedal, or if you switch the ignition to the on position.

The sound of the pump operating may be heard by the driver. This is a normal characteristic of the system. The reserve system provides reduced braking power, so the vehicle should be operated under these conditions with caution, and only to seek service repair and removal of the vehicle from the roadway.

Note: For vehicles with the Hydromax system operating under normal conditions, the noise of the fluid flowing through the booster may be heard whenever you apply the brake. This condition is normal. Vehicle service is not required. If braking performance or pedal response becomes very poor, even when you strongly press the pedal, it may indicate the presence of air in the hydraulic system or leakage of fluid. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so. Have the system checked as soon as possible.

HINTS ON DRIVING WITH ANTI-LOCK BRAKES

The anti-lock brake system does not eliminate the risks when:

  • You drive too closely to the vehicle in front of you.
  • Your vehicle is hydroplaning.
  • You take corners too fast.
  • The road surface is poor.

Note: If the system activates, the brake pedal could pulse and may travel further. Maintain pressure on the brake pedal. You may also hear a noise from the system. This is normal.

PARKING BRAKE

WARNING: Apply the parking brake, shift into the park (P), switch the ignition off, and remove the key before you leave your vehicle. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death. Apply the parking brake whenever you park your vehicle.

  • For vehicles with a foot-operated parking brake, press the pedal down.
  • For vehicles with a hand-operated parking brake, pull the parking brake lever up.

FORD E-350 2023 Transmission fig 5It illuminates when you switch the ignition on and apply the parking brake. It also illuminates momentarily when you switch the ignition on to confirm the
lamp is functional. If it does not illuminate when you switch the ignition on or begins to flash at any time, have the system checked by an authorized dealer.

If it illuminates when your vehicle is moving, make sure you disengage the parking brake. If the parking brake is disengaged, this indicates a low brake fluid level or a brake system fault. Has your vehicle been checked as soon as possible

To release the parking brake:

  • For vehicles with a foot-operated parking brake, pull the parking brake release lever.
  • For vehicles with a hand-operated parking brake, push the parking brake lever down.

HILL START ASSIST

WARNING: The system does not replace the parking brake. When you leave your vehicle, always apply the parking brake.
WARNING: You must remain in your vehicle when the system turns on. At all times, you are responsible for controlling your vehicle, supervising the system, and intervening, if required. Failure to take care may result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury, or death.
WARNING: The system will turn off if a malfunction is apparent or if you rev the engine excessively. Failure to take care may result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury, or death.

The system makes it easier to pull away when your vehicle is on a slope without the need to use the parking brake. When the system is active, your vehicle remains stationary on the slope for two to three seconds after you release the brake pedal. This allows time to move your foot from the brake to the accelerator pedal. The system releases the brakes automatically once the engine has developed sufficient torque to prevent your vehicle from rolling down the slope. This is an advantage when pulling away on a slope, for example from a car park ramp, traffic lights, or when reversing uphill into a parking space. The system activates on any slope that causes your vehicle to roll.
Note: There is no warning light to indicate the system is either on or off.

Using Hill Start Assist

  1. Press the brake pedal to bring your vehicle to a complete standstill. Keep the brake pedal pressed and shift into first gear when facing uphill or reverse (R) when facing downhill.
  2. If the sensors detect that your vehicle is on a slope, the system activates automatically.
  3. When you remove your foot from the brake pedal, your vehicle remains on the slope without rolling away for about two to three seconds. This hold time automatically extends if you are in the process of driving off.
  4. Drive off in the normal manner. The system releases the brakes automatically.

Note: When you remove your foot from the brake pedal and press the pedal again when the system is active, you will experience significantly reduced brake pedal travel. This is normal.

Switching the System On and Off

Vehicles with Manual Transmission
You can switch this feature on or off in the information display. The system remembers the last setting when you start your vehicle.

Vehicles with Automatic Transmission
You cannot turn the system on or off. When you switch the ignition on, the system automatically turns on.

Traction Control

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION

The traction control system helps avoid drive wheel spin and loss of traction. If your vehicle begins to slide, the system applies the brakes to individual wheels and, when needed, reduces engine power at the same time. If the wheels spin when accelerating on slippery or loose surfaces, the system reduces engine power in order to increase traction.

USING TRACTION CONTROL 

WARNING: Operating your vehicle with the traction control disabled could lead to an increased risk of loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal injury, and death.  The system automatically turns on each time you switch the ignition on. If your vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, switch the traction control off to allow the wheels to spin.

Switching the System Off
FORD E-350 2023 Transmission fig 9The button for the traction control system is located on the instrument panel.

When you switch the system off, the TCS off lamp illuminates the instrument cluster.
Use the switch again to return the traction control system to normal operation.

System Indicator Lights and Messages
FORD E-350 2023 Transmission fig 7The traction control light temporarily illuminates engine start-up and flashes when a driving condition activates the system.
FORD E-350 2023 Transmission fig 8The traction control off light temporarily illuminates engine start-up and stays on when the traction control system is switched off or a problem occurs in the system.

FAQ

 

What type of transmission does the 2023 Ford E-350 come equipped with?

The 2023 Ford E-350 typically features an automatic transmission.

How many gears does the transmission have in the 2023 E-350?

The number of gears can vary depending on the specific configuration; please refer to the user guide for details.

Where can I find the Transmission Guidelines for the 2023 Ford E-350?

The Transmission Guidelines are usually included in the vehicle’s owner’s manual.

Q: What are the different transmission modes available in the 2023 E-350?

The guidelines typically explain various transmission modes, including Drive, Reverse, Park, and Neutral, among others.

How should I properly shift gears in the 2023 Ford E-350 automatic transmission?

The guidelines provide step-by-step instructions on shifting gears safely and effectively.

Are there any special driving tips for optimizing transmission performance and fuel efficiency?

The guidelines may offer driving tips to enhance transmission efficiency, such as avoiding aggressive acceleration.

What is the recommended maintenance schedule for the transmission in the 2023 E-350?

The guidelines typically outline the recommended maintenance intervals, including fluid changes and inspections.

How can I check the transmission fluid level in my E-350?

The guidelines provide instructions for checking transmission fluid and adding more if necessary.

What should I do if I notice any unusual noises or behaviors from the transmission?

The guidelines may offer troubleshooting tips and recommend contacting a Ford dealership for assistance.

Is there a recommended towing procedure outlined in the Transmission Guidelines?

Towing guidelines, if applicable, are often included in the guidelines to ensure safe towing practices.

Can I find information about the transmission warranty coverage in the guidelines?

Yes, the guidelines may provide details on the transmission warranty and coverage terms.

Are there any transmission-specific warning lights or indicators discussed in the guidelines?

The guidelines often explain the meaning of transmission-related warning lights and what actions to take if they appear.

Can I use aftermarket transmission additives or treatments with the E-350 transmission?

The guidelines may offer guidance on the use of additives and recommend specific products if applicable.

How does the transmission contribute to the overall performance of the 2023 E-350?

The guidelines may explain how the transmission plays a critical role in power delivery, efficiency, and driving dynamics.

Is there information on how to maintain the transmission for optimal durability and longevity?

Yes, the guidelines typically include maintenance tips to ensure the transmission’s long-term reliability.

Useful Link

FORD E-350 2023 User Guide
https://www.ford.com/support/owner-manuals/owner-manuals-sitemap/
2023 FORD TRANSIT VAN Specs, Price, Features, and Mileage (Brochure)

Categories
E-350 Ford

2023 Ford E-350 Fuel Refueling and Engine Emission Control Guidelines

Ford logo

FORD E-350 2023 Auxiliary Power Points

The 2023 Ford E-350 maintains its dedication to emissions reduction and fuel economy with an extensive set of regulations. For best engine performance and least negative environmental impact, use the appropriate gasoline type and follow safe refueling procedures while refueling. Advanced engine pollution control technologies on the E-350 are built to comply with strict regulatory standards, improving air quality and lowering carbon emissions. Upholding these criteria mostly depends on routine maintenance, which includes tire pressure monitoring and fuel filter checks. However, drivers can further improve economy and emissions management by embracing eco-friendly driving practices. The E-350 is moving in the direction of a sustainable and environmentally conscious future because to Ford’s commitment to environmental responsibility and innovation.

2023 FORD TRANSIT VAN Specs, Price, Features and Mileage (Brochure)

Fuel and Refueling

Your vehicle is designed to operate on regular unleaded gasoline with a minimum pump (R+M)/2 octane rating of 87 or regular unleaded gasoline blended with a maximum of 85% ethanol (E85). Some fuel stations, particularly those in high-altitude areas, offer fuels posted as regular unleaded gasoline with an octane rating below 87. The use of these fuels could result in engine damage that will not be covered by the vehicle warranty. For the best overall vehicle and engine performance, premium fuel with an octane rating of 91 or higher is recommended. The performance gained by using premium fuel is most noticeable in hot weather as well as other conditions, for example, when towing a trailer. Do not be concerned if the engine sometimes knocks lightly. However, if the engine knocks heavily while using fuel with the recommended octane rating, contact an authorized dealer to prevent any engine damage. We recommend Top Tier detergent gasoline, which is available to help minimize engine deposits and maintain the optimal vehicle and engine performance. For additional information, refer to www.toptiergas.com.

Note: Use of any fuel for which the vehicle was not designed can impair the emission control system, cause loss of vehicle performance, and cause damage to the engine which may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty.

Do not use:

  • Diesel fuel.
  • Fuels containing kerosene or paraffin.
  • Fuels containing more than 85% ethanol or E100 fuel.
  • Fuels containing methanol.
  • Fuels containing metallic-based additives, including manganese-based compounds.
  • Fuels containing the octane booster additive, methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (MMT).
  • Leaded fuel, using leaded fuel is prohibited by law.

The use of fuels with metallic compounds such as methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (commonly known as MMT), which is a manganese-based fuel additive, will impair engine performance and affect the emission control system.

Switching Between E85 and Gasoline
We do not recommend repeatedly alternating between E85 and gasoline. If you switch from using E85 to gasoline, or from gasoline to E85, add as much fuel as possible, at least half a tank. Drive your vehicle immediately for a minimum of 5 mi (8 km) to allow it to adapt to the change in ethanol concentration. If you use E85 exclusively, we recommend that you fill the fuel tank with regular unleaded gasoline at each scheduled oil change.

FUEL QUALITY – GASOLINE

Choosing the Right FuelFORD E-350 2023 Fuel and Refueling fig 1
Your vehicle is designed to operate on regular unleaded gasoline with a minimum pump (R+M)/2-octane rating of 87. Some fuel stations, particularly those in high-altitude areas, offer fuels posted as regular unleaded gasoline with an octane rating below 87. The use of these fuels could result in engine damage that will not be covered by the vehicle warranty. For best overall vehicle and engine performance, premium fuel with an octane rating of 91 or higher is recommended. The performance gained by using premium fuel is most noticeable in hot weather as well as other conditions, for example when towing a trailer.
Do not be concerned if the engine sometimes knocks lightly. However, if the engine knocks heavily while using fuel with the recommended octane rating, contact an authorized dealer to prevent any engine damage. We recommend Top Tier detergent gasoline, where available to help minimize engine deposits and maintain the optimal vehicle and engine performance. For additional information, refer to www.toptiergas.com.

Note: Use of any fuel for which the vehicle was not designed can impair the emission control system, cause loss of vehicle performance, and cause damage to the engine which may not be covered by the
vehicle Warranty.

Do not use:

  • Diesel fuel.
  • Fuels containing kerosene or paraffin.
  • Fuel containing more than 15% ethanol or E85 fuel.
  • Fuels containing methanol.
  • Fuels containing metallic-based additives, including manganese-based compounds.
  • Fuels containing the octane booster additive, methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (MMT).
  • Leaded fuel, using leaded fuel is prohibited by law.

The use of fuels with metallic compounds such as methylcyclopentadienyl manganese tricarbonyl (commonly known as MMT), which is a manganese-based fuel additive, will impair engine performance and affect the emission control system.

RUNNING OUT OF FUEL

Avoid running out of fuel. Running out of fuel can cause damage not covered by the vehicle Warranty.

If your vehicle runs out of fuel:

  • Normally, adding 1.3 gal (5 L) of fuel is enough to restart the engine. If your vehicle is on a steep grade, more fuel may be required.
  • You may need to cycle the ignition from off to on several times after refueling to allow the fuel system to pump the fuel from the tank to the engine. On restarting, cranking time will take a few seconds longer than normal.

Filling a Portable Fuel Container
WARNING: Flow of fuel through a fuel pump nozzle can produce static electricity. This can cause a fire if you are filling an ungrounded fuel container.

Use the following guidelines to avoid electrostatic charge build-up, which can produce a spark, when filling an ungrounded fuel container:

  • Only use an approved fuel container to transfer fuel to your vehicle. Place the container on the ground when filling.
  • Do not fill a fuel container while it is inside your vehicle (including the cargo area).
  • Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact with the fuel container while filling.
  • Do not use a device that holds the fuel pump nozzle lever in the fill position.

REFUELING

WARNING: Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire can cause severe injuries.
WARNING: Read and follow all the instructions on the pump island.
WARNING: When refueling always shut the engine off and never allow sparks or open flames near the fuel tank filler valve. Never smoke or use a cell phone while refueling. Fuel vapor is extremely hazardous under certain conditions. Avoid inhaling excess fumes.
WARNING: Stay outside your
vehicle and do not leave the fuel pump unattended when refueling your vehicle.
WARNING: Keep children away from the fuel pump. Never let children pump fuel.
WARNING: Wait at least five seconds before removing the fuel pump nozzle to allow any residual fuel to drain into the fuel tank.
WARNING: Stop refueling after the fuel pump nozzle automatically shuts off for the second time. Failure to follow this will fill the expansion space in the fuel tank and could lead to fuel overflowing.
WARNING: Do not remove the fuel pump nozzle from its fully inserted position when refueling.

Use the following guidelines to avoid electrostatic charge build-up when filling an ungrounded fuel container:

  • Place the approved fuel container on the ground.
  • Do not fill a fuel container while it is in the vehicle (including the cargo area).
  • Keep the fuel pump nozzle in contact with the fuel container while filling. Do not use a device that would hold the fuel pump handle in the fill position.

Fuel Filler Cap

WARNING: The fuel system may be under pressure. If you hear a hissing sound near the fuel filler inlet, do not refuel until the sound stops. Otherwise, fuel may spray out, which could cause serious personal injury.

Note: If you must replace the fuel filler cap, replace it with a fuel filler cap that is designed for your vehicle. The customer warranty may be void for any damage to the fuel tank or fuel system if the correct genuine Ford, Motorcraft, or other certified fuel filler cap is not used.

Your vehicle has a threaded fuel filler cap. When fueling your vehicle:

  1. Put your vehicle in park (P).
  2. Switch the engine off.
  3. Carefully turn the filler cap counterclockwise until it spins off.
  4. Pull to remove the cap from the fuel filler pipe and place it on the fuel door hanging hook if equipped.
  5. To install the fuel filler cap, hold the cap by the cover handle and place the threaded end of the cap into the filler pipe. Turn the cap clockwise until it clicks at least once.

If the Check Fuel Cap light or a Check Fuel Cap message appears in the instrument cluster and stays on after you start the engine, you may not have installed the fuel filler properly. If the fuel cap light remains on, at the next opportunity, safely pull off of the road, remove the fuel filler cap, align the cap properly, and reinstall it. The check fuel cap light or Check fuel cap message may not reset immediately. It may take several driving cycles for the indicators to turn off. A driving cycle consists of an engine start-up (after four or more hours with the engine off) followed by normal city and highway driving.

FUEL CONSUMPTION

Advertised Capacity
The advertised capacity is the maximum amount of fuel that you can add to the fuel tank after running out of fuel. Included in the advertised capacity is an empty reserve. The empty reserve is an unspecified amount of fuel that remains in the fuel tank when the fuel gauge indicates empty.
Note: The amount of fuel in the empty reserve varies and should not be relied upon to increase driving range.

Fuel Economy
Your vehicle calculates fuel economy figures through the trip computer average fuel function.
The first 1,000 mi (1,500 km) of driving is the break-in period of the engine. A more accurate measurement is obtained after 2,000 mi (3,000 km).

Impacting Fuel Economy 

  • Incorrect tire inflation pressures.
  • Fully loading your vehicle.
  • Carrying unnecessary weight.
  • Adding certain accessories to your vehicles such as bug deflectors, rollbars or light bars, running boards, and ski racks.
  • Using fuel blended with alcohol.
  • The fuel economy may decrease with lower temperatures.
  • Fuel economy may decrease when driving short distances.
  • You may get better fuel economy when driving on flat terrain than when driving on hilly terrain.

Engine Emission Control

EMISSION LAW

WARNING: Do not remove or alter the original equipment floor covering or insulation between it and the metal floor of the vehicle. The floor covering and insulation protect occupants of the vehicle from the engine and exhaust system heat and noise. On vehicles with no original equipment floor covering insulation, do not carry passengers in a manner that permits prolonged skin contact with the metal floor. Failure to follow these instructions may result in fire or personal injury.  U.S. federal laws and certain state laws prohibit removing or rendering inoperative emission control system components. Similar federal or provincial laws may apply in Canada. We do not approve of any vehicle modification without first determining applicable laws.

FORD E-350 2023 Fuel and Refueling fig 2Tampering with emissions control systems including related sensors or the Diesel Exhaust Fluid system can result in reduced engine power and the illumination of the service engine soon light.

Tampering With a Noise Control System
Federal laws prohibit the following acts:

  • Removal or rendering inoperative by any person other than for purposes of maintenance.
  • Repair or replacement of any device or element of the design incorporated into a new vehicle for the purpose of noise control prior to its sale or delivery to the ultimate purchaser or while it is in use.
  • The use of the vehicle after any person removes or renders inoperative any device or element of the design.

The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency may presume to constitute tampering as follows:

  • Removal of the hood blanket, fender apron absorbers, fender apron barriers, underbody noise shields, or acoustically absorptive material.
  • Tampering or rendering inoperative the engine speed governor, to allow engine speed to exceed manufacturer specifications.

If the engine does not start, runs rough, experiences a decrease in engine performance, experiences excess fuel consumption, or produces excessive exhaust smoke, check for the following:

  • A plugged or disconnected air inlet system hose.
  • A plugged engine air filter element.
  • Water in the fuel filter and water separator.
  • A clogged fuel filter.
  • Contaminated fuel.
  • Air in the fuel system, due to loose connections.
  • An open or pinched sensor hose.
  • Incorrect engine oil level.
  • Incorrect fuel for climatic conditions.
  • Incorrect engine oil viscosity for climactic conditions.

Note: Some vehicles have a lifetime fuel filter that is integrated with the fuel tank. Regular maintenance or replacement is not needed.
Note: If these checks do not help you correct the concern, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Noise Emissions Warranty, Prohibited Tampering Acts and Maintenance
On January 1, 1978, Federal regulation became effective governing the noise emission on trucks over 10,000 lb (4,536 kg) Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). The preceding statements concerning prohibited tampering acts and maintenance, and the noise warranty found in the Warranty Guide, are applicable to complete chassis cabs over 10,000 lb (4,536 kg) GVWR.

CATALYTIC CONVERTER

WARNING: Do not park, idle, or drive your vehicle on dry grass or another dry ground cover. The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system, creating the risk of fire.
WARNING: The normal operating temperature of the exhaust system is very high. Never work around or attempt to repair any part of the exhaust system until it has cooled. Use special care when working around the catalytic converter. The catalytic converter heats up to a very high temperature after only a short period of engine operation and stays hot after the engine is switched off.
WARNING: Exhaust leaks may result in the entry of harmful and potentially lethal fumes into the passenger compartment. If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle, have your vehicle inspected immediately. Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes.

Your vehicle has various emission control components and a catalytic converter that enables it to comply with applicable exhaust emission standards.

To make sure that the catalytic converter and other emission control components continue to work properly:

  • Do not crank the engine for more than 10 seconds at a time.
  • Do not run the engine with a spark plug lead disconnected.
  • Do not push-start or tow-start your vehicle. Use booster cables.
  • Use only the specified fuel listed.
  • Do not switch the ignition off when your vehicle is moving.
  • Avoid running out of fuel.
  • Have the items listed in the scheduled maintenance information been performed according to the specified schedule?

Note: Resulting component damage may not be covered by the vehicle Warranty.
The scheduled maintenance items listed in the scheduled maintenance information are essential to the life and performance of your vehicle and to its emissions system.
If you use anything other than Ford, Motorcraft, or Ford-authorized parts for maintenance replacements or for service of components affecting emission control, such non-Ford parts should be equivalent to genuine Ford Motor Company parts in performance and durability.

Illumination of the service engine soon indicator, charging system warning light or the temperature warning light, fluid leaks, strange odors, smoke, or loss of engine power could indicate that the emission control system is not working properly. An improperly operating or damaged exhaust system may allow exhaust to enter the vehicle. Have a damaged or improperly operating exhaust system inspected and repaired immediately. Do not make any unauthorized changes to your vehicle or engine. By law, vehicle owners and anyone who manufactures, repairs, services, sells, leases, trades vehicles, or supervises a fleet of vehicles are not permitted to intentionally remove an emission control device or prevent it from working. Information about your vehicle’s emission system is on the Vehicle Emission Control Information Decal located on or near the engine. This decal also lists engine displacement. Please consult your warranty information for complete details.

On-Board Diagnostics (OBD-II)
Your vehicle has a computer known as the onboard diagnostics system (OBD-II) that monitors the engine’s emission control system. The system protects the environment by making sure that your vehicle continues to meet government emission standards. The OBD-II system also assists a service technician in properly servicing your vehicle.

FORD E-350 2023 Fuel and Refueling fig 2When the service engine indicator illuminates, the OBD-II system detects a malfunction.

Temporary malfunctions may cause the service engine indicator to illuminate. Examples are:

  1. Your vehicle has run out of fuel—the engine may misfire or run poorly.
  2. Poor fuel quality or water in the fuel—the engine may misfire or run poorly.
  3. The fuel fill inlet may not have closed properly. 
  4. Driving through deep water—the electrical system may be wet.

You can correct these temporary malfunctions by filling the fuel tank with good-quality fuel, properly closing the fuel fill inlet, or letting the electrical system dry out. After three driving cycles without these or any other temporary malfunctions present, the service engine indicator should stay off the next time you start the engine. A driving cycle consists of a cold engine startup followed by mixed city and highway driving. No additional vehicle service is required. If the service engine soon indicator remains on, have your vehicle serviced at the first available opportunity. Although some malfunctions detected by the OBD-II may not have symptoms that are apparent, continued driving with the service engine soon indicator on can result in increased emissions, lower fuel economy, reduced engine and transmission smoothness, and lead to more costly repairs.

Readiness for Inspection and Maintenance (I/M) Testing
Some state provincial and local governments may have Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) programs to inspect the emission control equipment on your vehicle. Failure to pass this inspection could prevent you from getting a vehicle registration.

FORD E-350 2023 Fuel and Refueling fig 2If the service engine indicator is on or the bulb does not work, your vehicle may need service. See On-Board Diagnostics.

Your vehicle may not pass the I/M test if the service engine soon indicator is on or not working properly (bulb is burned out), or if the OBD-II system has determined that some of the emission control systems have not been properly checked. In this case, the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing. If the vehicle’s engine or transmission has just been serviced, or the battery has recently run down or been replaced, the OBD-II system may indicate that the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing. To determine if the vehicle is ready for I/M testing, turn the ignition key to the on position for 15 seconds without cranking the engine. If the service engine soon indicator blinks eight times, it means that the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing; if the service engine soon indicator stays on solid, it means that your vehicle is ready for I/M testing. The OBD-II system checks the emission control system during normal driving. A complete check may take several days. If the vehicle is not ready for I/M testing, you can perform the following driving cycle consisting of mixed city and highway driving:

  1. 15 minutes of steady driving on an expressway or highway followed by 20 minutes of stop-and-go driving with at least four 30-second idle periods.
  2. Allow your vehicle to sit for at least eight hours with the ignition off. Then, start the vehicle and complete the above driving cycle. The vehicle must warm up to its normal operating temperature. Once started, do not turn off the vehicle until the above driving cycle is complete.

If the vehicle is still not ready for I/M testing, you need to repeat the above driving cycle.

FAQ

 

What type of fuel does the 2023 Ford E-350 require?

The 2023 Ford E-350 typically requires unleaded gasoline.

Can I use E85 (ethanol) fuel in the 2023 Ford E-350?

The E-350 may not be compatible with the E85; it’s essential to use the recommended fuel type as specified in the owner’s manual.

How should I safely refuel my 2023 Ford E-350?

Park in a well-ventilated area, turn off the engine and avoid smoking or using a cell phone while refueling to prevent accidents.

Is there a specific fuel octane rating recommended for the E-350?

Refer to the owner’s manual for the recommended octane rating; using the correct fuel can optimize engine performance.

How often should I check and replace the fuel filter on my E-350?

Regularly inspect the fuel filter and follow the maintenance schedule outlined in the owner’s manual.

What are the consequences of using the wrong type of fuel in the E-350?

Using the wrong fuel type can lead to poor engine performance and potential damage, which may not be covered by the warranty.

What emission control systems are present in the 2023 E-350?

The 2023 E-350 typically features advanced emission control systems, including catalytic converters and oxygen sensors, to reduce harmful emissions.

Are there specific government regulations that the 2023 E-350 must adhere to regarding emissions standards?

Yes, the E-350 is designed to meet or exceed stringent emissions standards set by regulatory authorities.

How can I check if my E-350’s emission control systems are functioning correctly?

The onboard diagnostics system will typically alert you if there is an issue with the emission control systems; consult your owner’s manual for details on interpreting warning lights.

What steps can I take to reduce emissions from my E-350 during daily driving?

Adopt eco-friendly driving habits such as smooth acceleration, proper maintenance, and avoiding excessive idling.

Can I retrofit my E-350 with aftermarket emission control devices or upgrades?

Modifying emission control systems may void your warranty and potentially lead to compliance issues with emissions regulations; consult Ford for guidance.

How can I contribute to reducing my carbon footprint while driving the E-350?

Reduce unnecessary driving, carpool when possible, and consider alternative transportation methods to minimize emissions.

What should I do if I notice a fuel leak in my E-350?

Immediately stop driving, turn off the engine, and contact a Ford dealership for inspection and repair.

How often should I have my E-350’s emission control systems inspected or serviced?

Follow the recommended maintenance schedule in the owner’s manual, which typically includes regular emission system inspections.

Is Ford exploring alternative fuels or electric options for vehicles like the E-350 in the future?

Ford is actively researching and developing alternative fuel and electric vehicle technologies as part of its commitment to sustainability.

Useful Link

FORD E-350 2023 User Guide
https://www.ford.com/support/owner-manuals/owner-manuals-sitemap/
2023 FORD TRANSIT VAN Specs, Price, Features and Mileage (Brochure)

Categories
E-350 Ford

2023 FORD E-350 Auxiliary Power Points And Engine Instructions

Ford logo

FORD E-350 2023 Auxiliary Power Points

With its strong engine lineup and many different auxiliary power points, the 2023 Ford E-350 is a great example of how powerful performance and modern ease can work well together. Ford’s engineering skills are at the heart of the E-350. It has engines that are designed for reliability, fuel efficiency, and raw power. This makes sure that the performance is the same whether it’s hauling big loads or driving on the highway. Along with the engine’s power, the carefully placed power outlets in the cabin show how much Ford cares about modern convenience. These power points, which can be used to charge everything from smartphones to computers, are a great example of how convenience has been built into the design of the car. The E-350’s focus on both a great engine and a useful interior confirms that Ford is at the forefront of blending traditional car standards with the changing needs of drivers today.

2023 FORD F-SERIES SUPER DUTY Specs, Price, Features and Mileage (Brochure)

Auxiliary Power Points

12 Volt DC PowerPoint
WARNING: Do not plug optional electrical accessories into the cigar lighter socket. Incorrect use of the cigar lighter can cause damage not covered by the vehicle warranty and can result in fire or serious injury.

Note: When you switch the ignition on, you can use the socket to power 12-volt appliances with a maximum current rating of 15 amps.
Note: If the power supply does not work after you switch the ignition off, switch the ignition on.
Note: Do not hang any accessory from the accessory plug.
Note: Do not use the power point over the vehicle capacity of 12 volt DC 180 watts or a fuse may blow.
Note: Always keep the power point caps closed when not in use.
Do not insert objects other than an accessory plug into the PowerPoint. This damages the PowerPoint and may blow the fuse.
Run the vehicle for full capacity use of the PowerPoint.

To prevent the battery from running out of charge:

  • Do not use the power point longer than necessary when the vehicle is not running.
  • Do not leave devices plugged in overnight or when you park your vehicle for extended periods.

Locations
Power points could be in the following locations:

  • On the instrument panel.
  • Inside the glove box.
  • Behind the driver’s seat, upper trim panel.

110 Volt AC Power Point (If Equipped)

WARNING: Do not keep electrical devices plugged into the power outlet whenever the device is not in use. The outlet provides power when the vehicle is on. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury.
WARNING: Do not use an extension cord or connect multiple devices to the power outlet. Doing so could result in overloading the power outlet. Failure to follow this instruction could result in fire, personal injury or property damage.

Note: The powerpoint turns off when you switch the ignition off, or when the battery voltage drops below 11 volts.
You can use the power point for electric devices that require up to 150 watts. It is on the instrument panel. FORD E-350 2023 Auxiliary Power Points fig 1

To gain access to the outlet contacts, press the plug against the outlet and rotate clockwise.
When the indicator light on the PowerPoint is:

  • On: The power point is working, the ignition is on and a device is plugged in.
  • Off: The PowerPoint is off, the ignition is off or no device is plugged in.
  • Flashing: The power point is in fault mode.

The power outlet temporarily turns off power when in fault mode if the device exceeds the 150-watt limit. Unplug your device and switch the ignition off. Switch the ignition back on, but do not plug your device back in. Let the system cool off and switch the ignition off to reset the fault mode. Switch the ignition back on and make sure the indicator light remains on.
Do not use the power point for certain electric devices, including:

  • Cathode-ray, tube-type televisions.
  • Motor loads, such as vacuum cleaners, electric saws, and other electric power tools or compressor-driven refrigerators.
  • Measuring devices, which process precise data, such as medical equipment or measuring equipment.
  • Other appliances require an extremely stable power supply such as microcomputer-controlled electric blankets or touch-sensor lamps.

Starting and Stopping the Engine

GENERAL INFORMATION

WARNING: Extended idling at high engine speeds can produce very high temperatures in the engine and exhaust system, creating the risk of fire or other damage.
WARNING: Do not park, idle or drive your vehicle on dry grass or another dry ground cover. The emission system heats up the engine compartment and exhaust system, creating the risk of fire.
WARNING: Do not start the engine in a closed garage or in other enclosed areas. Exhaust fumes can be toxic. Always open the garage door before you start the engine.
WARNING: Exhaust leaks may result in the entry of harmful and potentially lethal fumes into the passenger compartment. If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle, have your vehicle inspected immediately. Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes.

If you disconnect the battery, your vehicle may exhibit some unusual driving characteristics for approximately 5 mi
(8 km) after you reconnect it. This is because the engine management system must realign itself with the engine. You can disregard any unusual driving characteristics during this period.
The powertrain control system meets all Canadian interference-causing equipment standard requirements regulating the impulse electrical field or radio noise.
When you start the engine, avoid pressing the accelerator pedal before and during the operation. Only use the accelerator pedal when you have difficulty starting the engine.

IGNITION SWITCH

FORD E-350 2023 Auxiliary Power Points fig 2

  • A (lock) – Locks the gearshift lever and allows key removal.
  • B (accessory) – Allows the electrical accessories, such as the radio, to operate while the engine is not running.
    Note: Do not leave the ignition key in this position for too long. This could cause your vehicle battery to lose charge.
  • C (on) – All electrical circuits are operational and the warning lamps and indicators illuminate.
  • D (start) – Cranks the engine.

2023 FORD F-SERIES SUPER DUTY Specs, Price, Features and Mileage (Brochure)

STARTING A GASOLINE ENGINE

When you start the engine, the idle speed increases helping to warm up the engine. If the engine idle speed does not slow down, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Before starting the engine check the following:

  • Make sure all occupants fasten their seatbelts.
  • Make sure the headlamps and electrical accessories are off.
  • Make sure the parking brake is on.
  • Make sure the transmission is in park (P) or neutral (N).
  • Turn the ignition key to the on position.

Note: Do not press the accelerator pedal.

  1. Fully press the brake pedal.
  2. Turn the key to the start position to start the engine. Release the key when the engine starts.

Note: The engine may continue cranking for up to 15 seconds or until it starts.
Note: If you cannot start the engine on the first try, wait for a short period and try again.

Failure to Start
If you cannot start the engine after three attempts, wait 10 seconds and follow this procedure:

  1. Fully press the brake pedal.
  2. Shift into park (P).
  3. Fully press and hold the accelerator pedal.
  4. Attempt to start your vehicle and wait until the engine stops cranking.
  5. Release the accelerator pedal.
  6. Start the engine.

Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is Stationary

  1. Shift into park (P) or neutral (N).
  2. Turn the key to the off position.
  3. Apply the parking brake.

Stopping the Engine When Your Vehicle is Moving

WARNING: Switching off the engine when your vehicle is still moving results in a significant decrease in braking assistance. A higher effort is required to apply the brakes and to stop your vehicle. A significant decrease in steering assistance could also occur. The steering does not lock, but higher effort could be required to steer your vehicle. When you switch the ignition off, some electrical circuits, for example, airbags, also turn off. If you unintentionally switch the ignition off, shift into neutral (N) and restart the engine.

  1. Switch the ignition off to stop the engine.
  2. Put the transmission into neutral (N) and use the brakes to bring your vehicle to a safe stop.
  3. When your vehicle has stopped, shift into the park (P).
  4. Apply the parking brake.

Guarding Against Exhaust Fumes

WARNING: Exhaust leaks may result in the entry of harmful and potentially lethal fumes into the passenger compartment. If you smell exhaust fumes inside your vehicle, have your vehicle inspected immediately. Do not drive if you smell exhaust fumes.

Important Ventilating Information
If you stop your vehicle and leave the engine idling for long periods, we recommend you either open the windows at least 1 in (3 cm) or set the climate control to the outside air.

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER

(IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING: Failure to follow engine block heater instructions could result in property damage or serious personal injury.
WARNING: Do not use your heater with ungrounded electrical systems or two-pronged adapters. There is a risk of electrical shock.
WARNING: Do not fully close the hood, or allow it to drop under its weight when using the engine block heater. This could damage the power cable and may cause an electrical short resulting in fire, injury and property damage.

Note: The heater is most effective when outdoor temperatures are below 0°F (-18°C).
The heater acts as a starting aid by warming the engine coolant. This allows the climate control system to respond quickly. The equipment includes a heater element, installed in the engine block and a wire harness. You can connect the system to a grounded 120-volt AC electrical source.
We recommend that you do the following for a safe and correct operation:

  • Use a 16-gauge outdoor extension cord that is product-certified by the Underwriter’s Laboratory (UL) or Canadian Standards Association
    (CSA). This extension cord must be suitable for use outdoors, in cold temperatures, and be marked Suitable for Use with Outdoor Appliances. Do not use an indoor extension cord outdoors. This could result in an electric shock or become a fire hazard.
  • Use as short an extension cord as possible.
  • Do not use multiple extension cords.
  • Make sure that when in operation, the extension cord plug and heater cord plug connections are free and clear of water. This could cause an electric shock or fire.
  • If the block heater cord is under the hood, Do Not remove the wiring from its original location. Do Not close the hood on the extension wiring.
  • Make sure your vehicle is parked in a clean area, clear of combustibles.
  • Make sure the heater, heater cord and extension cord are firmly connected.
  • Check for heat anywhere in the electrical hookup once the system has been operating for approximately 30 minutes.
  • Make sure the system is unplugged and properly stowed before starting and driving your vehicle. Make sure the protective cover seals the prongs of the block heater cord plug when not in use.
  • Make sure the heater system is checked for proper operation before winter.

Using the Engine Block Heater
Make sure the receptacle terminals are clean and dry prior to use. Clean them with a dry cloth if necessary.

The heater uses 0.4 to 1.0 kilowatt-hours of energy per hour of use. The system does not have a thermostat. It achieves maximum temperature after approximately three hours of operation. Using the heater longer than three hours does not improve system performance and unnecessarily uses electricity.

FAQ

How many auxiliary power points does the 2023 Ford E-350 have?

The number of power points may vary based on trim and configurations, but most modern vehicles come with multiple points for convenience.

What is the maximum power output of the auxiliary power points?

Most power points in vehicles can handle devices that require up to 12 volts, but you should check the owner’s manual for specific limits.

Can I charge my smartphone or laptop using these power points?

Yes, auxiliary powerpoints are designed to charge devices like smartphones, laptops, and other electronic accessories.

What type of engine is equipped in the 2023 E-350?

The specific engine type would depend on the model and trim, but Ford E-350 models typically feature V6 or V8 engines, either gasoline or diesel.

What’s the average fuel efficiency of the 2023 E-350‘s engine?

Exact fuel efficiency would depend on the specific engine variant, driving conditions, and other factors.

Is there a protection mechanism to prevent overloading the auxiliary power points?

Modern vehicles, including the E-350, usually incorporate a fuse system to prevent overloading and potential electrical issues.

Can the auxiliary power points be used while the engine is off?

Some vehicles allow power points to operate in an accessory mode, even if the engine is off, but there’s often a time limit to prevent battery drain.

How do I maintain the efficiency and longevity of the E-350’s engine?

Regular maintenance, including oil changes, air filter replacements, and periodic inspections, are crucial for engine health.

Are there USB ports in addition to the standard auxiliary power points?

Modern Ford models often come equipped with USB ports alongside traditional power points for added convenience.

Does the 2023 E-350 have a turbocharged engine option?

Depending on the model and trim, turbocharged engine options might be available for those seeking enhanced performance.

How do I know if an auxiliary power point is functioning?

Using a device or a tester can help determine if a power point is operational. If a device doesn’t charge, first check the device and its cable before suspecting the power point.

What’s the maximum towing capacity of the 2023 E-350’s engine?

Towing capacity depends on the specific engine, configuration, and equipped options. It’s best to consult the owner’s manual or dealership for precise numbers.

Can the auxiliary power points be upgraded to deliver more power or additional features?

While it’s technically possible, any modifications should be done professionally to prevent electrical issues or voiding vehicle warranties.

How does the E-350’s engine compare to its competitors in terms of power and efficiency?

Ford engines are designed to be competitive in terms of power, reliability, and efficiency, but exact comparisons would depend on specific competitor models and engine options.

Categories
E-350 Ford

FORD E-350 2023 How to Use Information Displays

Ford logo

FORD E-350 2023 Information Displays

The Information Displays in the 2023 Ford E-350 are the best example of how modern technology and design for the user can work together. This modern van stays true to Ford’s history of coming up with first-of-its-kind ideas for cars. It has a variety of screens that have been carefully made to meet the information needs of today’s drivers. Every part is made to be clear and easy to use, whether it’s the crisply designed instrument cluster that mixes traditional metrics with digital details or the touchscreen infotainment system that makes it easy to connect your phone and get around. The E-350’s displays not only give drivers and passengers a real-time look at the vehicle’s vitals like fuel efficiency and tire pressure, but they also keep drivers and passengers connected, informed, and entertained on every trip. This shows Ford’s commitment to making the 2023 E-350 both functional and forward-thinking in its design.

2023 Ford Escape Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Information Displays

WARNING: Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash, and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.

Note: Trailer options are not available if your vehicle speed is greater than 3 mph (5 km/h).

Information Display ControlsFORD E-350 2023 Information Displays fig 1

  • Press the up and down arrow buttons to scroll through and highlight the options within a menu.
  • Press the right arrow button to enter a sub-menu.
  • Press the left arrow button to exit a menu.
  • Press the OK button to choose and confirm settings or messages.

FORD E-350 2023 Information Displays fig 2This icon shows the features on or off status. A check in the box indicates the feature is on, and unchecked indicates the feature is off.

Inch Display Menu
Note: Some options could appear slightly different or not at all if the items are optional.

Main Menu
Trip 1
Trip 2
Fuel Economy
Driver Assist
Settings

Trip 1 or 2
Displays the following of an individual journey.

  • Digital speed.
  • Distance.
  • Time.
  • Distance to empty.
  • Average fuel economy.

Note: Hold OK to reset fuel history and average fuel economy.

Fuel Economy
Displays the following:

Settings 

  • Instant fuel economy.
  • Average fuel economy.
  • Average speed.
  • Distance to empty.

Note: Hold OK to reset fuel history and average fuel economy.

Driver Assist
Displays the following:

  • Progressive range select.
  • Engine hours.
  • Maintenance monitor.
Settings
Vehicle Lighting Select Your Setting
Locks
FordPass
Windows
Wiper Controls
Displ. Settings Units Select Your Setting
Temperature
Language

8 Inch Display Menu
Note: Some options could appear slightly different or not at all if the items are optional.

Main Menu
MyView
Trip/Fuel
Vehicle Info
Settings

MyView

MyView
Trip 1
Fuel Economy
Configure MyView For more options, press the OK button.

Trip/Fuel

Trip/Fuel
Trip 1
Trip 2
Fuel Economy
Fuel History

Trip 1 or 2
Displays the following of an individual journey.

  • Trip timer.
  • Distance to empty.
  • Trip odometer.
  • Average fuel economy.

Note: Hold OK to reset fuel history and average fuel economy.

Fuel Economy
Displays your instantaneous fuel usage as a bar graph and average mpg.

Fuel History
Displays your fuel usage based on time. The graph is updated each minute with the fuel economy that you achieved during 30 minutes of driving.

Vehicle Info

Vehicle Info
Gauge View
Digital Speedometer
Engine Information
Maintenance Monitor
Transmission Temp
  • Engine Information – Shows engine hours, engine idle hours and engine oil temp, and oil life.

Settings

Settings
Driver Alert Turn On or Off
Pre-Collision Select Your Setting
Cruise Control Select Your Setting
Gauge Selection Select Your Setting
Advanced Settings Vehicle Lighting Select Your Setting
Locks
FordPass
Windows
Wiper Controls
Displ. Settings Units Select Your Setting
Temperature
Tire Pressure
Language

2023 Ford Escape Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

INFORMATION MESSAGES

Note: Not all messages will display or be available depending on vehicle options equipped with your vehicle. Certain messages may be abbreviated or shortened depending upon which cluster type you have.

Battery and Charging System

Message Action
Check Charging System The charging system needs servicing. If the warning stays on or continues to come on, contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Low Battery Features Temporarily Turned Off The battery management system detects an extended low-voltage condition. Your vehicle will disable various features to help preserve the battery. Turn off as many of the electrical loads as soon as possible to improve system voltage. If the system voltage has recovered, the disabled features will operate again as normal.
Turn Power Off To Save Battery The battery management system determines that the battery is at a low state of charge. Turn your ignition off as soon as possible to protect the battery. This message will clear once you restart your vehicle and the battery state of charge has recovered. Turning off unnecessary electrical loads will allow faster battery state-of-charge recovery.

Doors and Locks

Message Action
Driver Door Ajar The driver door is not completely closed.
Passenger Door Ajar The passenger door is not completely closed.

Driver Alert

Message Action
Driver Alert Warning Rest Now Stop and rest as soon as it is safe to do so.
Driver Alert Warning Rest Suggested Take a rest soon.

Engine

Message Action
Power Reduced to Lower Engine Temp The engine has reduced power to help reduce high engine temperature.

Fuel

Message Action
Fuel Level Low An early reminder of a low fuel condition.
Check Fuel Fill Inlet The fuel fill inlet may not be properly closed.

Lane Departure Warning System

Message Action
Front Camera Temporarily Not Available The system detects a condition that causes the system to be temporarily unavailable.
Front Camera Low Visibility Clean Screen The system detects a condition that requires you to clean the windshield in order for it to operate properly.
Front Camera Malfunction Service Required Have the system checked as soon as possible.
Keep Hands on Steering Wheel The system requests you to keep your hands on the steering wheel.

Maintenance

Message Action
Low Engine Oil Pressure Stop your vehicle as soon as safely possible and turn off the engine. Check the oil level. If the warning stays on or continues to come on with your engine running, contact an authorized dealer as soon as possible.
Change Engine Oil Soon The engine oil life remaining is 10% or less.
Oil Change Required The oil life left is at 0%.
Message Action
Brake Fluid Level Low The brake fluid level is low, inspect the brake system immediately. 
Check Brake System The brake system needs servicing. Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Contact an authorized dealer.
Transport / Factory Mode Contact Dealer Your vehicle is still in Transport or Factory mode. This may not allow some features to operate properly. See an authorized dealer.
See Manual The powertrain needs service due to a powertrain malfunction.

Pre-Collision Assist

Message Action
Pre-Collision Assist Not Available Sensor Blocked You have a blocked sensor due to bad weather, ice, mud or water in front of the radar sensor. You can typically clean the sensor to resolve.
Pre-Collision Assist Not Available There is a condition preventing the system from being available. Have the system checked as soon as possible.

Power Steering

Message Action
Steering Fault Service Now The power steering system detects a condition that requires service. See an authorized dealer.
Steering Loss Stop Safely The power steering system is not working. Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Contact an authorized dealer.
Steering Assist Fault Service Required The power steering system detects a condition within the power steering system or passive entry or passive start system requires service. Contact an authorized dealer.
Steering Lock Malfunc- tion Service Now The steering lock system detects a condition that requires service. See an authorized dealer.

Traction Control

Message Action
Traction Control Off The status of the traction control system after you switched it off. 
Traction Control On The status of the traction control system after you switched it on. 

Transmission

Message Action
Shift to Park You switched the engine off and the shift select lever is in any position other than park (P).
Press Brake Pedal Displays when the brake pedal needs to be pressed.
Transmission Over Temperature Stop Safely The transmission is overheating and needs to cool. Stop in a safe place as soon as it is possible.
Transmission Service Required See an authorized dealer.
Transmission Too Hot Press Brake The transmission is overheating and needs to cool. Stop in a safe place as soon as it is possible.
Transmission Limited Function See Manual The transmission has limited functionality. See an authorized dealer.
Transmission Not in Park A reminder to shift into park. In addition, this message is typical after reconnecting or recharging the battery until you cycle the ignition to the on mode. 
Transmission Fault Service Now Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.
Transmission Adjusted Displays when the transmission has adjusted the shift strategy.
Transmission Adapt- Mode Displays when the transmission is adjusting the shift strategy.
Transmission Warming Up Please Wait The transmission is too cold. Wait for it to warm up before you drive.
Message Action
Transmission Indicator- Mode Lockup On Displays when the transmission shift lever is locked and unable to select gears.
Transmission Indicator- Mode Lockup Off Displays when the transmission shift lever is unlocked and free to select gears.
Transmission Overheating Stop Safely The transmission is overheating and needs to cool. Stop in a safe place as soon as it is possible.

FAQ

What types of information are displayed on the E-350’s main instrument cluster?

The main instrument cluster typically displays speed, fuel level, engine temperature, RPM, and other essential vehicle data.

Does the 2023 E-350 come with a digital or analog display?

The specific display type may vary by trim, but many modern vehicles offer digital displays or a combination of both digital and analog.

Is there a touchscreen display in the 2023 Ford E-350?

Most modern Ford vehicles are equipped with touchscreen displays, especially in higher trims, offering features like navigation, multimedia control, and more.

How can I customize the information displayed on the instrument cluster?

Many modern vehicles allow customization via buttons on the steering wheel or through the infotainment system settings.

Does the E-350’s display show real-time fuel efficiency?

Most contemporary vehicles, including the E-350, provide real-time fuel efficiency readings as part of the display features.

Is there a way to display tire pressure for each individual tire?

If the vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS), individual tire pressures are often displayed.

Can the infotainment display be integrated with smartphones?

Modern Ford vehicles often support smartphone integration like Android Auto and Apple CarPlay, allowing phone features to be displayed and controlled via the vehicle’s screen.

Are there voice commands for the information display system?

Voice command functionality is typically available, especially in higher trims or models with advanced infotainment systems.

How do I update the software for the information displays?

Updates may be provided by the dealership, over-the-air (if supported), or through USB methods, depending on the vehicle’s capabilities.

Can the brightness of the display be adjusted?

Yes, there’s usually an option to adjust the brightness of the display, either through physical dials or the settings menu.

Does the display show maintenance or service reminders?

Most modern vehicles, including the E-350, offer maintenance reminders based on mileage or vehicle diagnostics.

Can the E-350’s display show turn-by-turn navigation directions?

If equipped with an integrated navigation system, turn-by-turn directions will be displayed on the screen.

How do I reset trip information on the display?

Trip information can typically be reset using designated buttons on the instrument cluster or through the infotainment system settings.

Does the E-350’s display offer multi-language support?

Modern vehicles often provide multi-language options for their displays, allowing users to choose their preferred language.

What should I do if the information display malfunctions or displays incorrect information?

In case of malfunctions, it’s best to consult the vehicle’s owner manual or seek assistance from a Ford dealership.

Useful Link

FORD E-350 2023 User Guide

https://www.ford.com/support/owner-manuals/owner-manuals-sitemap/

2023 Ford Escape Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Categories
E-350 Ford

2023 FORD E-350 Automatic High Beam Control System And Instrument Cluster

Ford logo

FORD E-350 2023 Automatic High Beam Control System 

With its state-of-the-art Automatic High Beam Control System and carefully made instrument panel, the 2023 Ford E-350 combines innovation and practicality in a stylish way. The Automatic High Beam Control is a great example of how much Ford cares about safety. It uses advanced sensors and cameras to measure the amount of light around the car and the amount of traffic coming toward it. It then automatically switches between high and low beams to make sure the road ahead is well lit without blinding other drivers. Along with this smart feature, the E-350’s instrument cluster is a hub for real-time car information. It shows important information in a clear, organized way. Together, these features not only make drivers safer and more aware of their surroundings, but they also show how committed Ford is to improving the driving experience in the 2023 E-350 through technological advances.

2023 Ford Puma Specs, Price, Features and Mileage (Brochure)

Automatic High Beam Control

WHAT IS AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM CONTROL

The system turns on high beams if it is dark enough and no other traffic is present. If it detects an approaching vehicle’s headlamps or tail lamps, or street lighting ahead, the system turns the high beams off. Low beams remain on.
A camera sensor, centrally mounted behind the windshield of your vehicle, continuously monitors conditions to turn the high beams on and off.

SWITCHING AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM CONTROL ON AND OFF

Switch the system on or off using the information display.

Activating the Automatic High Beam Control
FORD E-350 2023 Automatic High Beam Control fig 1Switch the lighting control to the auto lamp’s position to activate.

Note: Automatic high beams are not available when you do not turn on auto lamps.
When active, the high beams turn on if all of the following occur:

  • The ambient light level is low enough.
  • There is no traffic in front of your vehicle.
  • The vehicle speed is greater than approximately 32 mph (52 km/h).

When active, the high beams turn off if any of the following occur:

  • The ambient light level is high enough that it does not require high beams.
  • The system detects an approaching vehicle’s headlamps or tail lamps.
  • The system detects severe rain, snow or fog.
  • The camera is blocked.
  • The vehicle speed falls below approximately 27 mph (44 km/h).

Note: The deactivation speed is lower on curves.
Note: There could be a delay in high beam reactivation in certain curvy road situations.
Note: If you have a blocked sensor, the system may not operate properly. Keep the windshield free from obstruction or damage.
Note: The system may not operate properly in cold or inclement conditions. You can switch on the high beams by overriding the system.
Note: If the system detects a blockage, for example, bird droppings, bug splatter, snow or ice, the system goes into low beam mode until you clear the blockage. If you have a blocked camera, a message may appear in the information display.
Note: Using much larger tires or equipping vehicle accessories such as snowplows can modify your vehicle’s ride height and degrade automatic high beam control performance.

AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM CONTROL INDICATORS

FORD E-350 2023 Automatic High Beam Control fig 2The indicator illuminates to confirm when the system is ready to assist.

OVERRIDING AUTOMATIC HIGH BEAM CONTROL

WARNING: The system does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention. You may need to override the system if it does not turn the high beams on or off.
WARNING: You may need to override the system when approaching other road users.
WARNING: You may need to override the system during inclement weather. FORD E-350 2023 Automatic High Beam Control fig 3

Push the lever away from you to switch between the high beam and the low beam.

Windows and Mirrors

POWER WINDOWS

(IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING: Do not leave children unattended in your vehicle and do not let them play with the power windows. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury.
WARNING: When closing the power windows, verify they are free of obstruction and make sure that children and pets are not in proximity of the window openings. FORD E-350 2023 Automatic High Beam Control fig 4

Note: You may hear a pulsing noise when just one of the windows is open. Lower the opposite window slightly to reduce this noise.
Press the switch to open the window. Lift the switch to close the window.

One-Touch Down
Press the switch fully and release it. Press again or lift it to stop the window.

Accessory Delay
You can use the window switches for several minutes when you switch the ignition off or until you open either front door.

EXTERIOR MIRRORS

(IF EQUIPPED)

Power Exterior Mirrors (If Equipped)
WARNING: Do not adjust the mirrors when your vehicle is moving.FORD E-350 2023 Automatic High Beam Control fig 5

  • A Left mirror.
  • B Off.
  • C Right mirror.

To adjust your mirrors:

  1. Select the mirror you want to adjust.
  2. Move the control in the direction you want to tilt the mirror.
  3. Return the control to the center position to lock the mirrors in place.

Fold-Away Exterior Mirrors
Push the mirror toward the door window glass. Make sure that you fully engage the mirror in its support when returning it to its original position.

Telescoping Mirrors (If Equipped)FORD E-350 2023 Automatic High Beam Control fig 6

This feature lets you extend the mirror about 3 in (75 mm). It is useful when towing a trailer. You can manually pull out or push in the mirrors to the desired position.

INTERIOR MIRROR

(IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING: Do not adjust the mirrors when your vehicle is moving. This could result in the loss of control of your vehicle, serious personal injury or death.
Note: Do not clean the mirror housing or glass with harsh abrasives, fuel or other petroleum-based cleaning products.
You can adjust the interior mirror to your preference. Some mirrors also have a second pivot point. This lets you move the mirror head up or down and from side to side.

Manual Dimming Mirror
Pull the tab below the mirror toward you to reduce the effect of bright light from behind.

Automatic Dimming Mirror (If Equipped)
Note: Do not block the sensors on the front and back of the mirror. A rear center passenger or raised rear center head restraint may also block light from reaching the sensor.
The mirror dims to reduce the effect of bright light from behind. It returns to normal when the bright light from behind is no longer present or if you shift into reverse (R).

SUN VISORS

(IF EQUIPPED)
Illuminated Vanity Mirror (If Equipped)FORD E-350 2023 Automatic High Beam Control fig 7

Lift the cover to switch the lamp on.

Instrument Cluster

GAUGES

2.3 Inch Display FORD E-350 2023 Automatic High Beam Control fig 8

  • A Engine oil pressure gauge.
  • B Engine coolant temperature gauge.
  • C Fuel gauge.
  • D Transmission fluid temperature gauge.
  • E Speedometer.
  • F Information display
  • G Tachometer.

8 Inch DisplayFORD E-350 2023 Automatic High Beam Control fig 9

  • A Engine oil pressure gauge.
  • B Engine coolant temperature gauge.
  • C Fuel gauge.
  • D Transmission fluid temperature gauge.
  • E Speedometer.
  • F Information display.
  • G Tachometer.

Engine Oil Pressure Gauge
Indicates engine oil pressure. At normal operating temperature, the level indicator is in the normal range. If the pressure gauge falls below the normal range, stop your vehicle, switch off the engine and check the engine oil level. Add oil if needed. If the oil level is correct, have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer.

Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge

WARNING: Do not remove the coolant reservoir cap when the engine is on or the cooling system is hot. Wait 10 minutes for the cooling system to cool down. Cover the coolant reservoir cap with a thick cloth to prevent the possibility of scalding and slowly remove the cap. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury.

Indicates engine coolant temperature. At normal operating temperature, the level indicator is in the normal range. If the engine coolant temperature exceeds the normal range, stop your vehicle as soon as possible, switch off the engine and let the engine cool.

Fuel Gauge
The fuel gauge indicates about how much fuel is in the fuel tank.
The arrow adjacent to the fuel pump symbol indicates on which side of your vehicle the fuel filler door is located.
Note: The fuel gauge may vary slightly when your vehicle is moving or on a slope.

Low Fuel Reminder
A low fuel level reminder displays and sounds when the distance to empty reaches 50 mi (80 km), 25 mi (40 km), 10 mi (20 km) and 0 mi (0 km) for all vehicle keys.
Note: The low fuel reminder can appear at different fuel gauge positions depending on fuel economy conditions. This variation is normal.

Distance to Empty
Indicates the approximate distance your vehicle can travel on the fuel remaining in the tank. Changes in the driving patterns can cause the value to not only decrease but also increase or stay constant for periods of time.

Transmission Fluid Temperature Gauge
Indicates transmission fluid temperature. At normal operating temperature, the level indicator is in the normal range. If the transmission fluid temperature exceeds the normal range, stop your vehicle as soon as possible and verify the airflow is not restricted by snow or debris blocking airflow through the grille.
Special operating conditions such as snowplowing, towing, or off-road use may cause higher than normal operating temperatures. 

To lower the transmission temperature into the normal range, alter the severity of your driving conditions. Operating the transmission for extended periods with the gauge in a higher than normal area may cause internal transmission damage. If the gauge continues to show high temperatures, see an authorized dealer.

2023 Ford Puma Specs, Price, Features and Mileage (Brochure)

WARNING LAMPS AND INDICATORS

The following warning lamps and indicators alert you to a vehicle condition that may become serious. Some lamps illuminate when you start your vehicle to make sure they work. If any lamps remain on after starting your vehicle, refer to the respective system warning lamp for further information.
Note: Some warning indicators appear in the information display and operate the same as a warning lamp but do not illuminate when you start your vehicle.

Airbag Warning Lamp
FORD E-350 2023 Automatic High Beam Control fig 10If it does not illuminate when you switch the ignition on, continues to flash or remains on when the engine is running, this indicates a malfunction. Has your vehicle checked as soon as possible

Anti-Lock Brake System Warning Lamp
FORD E-350 2023 Automatic High Beam Control fig 11If it illuminates when you are driving, this indicates a malfunction. Your vehicle continues to have normal braking without the anti-lock brake system function. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible

Battery
If it illuminates while driving, it indicates a malfunction. Switch off all unnecessary electrical equipment and have an authorized dealer check the system immediately.

Brake System Warning Lamp

WARNING: Driving your vehicle with the warning lamp on is dangerous. A significant decrease in braking performance may occur. It may take you longer to stop your vehicle. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible Driving extended distances with the parking brake engaged can cause brake failure and the risk of personal injury.

Note: Indicators vary depending on the region.
This lamp is a dual-function lamp and will illuminate when:

  • You apply the parking brake with the ignition on.
  • Your vehicle has a brake fault or low brake fluid level, regardless of the parking brake position.

FORD E-350 2023 Automatic High Beam Control fig 13If the lamp illuminates while you are moving, you may have the parking brake applied. Be sure that the parking brake is off. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible if the lamp continues to illuminate

Cruise Control Indicator (If Equipped)
It illuminates when you switch the system on. E71340

Direction Indicator
FORD E-350 2023 Automatic High Beam Control fig 15Illuminates when you switch on the left or right direction indicator or the hazard warning flasher. If the indicators stay on or flash faster, check for a burned-out bulb.

Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Lamp
FORD E-350 2023 Automatic High Beam Control fig 16If it illuminates when your vehicle is moving, this indicates that the engine is overheating. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so and switch the engine off. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Engine Oil
FORD E-350 2023 Automatic High Beam Control fig 17
It illuminates when you switch the ignition on. If it illuminates when the engine is running this indicates a malfunction. Stop your vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so and switch the engine off. Check the engine oil level. If the oil level is sufficient, this indicates a system malfunction. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Fasten Seatbelt Warning Lamp
FORD E-350 2023 Automatic High Beam Control fig 18It illuminates and a tone sounds until you fasten the seatbelts.

Headlamp High Beam Indicator
FORD E-350 2023 Automatic High Beam Control fig 19It illuminates when you switch the headlamp high beam on.

Low Fuel Level Warning Lamp
FORD E-350 2023 Automatic High Beam Control fig 20If it illuminates when you are driving, refuel as soon as possible.

Low Tire Pressure Warning Lamp
(If Equipped)
FORD E-350 2023 Automatic High Beam Control fig 21It illuminates if the tire pressure in one or more tires is below the correct tire pressure.

It also illuminates momentarily when you switch the ignition on to confirm the lamp is functional. If it does not illuminate when you switch the ignition on, or begins to flash at any time, have the system checked by your authorized dealer.

Powertrain
Malfunction/Electronic Throttle Control
FORD E-350 2023 Automatic High Beam Control fig 22Illuminates when the system detects a powertrain fault, have an authorized dealer check the system as soon as possible.

Service Engine Soon
FORD E-350 2023 Automatic High Beam Control fig 23If it illuminates when the engine is running this indicates a malfunction. The onboard diagnostics system has detected a malfunction of the vehicle emission control system.
If it flashes, an engine misfire may be occurring. Increased exhaust gas temperatures could damage the catalytic converter or other vehicle components. Avoid heavy acceleration and deceleration and have your vehicle serviced immediately.
It illuminates when you switch the ignition on prior to engine start to check the bulb and to indicate whether your vehicle is ready for Inspection and Maintenance
(I/M) testing.
Normally, it illuminates until the engine is cranked and automatically turns off if no malfunctions are present. However, if after 15 seconds it flashes eight times, this indicates that your vehicle is not ready for Inspection and Maintenance (I/M) testing. 

Traction Control Indicator
FORD E-350 2023 Automatic High Beam Control fig 24
It flashes during a traction control event. If it does not illuminate when you switch the ignition on, or remains on when the engine is running, this indicates a malfunction. Have your vehicle checked as soon as possible.

Traction Control System Off
FORD E-350 2023 Automatic High Beam Control fig 25It will illuminate when the driver disables traction control.

Tow Haul Indicator
FORD E-350 2023 Automatic High Beam Control fig 26Illuminates when the driver activates the tow/haul feature.
If the light flashes steadily, have an authorized dealer check the system immediately, and damage to the transmission could occur.

AUDIBLE WARNINGS AND INDICATORS

Headlamps On Warning Chime
Sounds when you remove the key from the ignition and open the driver’s door and you have left the headlamps or parking lamps on.

Key in Ignition Warning Chime
Sounds like you open the driver’s door and you have left the key in the ignition.

Parking Brake On Warning Chime
Sounds like you have left the parking brake on and drive your vehicle. If the warning chime remains on after you have released the parking brake, have the system checked by your authorized dealer immediately.

FAQ

What is the Automatic High Beam Control feature in the 2023 Ford E-350?

The Automatic High Beam Control is a feature that automatically toggles between high and low beam headlights based on the presence of other vehicles and ambient light conditions.

How does the Automatic High Beam system work?

The system uses sensors and cameras to detect oncoming vehicles and the brightness of the surroundings, adjusting the headlights accordingly.

Can I manually override the Automatic High Beam Control?

Yes, drivers can usually manually control the high beams using the standard stalk controls or dashboard settings.

Is there a warning light or indicator for the Automatic High Beam system?

Most vehicles with this feature have an indicator on the dashboard that illuminates when the system is active.

Does the E-350’s Automatic High Beam Control function in all weather conditions?

While the system is designed to function in various conditions, its efficiency can be reduced in heavy fog, rain, or snow due to sensor obstructions.

How do I activate or deactivate the Automatic High Beam system?

Activation is typically through a button on the dashboard, or via the infotainment system’s settings menu.

Is the Automatic High Beam Control standard on all E-350 trims?

The availability may vary by trim and package. It might be standard on higher trims or available as an option.

Can the system’s sensitivity be adjusted?

Some vehicles allow for sensitivity adjustments, but you’d need to consult the owner’s manual for specifics.

What should I do if my Automatic High Beam isn’t working properly?

Ensure the sensors and cameras are clean and unobstructed. If issues persist, consult the dealership or a qualified technician.

Does using Automatic High Beam Control impact the vehicle’s battery life?

While the system uses sensors and cameras, its impact on the battery life is minimal and not typically a concern.

Are there legal restrictions on using Automatic High Beam systems?

Regulations vary by region. It’s advisable to check local laws, but the system is designed to prevent blinding other drivers.

How does the system detect oncoming vehicles?

It primarily uses a forward-facing camera to identify the headlights and tail lights of other vehicles.

Will the Automatic High Beam Control activate in urban settings with street lights?

The system is designed to recognize ambient lighting conditions and might not activate the high beams in well-lit urban settings.

What do I do if the system frequently toggles between high and low beams?

Frequent toggling might be due to varying light conditions or sensor sensitivity. If it’s disruptive, consider manually controlling the beams or consulting the dealership.

Can the system be updated or upgraded in the future?

Some modern vehicle systems can receive software updates. It’s best to ask the dealership about potential upgrades or updates for the Automatic High Beam Control.

Useful Link

FORD E-350 2023 User Guide
https://www.ford.com/support/owner-manuals/owner-manuals-sitemap/

2023 Ford Puma Specs, Price, Features and Mileage (Brochure)

Categories
E-350 Ford

2023 FORD E-350 Steering Wheel, Wipers And Washers Instructions

Ford logo

FORD E-350 2023 Steering Wheel And Lighting System

The 2023 Ford E-350 shows off Ford’s careful workmanship with a steering wheel that is more than just a way to steer. It is also a hub for controls and functions that are tailored to the driver. It puts ease and control first by combining ergonomic design with materials that can be felt. The E-350 has a complex wiper and washer system that makes it easy to see in any weather. These wipers were made with precision mechanics and fluid dynamics in mind. They move smoothly to clear the windshield of rain, sleet, or snow, and the washers spray cleaning fluid in a way that doesn’t get in the way of your view of the road ahead. Together, the steering wheel, wipers, and cleaners in the 2023 E-350 show that Ford is committed to making driving easy and safe, making sure that every trip, no matter how long or short, is fun and safe.

2023 Ford Focus Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Steering Wheel

ADJUSTING THE STEERING WHEEL

WARNING: Do not adjust the steering wheel when your vehicle is moving.
Note: Make sure that you are sitting in the correct position. FORD E-350 2023 Steering Wheel fig 1

 

  1. Unlock the steering column.
  2.  Adjust the steering wheel to the position you prefer.
  3. Lock the steering column.

CRUISE CONTROL – VEHICLES WITH: ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROLFORD E-350 2023 Steering Wheel fig 2

CRUISE CONTROL – VEHICLES WITH: CRUISE CONTROLFORD E-350 2023 Steering Wheel fig 3

INFORMATION DISPLAY CONTROLFORD E-350 2023 Steering Wheel fig 4

HORNFORD E-350 2023 Steering Wheel fig 5

Wipers and Washers

WINDSHIELD WIPERS

Note: Fully defrost the windshield before you switch the windshield wipers on.
Note: Make sure you switch the windshield wipers off before entering a car wash.
Note: If streaks or smears appear on the windshield, clean the windshield and the wiper blades. If that does not resolve the issue, install new wiper blades.
Note: Do not operate the wipers on a dry windshield. This may scratch the glass, damage the wiper blades or cause the wiper motor to burn out. Always use the windshield washers before wiping a dry windshield.FORD E-350 2023 Steering Wheel fig 6

  • Rotate away from you for a long wipe interval.
  • Rotate toward you for a short wipe interval.

Speed Dependent Wipers
When your vehicle speed increases, the interval between wipes decreases.

2023 Ford Focus Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

WINDSHIELD WASHERS

FORD E-350 2023 Steering Wheel fig 7

  • A brief press causes a single wipe without washer fluid.
  • A brief press and hold cause the wipers to swipe three times with washer fluid.
  • A long press and hold turns on the wipers and washer fluid for up to 10 seconds.

A wipe occurs a few seconds after washing to clear any remaining washer fluid. You can switch this feature on or off in the information display.
Note: Do not operate the washers when the washer reservoir is empty. This could cause the washer pump to overheat.

Lighting

GENERAL INFORMATION

Condensation in the Exterior Front Lamps and Rear Lamps
Exterior front lamps and rear lamps have vents to accommodate normal changes in air pressure.
Condensation can be a natural by-product of this design. When moist air enters the lamp assembly through the vents, there is a possibility that condensation can occur when the temperature is cold. When normal condensation occurs, a fine mist can form on the interior of the lens. The fine mist eventually clears and exits through the vents during normal operation.
Clearing time may take as long as 48 hours under dry weather conditions.
Examples of acceptable condensation are:

  • The presence of a fine mist (no streaks, drip marks or large droplets).
  • A fine mist covers less than 50% of the lens.
    Examples of unacceptable condensation are:
  • A water puddle inside the lamp.
  • Streaks, drip marks or large droplets are present on the interior of the lens.
    If you see any unacceptable condensation, have your vehicle checked by an authorized dealer.

LIGHTING CONTROL

FORD E-350 2023 Steering Wheel fig 8

  • A Lamps off.
  • B Parking lamps, instrument panel lamps, license plate lamps, and rear lamps.
  • C Headlamps.

Headlamp High BeamFORD E-350 2023 Steering Wheel fig 9

FORD E-350 2023 Steering Wheel fig 10Push the lever away from you to switch the high beam on.

Push the lever forward again or pull the lever toward you to switch the high beams off.

Flashing the Headlamp High BeamFORD E-350 2023 Steering Wheel fig 11

Slightly pull the lever toward you and
release it to flash the headlamps.

AUTO LAMPS

WARNING: The system does not relieve you of your responsibility to drive with due care and attention. You may need to override the system if it does not turn the headlamps on in low visibility conditions, for example, daytime fog.

Autolamps turn the headlamps on in low light situations or when the wipers operate.
FORD E-350 2023 Steering Wheel fig 12Switch the lighting control to the auto lamp’s position.

The headlamps remain on for a period of time after you switch the ignition off. Use the information display controls to adjust the period of time that the headlamps remain on.
Note: If you switch the auto lamps on, you cannot switch the high beams on until the system turns the low beams on.

Windshield Wiper Activated Headlamps
When you switch the auto lamps on, the headlamps turn on within 10 seconds of switching the wipers on. They turn off approximately 60 seconds after you switch the windshield wipers off.
The headlamps do not turn on with the wipers:

  • During a single wipe.
  • When using the windshield washers.
  • If the wipers are in intermittent mode.

Note: If you switch the auto lamps and the auto wipers on, the headlamps turn on when the windshield wipers continuously operate.

INSTRUMENT LIGHTING DIMMER

The instrument lighting dimmer buttons are on the lighting control.
FORD E-350 2023 Steering Wheel fig 13Repeatedly press one of the buttons to adjust the brightness.

DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS

(IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING: The daytime running lamps system does not activate the rear lamps and may not provide adequate lighting during low visibility driving conditions. Make sure you switch the headlamps on, as appropriate, during all low visibility conditions. Failure to do so may result in a crash.

The system turns the lamps on in daylight conditions.
To switch the system on, switch the lighting control to any position except the headlamps.

DIRECTION INDICATORS

FORD E-350 2023 Steering Wheel fig 14

FORD E-350 2023 Steering Wheel fig 15Push the lever up or down to use the direction indicators.
Note: Tap the lever up or down to make the direction indicators flash three times.

FAQ

Does the 2023 Ford E-350 come with a heated steering wheel option?

Some higher trims or packages may offer a heated steering wheel, but you should check the specific features of your model or with the dealership.

Can the steering wheel’s position be adjusted?

Most modern vehicles, including the E-350, have tilt and telescopic adjustment options for the steering wheel to cater to the driver’s comfort.

What are the buttons on the steering wheel used for?

These buttons typically control multimedia, cruise control settings, voice commands, and the driver information display.

How often should wiper blades be replaced on the E-350?

It’s recommended to replace wiper blades every 6 to 12 months, but this can vary based on usage and environmental conditions.

Is there a rain-sensing wiper feature on the 2023 E-350?

Some advanced trims might come with rain-sensing wipers, which automatically activate based on the level of rainfall detected.

How can I adjust the wiper speed?

The wiper control stalk, usually located on the right or left side of the steering column, allows drivers to adjust wiper speed and settings.

Does the E-350 have rear window wipers?

Depending on the body style and options chosen, some E-350 models might come with a rear window wiper.

What type of washer fluid is recommended?

Most commercial washer fluids will work, but it’s advisable to use a washer fluid with antifreeze properties in colder climates.

How do I know when the washer fluid is low?

Most vehicles, including the E-350, have a warning light on the dashboard indicating when washer fluid levels are low.

Is the 2023 E-350 steering wheel leather-wrapped?

Higher trims or specific packages may offer a leather-wrapped steering wheel, enhancing the driving experience with a premium touch.

How do I activate the washer jets?

Typically, pressing or pulling the wiper control stalk will activate the washer jets.

Is there a specific way to clean the steering wheel without damaging it?

It’s best to use a soft cloth with a gentle cleaner, especially for leather-wrapped wheels. Avoid abrasive materials and harsh chemicals.

Can the steering wheel controls be customized?

Some modern vehicles allow for limited customization of steering wheel buttons, but this varies by model and trim.

What do I do if my wipers are leaving streaks or not cleaning properly?

Streaks often suggest worn-out wiper blades. Consider replacing them for optimal performance.

Does the 2023 E-350 feature a windshield washer heater?

Some vehicles come with heated washer systems to prevent fluid freezing in colder conditions. You’d need to check the specific features of the model or ask the dealership.

Useful Link

View Full PDF: FORD E-350 2023 User Guide

port/owner-manuals/owner-manuals-sitemap/

2023 Ford Focus Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Categories
E-350 Ford

2023 FORD E-350 Keys and Remote Controls | Use Security system

Ford logo

FORD E-350 2023 Keys and Security System

The 2023 Ford E-350 is an improvement on Ford’s long-standing commitment to reliability and usability. It comes with a modern set of keys and remote controls that are made to meet the needs of modern users. These important tools do more than just lock and open doors as is usually the case. With features like remote starting, keyless entry, and even mobile app integration, these devices show how technology can make vehicle access more convenient and safe. Whether it’s the way the key fobs are made or how the push-button start systems work, Ford makes sure that the E-350 is easy to get into and handle, while still keeping the high-security standards that the brand is known for. The very design of these keys and remote buttons shows how Ford is trying to make its fleet of cars in 2023 as easy to use as possible while also using the latest technology.

Keys and Remote Controls

GENERAL INFORMATION ON RADIO FREQUENCIES

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with Licence-exempt RSS Standards of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

  • This device may not cause harmful interference.
  • This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

WARNING: Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. The term “IC:” before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada’s technical specifications were met.

The typical operating range for your transmitter is approximately 33 ft (10 m). Vehicles with the remote start feature will have a greater range. One of the following could cause a decrease in the operating range:

  • Weather conditions.
  • Nearby radio towers.
  • Structures around the vehicle.
  • Other vehicles parked next to your vehicle.

Other short-distance radio transmissions, for example, amateur radios, medical equipment, wireless headphones, remote controls and alarm systems can also use the radio frequency used by your remote control. If the frequencies are jammed, you will not be able to use your remote control. You can lock and unlock the doors with the key.
Note: Make sure to lock your vehicle before leaving it unattended.
Note: If you are in range, the remote control will operate if you press any button unintentionally.
Note: The remote control contains sensitive electrical components. Exposure to moisture or impact may cause permanent damage.

REMOTE CONTROL

(IF EQUIPPED)FORD E-350 2023 Keys and Remote Controls fig 1

Note: If there are problems with the remote entry system, make sure to take all remote entry transmitters with you to an authorized dealer in order to aid in troubleshooting the problem.
Note: If your vehicle is fitted with the
E-Guard Cargo Protection System™, the remote transmitter unlock command only unlocks the front doors. The side or rear cargo doors can only be unlocked from outside your vehicle using the key.

Changing the Remote Control Battery

WARNING: Keep batteries away from children to prevent ingestion. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death. If ingested, immediately seek medical attention.
WARNING: If the battery compartment does not securely close, stop using the remote control and replace it as soon as possible. In the meantime, keep the remote control away from children. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

The remote control uses one coin-type three-volt lithium battery CR2032 or equivalent.
FORD E-350 2023 Keys and Remote Controls fig 8Make sure that you dispose of old batteries in an environmentally friendly way. Seek advice from your local authority about recycling old batteries.

FORD E-350 2023 Keys and Remote Controls fig 2

  1. Twist a thin coin in the slot of the transmitter near the key ring to remove the battery cover.
    Note: Do not remove the rubber cover and circuit board from the front housing of the remote entry transmitter.
    Note: Do not wipe off any grease on the battery terminals or on the back surface of the circuit board.
  2. Remove the old battery.
  3. Insert the new battery. Refer to the symbols inside the transmitter for the correct orientation of the battery. Press the battery down to make sure it is fully engaged in the housing.
  4. Reinstall the battery housing cover onto the transmitter.

Note: Replacing the battery does not erase the programmed key from your vehicle. The transmitter should operate normally.

Car Finder
FORD E-350 2023 Keys and Remote Controls fig 4Press the button twice within three seconds. The horn sounds and the direction indicators flash. We recommend you use this method to locate your vehicle, rather than using the panic alarm.

Sounding the Panic Alarm
FORD E-350 2023 Keys and Remote Controls fig 5Press the button to sound the panic alarm. Press the button again or switch the ignition on to turn it off.

Note: The panic alarm operates regardless of the ignition position.

REPLACING A LOST KEY OR REMOTE CONTROL

Replacement keys or remote controls can be purchased from an authorized dealer. Authorized dealers can program remote controls for your vehicle.

Doors and Locks

LOCKING AND UNLOCKING
You can use the power door lock control or the remote control to lock and unlock your vehicle.
Note: Do not use the door latch assembly to attach any accessory, such as handles or steps, as this can cause damage to your vehicle.

Power Door Locks (If Equipped)
The power door lock control is on the driver and front passenger door panels.FORD E-350 2023 Keys and Remote Controls fig 6

  • A Lock.
  • B Unlock.

Remote Control (If Equipped)
You can use the remote control at any time when the ignition is off.

Unlocking the Doors (Two-Stage Unlock)
FORD E-350 2023 Keys and Remote Controls fig 7Press the button to unlock the driver’s door.

Press the button again within three seconds to unlock all doors. The direction indicators will flash.
Note: The driver door can be unlocked with the key if the remote control is not functioning.
Note: When you leave your vehicle unattended for several weeks, the remote control turns off. Your vehicle must be unlocked and started. Unlocking and starting your vehicle once enables the remote control.

Reprogramming the Unlocking Function
Note: When you press the unlock button, either all the doors are unlocked or only the driver door is unlocked. Pressing the unlock button again unlocks all the doors.
You can reprogram the unlocking function so that only the driver door is unlocked.
Press and hold the unlock and lock buttons on the remote control simultaneously for at least four seconds with the ignition off. The direction indicators flash twice to confirm the change.
To return to the original unlocking function, repeat the process.

Locking the Doors
FORD E-350 2023 Keys and Remote Controls fig 4Press the button to lock all doors. The direction indicators will flash.

Press the button again within three seconds to confirm that all the doors are closed. The doors lock again, the horn sounds and the direction indicators flash if all the doors are closed.
Note: If any door is open, the horn sounds twice and the direction indicators do not flash.

Autolock
The auto-lock feature locks all the doors when:

  • All doors are closed.
  • The ignition is on.
  • You shift into any gear putting your vehicle in motion.
  • The ignition is on, all the doors are closed and your vehicle has been in motion at a speed greater than 12 mph (20 km/h).

Auto Unlock
The auto-unlock feature unlocks all the doors when:

  • Your vehicle comes to a stop and you switch the ignition off or to the accessory.
  • You open the driver’s door within 10 minutes of switching the ignition off or to the accessory.

Note: If you electronically lock your vehicle after you switch the ignition off with the driver door closed, the doors do not auto unlock.

Enabling or Disabling Autolock and Autounlock (If Equipped)
You can enable or disable the auto-lock and auto-unlock features independently of each other.

To enable or disable auto-lock, do the following:

  1. Switch the ignition on.
  2. Press the power door to unlock the control three times.
  3. Switch the ignition off.
  4. Press the power door to unlock the control three times.
  5. Switch the ignition on. The horn sounds indicate your vehicle is in programming mode.
  6. Press the power door to unlock control and within five seconds, press the power door lock control. The horn sounds once if disabled or twice if enabled.
  7. Switch the ignition off. The horn sounds indicate the programming is complete.

Note: You can also switch this feature on or off using the information display. 
To enable or disable auto unlock, do the following:

  1. Switch the ignition on.
  2. Press the power door to unlock the control three times.
  3. Switch the ignition off.
  4. Press the power door to unlock the control three times.
  5. Switch the ignition on. The horn sounds indicate your vehicle is in programming mode.
  6. Press the power door lock control and within five seconds, press the power door unlock control. The horn sounds once if disabled or twice if enabled.
  7. Switch the ignition off. The horn sounds indicate the programming is complete.

Note: You can also switch this feature on or off using the information display. 

Illuminated Entry
The interior lamps and some exterior lamps illuminate when you unlock the doors with the remote control.

The lamps turn off if:

  • The ignition is on.
  • You press the lock button on the remote control.
  • 25 seconds have elapsed.
    The lamps do not turn off if:
  • You switch them on with the lighting control.
  • Any door is open.

2023 Ford Maverick Specs, Price, Features and Mileage (Brochure)

Security

PASSIVE ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM

Note: The system is not compatible with non-Ford aftermarket remote start systems. Use of these systems could result in engine starting problems and a loss of security protection.
Note: Prevent these objects from touching the coded key when starting your vehicle. Metallic objects, electronic devices or a second coded key on the same key chain could result in vehicle starting problems, especially if they are too close to the key when starting your vehicle. Switch the ignition off, move all objects on the key chain away from the coded key and restart your vehicle if a problem occurs.
Note: Do not leave a duplicate coded key in your vehicle. Always take your keys and lock all doors when leaving your vehicle.

SecuriLock®
The system helps prevent the engine from starting unless you use a coded key programmed to your vehicle. Using the wrong key may prevent your vehicle from starting. A message may appear in the information display.
If you are unable to start your vehicle with a coded key, it is not operating correctly. A message may appear in the information display.

Automatic Arming
The system arms when you switch the ignition off.

Automatic Disarming
The system disarms when you switch the ignition on with a coded key.

Replacement Keys
Your vehicle may have two integrated key head transmitters.
The integrated key head transmitter functions as a programmed ignition key that starts your vehicle.
If your programmed transmitters or standard SecuriLock coded keys become lost or stolen and you do not have an extra coded key, you need to have your vehicle towed to an authorized dealer. You need to erase the key codes from your vehicle and program new coded keys.
Store an extra programmed key away from your vehicle in a safe place. To purchase additional spare or replacement keys, contact an authorized dealer.
If you have a spare key, you need to program it. 

FAQ

How many keys come standard with the Ford E-350 2023?

Most new vehicles, including the Ford E-350, typically come with two sets of keys, but it’s always good to confirm with the dealership at the time of purchase.

Does the Ford E-350 2023 come with a keyless entry system?

Many modern Ford vehicles offer keyless entry as a standard or available feature, but the specific trims and packages can affect its availability.

How do I replace a lost key for my E-350?

For a replacement, you can visit a Ford dealership with your vehicle identification number (VIN) and proof of ownership.

How much does it cost to replace the key?

Replacement costs can vary based on if you need a basic key or a fob. Dealerships might charge more than local locksmiths, but they offer original equipment.

Can I program a new key fob myself?

Some key fobs can be self-programmed by following a specific set of instructions, while others might require dealership or locksmith programming.

What should I do if my remote control is not working?

First, try replacing the battery. If it still doesn’t work, you might need a new remote or reprogramming.

Is there a way to start the E-350 if the key fob battery is dead?

Many vehicles with push-button start have a backup way to start the vehicle using the key fob even if its battery is dead. Check the owner’s manual for instructions.

How often should I replace the battery in my key fob?

Typically, a key fob battery lasts 3-5 years, but it’s a good idea to replace it if you notice decreased range or responsiveness.

What type of battery does the key fob use?

Most key fobs use a coin cell battery, like the CR2032, but you should open the fob or refer to the owner’s manual to confirm the exact type.

Can I lock my keys inside the E-350?

Modern vehicles, including the E-350, often have safeguards to prevent locking keys inside. However, always be cautious and consider keeping a spare key in a safe place.

What should I do if the “Key Not Detected” message appears?

This usually indicates a low-key fob battery or interference. Move the key fob closer to the ignition or replace the battery.

Is there a valet key for the Ford E-350 2023?

Some Ford models come with a valet key. This key has limited functions to keep the vehicle’s storage areas secure during valet parking.

Can I buy third-party remote controls for the E-350?

Yes, third-party remotes are available, but ensure they are compatible and may need programming.

How far away can the key fob be for the push-button start to work?

It generally needs to be within a few feet of the vehicle, but the exact range can vary.

Categories
E-350 Ford

2023 FORD E-350 Supplementary Restraints System

Ford logo

FORD E-350 2023 Supplementary Restraints System 

“The 2023 Ford E-350 Supplemental Restraints System (SRS) is a complicated combination of high-tech safety features meant to protect people in different kinds of crashes. The system has multiple airbags strategically placed throughout the car’s cabin, including front, side, knee, and maybe even curtain airbags. The airbags and seatbelt pre-tensioners work together to keep passengers safe while the airbags cushion the impact of a crash. Using sensors that can tell how bad and in what direction a crash is, the SRS is made to release airbags at different levels of severity or not at all in small crashes. Ford is also committed to the safety of its passengers with new technologies like dual-stage airbags that explode based on how bad the crash is. As an important part of the E-350’s overall safety system, the SRS shows how committed Ford is to coming up with new ways to keep its riders safe.

2023 Ford Mustang Mach-E Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Supplementary Restraints System

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION

WARNING: Airbags do not inflate slowly or gently, and the risk of injury from a deploying airbag is the greatest close to the trim covering the airbag module.
WARNING: All occupants of your vehicle, including the driver, should always properly wear their seatbelts, even when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided. Failure to properly wear your seatbelt could seriously increase the risk of injury or death.
WARNING: Properly secure children 12 years old and under in a rear seating position whenever possible. If you are unable to properly secure all children in a rear seating position, properly secure the largest child on the front seat. If you must use a forward-facing child restraint on the front seat, move the seat as far back as possible. Failure to follow these instructions could result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not place your arms on the airbag cover or through the steering wheel. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury.
WARNING: Do not place a rearward-facing child restraint in front of an active airbag. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Do not attempt to service, repair, or modify the supplementary restraint system or associated components. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Several airbag system components get hot after inflation. To reduce the risk of injury, do not touch them after inflation.
WARNING: If a supplementary restraint system component has been deployed, it will not function again. Have the system and associated components inspected as soon as possible? Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

The airbags are a supplemental restraint system and are designed to work with the seatbelts to help protect the driver and right-front passenger from certain upper body injuries. Airbags do not inflate slowly; there is a risk of injury from a deploying airbag.

Note: You will hear a loud bang and see a cloud of harmless powdery residue if an airbag deploys. This is normal.
The airbags inflate and deflate rapidly upon activation. After airbag deployment, it is normal to notice a smoke-like, powdery residue or smell the burnt propellant. This may consist of cornstarch, talcum powder (to lubricate the bag) or sodium compounds (for example, baking soda) that result from the combustion process that inflates the airbag. Small amounts of sodium hydroxide may be present which may irritate the skin and eyes, but none of the residues is toxic.
While the system is designed to help reduce serious injuries, contact with a deploying airbag may also cause abrasions or swelling. Temporary hearing loss is also a possibility as a result of the noise associated with a deploying airbag. Because airbags must inflate rapidly and with considerable force, there is the risk of death or serious injuries such as fractures, facial and eye injuries or internal injuries, particularly to occupants who are not properly restrained or are otherwise out of position at the time of airbag deployment. Thus, it is extremely important that occupants be properly restrained as far away from the airbag module as possible while maintaining vehicle control.
Routine maintenance of the airbags is not required.

DRIVER AND PASSENGER AIRBAGS

WARNING: Do not place your arms on the airbag cover or through the steering wheel. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury.
WARNING: Do not place a rearward-facing child restraint in front of an active airbag. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.FORD E-350 2023 Supplementary Restraints System fig 1

The driver and front passenger airbags deploy during significant frontal and near frontal crashes.
The driver and passenger front airbag system consist of:

  • Driver and passenger airbag modules.
  • FORD E-350 2023 Supplementary Restraints System fig 6Crash sensors and monitoring system with readiness indicator. See Crash Sensors and Airbag
    Indicator (page 40).

Passenger Airbag On and Off Switch (If Equipped)

WARNING: Your vehicle may have an airbag deactivation switch. Before driving, always look at the switch to make sure it is in the appropriate position. Failure to put the switch in the proper position can increase the risk of serious injury or death in a crash.
Note: The passenger airbag on and off switch may be on vehicles with no rear seats.

Switching the Passenger Airbag Off

WARNING: If the light does not illuminate when the passenger airbag switch is off and you switch the ignition on, have the passenger airbag switch serviced immediately by a qualified technician.
WARNING: To avoid switching on the airbag, always remove the ignition key with the switch in the off position.
WARNING: NEVER use a rearward-facing child restraint on a seat protected by an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it, DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can occur. FORD E-350 2023 Supplementary Restraints System fig 2

  1. Insert the ignition key into the passenger airbag on and off switch, turn the switch to off, and hold it in off while removing the key.
  2. When you switch the ignition on and the passenger airbag switch is in the off position, the off light illuminates briefly, momentarily shuts off and then turns back on. This indicates that the passenger airbag is deactivated.

Switching the Passenger Airbag Back On

WARNING: The seatbelts for the driver and right-front passenger seating positions are specifically designed to operate together with the airbags in certain types of crashes. When you switch off your airbag, you not only lose the protection of the airbag, you also may reduce the effectiveness of your seatbelt system. If the passenger does not meet the requirements stated in the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration or Transport Canada deactivation criteria, switching off the airbag can increase the risk of serious injury or death in a crash.

WARNING: If your vehicle has rear seats, always transport children who are 12 and younger in the rear seat. Always use seatbelts and child restraints properly. Do not place a child in a rear-facing infant seat in the front seat unless your vehicle is equipped with an airbag on and off switch and the passenger airbag is turned off. This is because the back of the infant seat is too close to the inflating airbag and the risk of a fatal injury to the infant when the airbag inflates is substantial.
WARNING: If the passenger airbag off light is illuminated when the passenger airbag switch is on and the ignition is on, have the passenger airbag switch serviced immediately by a qualified technician.

The passenger airbag remains off until you switch it back on.FORD E-350 2023 Supplementary Restraints System fig 3

  1. Insert the ignition key into the passenger airbag on and off switch and turn the switch to on.
  2. The off light briefly illuminates when you switch the ignition on. This indicates that the passenger airbag is operational.

The passenger side airbag should always be on (the airbag off light should not be illuminated) unless the passenger is a person who meets the requirements stated either in Category 1, 2 or 3 of the National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration/Transport Canada deactivation criteria which follow.
The vast majority of drivers and passengers are much safer with an airbag than without. To do their job and reduce the risk of life-threatening injuries, airbags must open with great force, and this force can pose a potentially deadly risk in some situations, particularly when a front seat occupant is not properly buckled up. The most effective way to reduce the risk of unnecessary airbag injuries without reducing the overall safety of the vehicle is to make sure all occupants are properly restrained in the vehicle, especially in the front seat. This provides the protection of seatbelts and permits the airbags to provide the additional protection they were designed to provide. If you choose to deactivate your airbag, you are losing very significant risk-reducing benefits of the airbag and you are also reducing the effectiveness of the seatbelts because seatbelts in modern vehicles are designed to work as a safety system with the airbags.

2023 Ford Mustang Mach-E Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

National Highway Traffic Safety Administration Deactivation Criteria (Excluding Canada)
WARNING:
This vehicle has special energy management seatbelts for the driver and right-front passenger. These particular seatbelts are specifically designed to work with airbags to help reduce the risk of injury in a crash. The energy management seatbelt gives or releases additional seatbelt webbing in some accidents to reduce the concentration of force on an occupant’s chest and to reduce the risk of certain bone fractures and injuries to underlying organs. In a crash, if the airbag is off, this energy management seatbelt might permit the passenger wearing the seatbelt to move forward enough to have a serious or fatal injury. The more severe the crash, and the heavier the occupant, the greater the risk. Make sure the airbag is on for any passenger who does not qualify under the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration deactivation criteria.

  1. Infant. An infant (less than 1-year-old) must ride in the front seat because:
    • The vehicle has no rear seat.
    • The vehicle has a rear seat too small to accommodate a rear-facing infant seat.
    • The infant has a medical condition which, according to the infant’s physician, makes it necessary for the infant to ride in the front so that the driver can constantly monitor the child’s condition.
  2. Child age 1 to 12. A child age 1 to 12 must ride in the front seat because:
    • The vehicle has no rear seat.
    • Although children ages 1 to 12 ride in the rear seat(s) whenever possible, children ages 1 to 12 sometimes must ride in the front because no space is available in the rear seat(s) of the vehicle.
    • The child has a medical condition which, according to the child’s physician, makes it necessary for the child to ride in the front seat so that the driver can constantly monitor the child’s condition.
  3. Medical condition. A passenger has a medical condition which, according to his or her physician:
    • Causes the passenger airbag to pose a special risk for the passenger.
    • Makes the potential harm from the passenger airbag in a crash greater than the potential harm from turning off the airbag and allowing the passenger, even if belted, to hit the dashboard or windshield in a crash.

Transport Canada Deactivation Criteria (Canada Only)

WARNING: This vehicle has special energy management seatbelts for the driver and right-front passenger. These particular seatbelts are specifically designed to work with airbags to help reduce the risk of injury in a crash. The energy management seatbelt gives or releases additional seatbelt webbing in some accidents to reduce the concentration of force on an occupant’s chest and to reduce the risk of certain bone fractures and injuries to underlying organs. In a crash, if the airbag is off, this energy management seatbelt might permit the passenger wearing the seatbelt to move forward enough to have a serious or fatal injury. The more severe the crash, and the heavier the occupant, the greater the risk. Make sure the airbag is on for any passenger who does not qualify under the Transport Canada deactivation criteria.

  1. Infant: An infant (less than 1-year-old) must ride in the front seat because:
    • My vehicle has no rear seat.
    • The rear seat in my vehicle cannot accommodate a rear-facing infant seat.
    • The infant has a medical condition that, according to the infant’s physician, makes it necessary for the infant to ride in the front seat so that the driver can monitor the infant’s condition.
  2. Child age 12 or under: A child age 12 or under must ride in the front seat because:
    • My vehicle has no rear seat.
    • Although children age 12 and under ride in the rear seat whenever possible, children age 12 and under have no option but to sometimes ride in the front seat because rear seat space is insufficient.
    • The child has a medical condition that, according to the child’s physician, makes it necessary for the child to ride in the front seat so that the driver can monitor the child’s condition.
  3. Medical condition: A passenger has a medical condition that, according to his or her physician:
    • Poses a special risk for the passenger if the airbag deploys.
    • Makes the potential harm from the passenger airbag deployment greater than the potential harm from turning off the airbag and experiencing a crash without the protection offered by the airbag.

Proper Driver and Front Passenger Seating Adjustment

WARNING: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) recommends a minimum distance of at least 10 in (25 cm) between an occupant’s chest and the driver airbag module.

To properly position yourself away from the airbag:

  • Move your seat to the rear as far as you can while still reaching the pedals comfortably.
  • Recline the seat slightly (one or two degrees) from the upright position.

After all occupants have adjusted their seats and put on seatbelts, it is very important that they continue to sit properly. Properly seated occupants sit upright, lean against the seat back, and center themselves on the seat cushion, with their feet comfortably extended on the floor. Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury in a crash event. For example, if an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly increased.

Children and Airbags
WARNING:
Do not place a rearward-facing child restraint in front of an active airbag. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death. FORD E-350 2023 Supplementary Restraints System fig 4

Children must always be properly restrained. Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating position than in the front seating position. Failure to follow these instructions may increase the risk of injury in a crash.

CRASH SENSORS AND AIRBAG INDICATOR

WARNING: Modifying or adding equipment to the front of your vehicle could affect the performance of the airbag system, increasing the risk of injury. This includes the hood, bumper system, frame, front body structure, tow hooks, hood pins, push bar, and snowplows.

Your vehicle has a collection of crash and occupant sensors that provide information to the restraints control module. The restraints control module deploys (activates) the front seatbelt pretensions, driver airbag, and passenger airbag. Based on the type of accident, the restraints control module deploys the appropriate safety devices.

The restraints control module also monitors the readiness of the above safety devices plus the crash sensors. The readiness of the safety system is indicated by a warning indicator light in the instrument cluster or by a backup tone if the warning light is not working. See Instrument Cluster (page 59). Routine maintenance of the airbag is not required. A difficulty with the system is indicated by one or more of the following:

FORD E-350 2023 Supplementary Restraints System fig 6The readiness light will not illuminate immediately after you switch the ignition on.

  • The readiness light either flashes or stays lit.
  • You hear a series of five tones. The tone pattern repeats periodically until the problem, the light or both are repaired.

If any of these things happen, even intermittently, have the supplemental restraint system serviced at an authorized dealer immediately. Unless serviced, the system may not function properly in the event of a crash.
The seatbelt pretensioners and the airbag supplemental restraint system are designed to activate when the vehicle sustains frontal deceleration sufficient to cause the restraints control module to deploy a safety device.

The fact that the seatbelt pre-tensioners or airbags did not activate in a crash does not mean that something is wrong with the system. Rather, it means the restraints control module determined the accident conditions (such as crash severity, and belt usage) were not appropriate to activate these safety devices.

  • The design of the front airbags is to activate only in frontal and near-frontal crashes (not rollovers, side impacts or rear impacts) unless the crash causes sufficient frontal deceleration.
  • The design of the seatbelt pre-tensioners is to activate in frontal or near-frontal crashes and deploy in rollovers.

AIRBAG DISPOSAL
Contact your authorized dealer as soon as possible. Airbags must be disposed of by qualified personnel.

FAQ

What is the Supplementary Restraints System (SRS)?

The SRS, commonly known as the airbag system, is designed to work in conjunction with seat belts to reduce the risk of injury during a collision.

Why is my SRS light on?

If the SRS light remains illuminated, it generally indicates a malfunction within the system. This should be addressed promptly by a certified technician.

Is it safe to drive my E-350 with the SRS light on?

Driving with the SRS light on means there could be a malfunction with the airbag system, and it might not deploy in a crash. It’s best to get it inspected as soon as possible.

How many airbags are in the Ford E-350?

This typically varies depending on the trim and package options. Refer to the owner’s manual for exact specifications.

What is a “dual-stage” airbag?

A dual-stage airbag can inflate at different levels based on the severity of the crash and other factors. This technology is designed to reduce the risk of injury from the airbag itself.

Are the airbags in the E-350 different for the driver and the passenger?

Yes, typically the driver’s and passenger’s airbags are different in size and deployment strategy due to their respective positions in the vehicle.

How do side airbags differ from front airbags?

Side airbags are designed to protect the head and torso during a side-impact collision. They can be curtain-style or seat-mounted.

What is the purpose of the knee airbag?

Knee airbags aim to reduce injuries to the lower extremities during a frontal collision.

Can I deactivate my airbags?

For safety reasons, it’s generally not advisable to deactivate airbags. If there’s a compelling reason, consult your dealership or a professional. Some vehicles have an on/off switch for the passenger airbag.

How quickly do airbags deploy?

Airbags typically deploy within milliseconds of a collision being detected.

Do airbags always deploy in every accident?

No, airbags are designed to deploy in specific types of collisions and above certain severity thresholds.

If my airbags deploy, do I need to replace them?

Yes, once an airbag deploys, it must be replaced. It cannot be reused.

Is the seatbelt pre-tensioner part of the SRS?

Yes, the pretensioner tightens the seatbelt in the event of a crash, working in conjunction with the airbags for better protection.

How do I know if my vehicle’s airbags have been recalled?

Check the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration’s (NHTSA) website for recalls, or contact a Ford dealer with your Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).

How long do airbags last? Can they expire?

Airbags are designed to last the life of the vehicle. However, after many years (typically 10+), you might want to have them inspected by a professional to ensure they’re still functional.

Useful Link

View Full PDF: FORD E-350 2023 User Guide

https://www.ford.com/support/owner-manuals/owner-manuals-sitemap/

2023 Ford Mustang Mach-E Specs, Price, Features, Mileage (Brochure)

Categories
E-350 Ford

2023 FORD E-350 Seatbelts | How To Use

Ford logo

FORD E-350 2023 Seatbelts User Guide

The 2023 Ford E-350 has a complete, high-tech seatbelt system that puts safety first for both the driver and the guests. These straps have been carefully made to protect you as much as possible and keep you comfortable on every trip. With features that can be changed to fit people of different sizes and needs, they make sure that everyone on board is safe. Ford’s dedication to safety is clear in these seatbelts, which are made not only to lower the risk of injury in a crash, but also to stop ejections and make sure all passengers stay safely buckled in. These seatbelts, which are an important part of the E-350’s safety suite, help keep up Ford’s image for making cars that put the safety of their passengers first. This makes the 2023 E-350 a safe and reliable choice for transportation needs.

2023 FORD ECOSPORT Specs, Price, Features and Mileage (Brochure)

Seatbelts

PRINCIPLE OF OPERATION

WARNING: Always drive and ride with the seat backrest upright and the lap belt snug and low across the hips.
WARNING: To reduce the risk of injury, make sure children sit where they can be properly restrained.
WARNING: Never let a passenger hold a child on his or her lap while your vehicle is moving. The passenger cannot protect the child from injury in a crash which may result in serious injury or death.
WARNING: All occupants of the vehicle, including the driver, should always properly wear their safety belts, even when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided. Failure to properly wear your safety belt could seriously increase the risk of injury or death.
WARNING: It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargo area, inside or outside of a vehicle. In a crash, people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed. Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and safety belts. Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using a safety belt properly.
WARNING: In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a safety belt.
WARNING: Each seating position in your vehicle has a specific safety belt assembly which is made up of one buckle and one tongue that are designed to be used as a pair. 1) Use the shoulder belt on the outside shoulder only. Never wear the shoulder belt under the arm. 2) Never swing the safety belt around your neck over the inside shoulder. 3) Never use a single belt for more than one person.
WARNING: When possible, all children 12 years old and under should be properly restrained in a rear seating position. Failure to follow this could seriously increase the risk of injury or death.
WARNING: Safety belts and seats can become hot in a vehicle that has been closed up in sunny weather; they could burn a small child. Check seat covers and buckles before you place a child anywhere near them.
WARNING: Front and rear seat occupants, including pregnant women, should wear safety belts for optimum protection in an accident.

All seating positions in this vehicle have lap and shoulder safety belts. All occupants of the vehicle should always properly wear their safety belts, even when an airbag supplemental restraint system is provided.
The safety belt system consists of:

  • Lap and shoulder safety belts.
  • Shoulder safety belt with automatic locking mode, (except driver safety belt).
  • Height adjuster at the front outboard seating positions.
  • Safety belt pretensioner at the front outboard seating positions.
  • FORD E-350 2023 Seatbelts fig 1Safety belt warning light and chime.
  • FORD E-350 2023 Seatbelts fig 2Crash sensors and monitoring system with readiness indicator.

The safety belt pretensioners at the front seating positions are designed to tighten the safety belts when activated. In frontal and near-frontal crashes, the safety belt pretensioners may be activated alone or, if the crash is of sufficient severity, together with the front airbags.

FASTENING THE SEATBELTS

The front outboard safety restraints in the vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts.FORD E-350 2023 Seatbelts fig 3

  1. Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle (the buckle closest to the direction the tongue is coming from) until you hear a snap and feel it latch. Make sure the tongue is securely fastened in the buckle. FORD E-350 2023 Seatbelts fig 4
  2. To unfasten, press the release button and remove the tongue from the buckle.

Using Seatbelts During Pregnancy

WARNING: Always ride and drive with your seatback upright and properly fasten your seatbelt. Fit the lap portion of the seatbelt snugly and low across the hips. Position the shoulder portion of the seatbelt across your chest. Pregnant women must follow this practice. See the following figure.

WARNING: Always ride and drive with your seatback upright and properly fasten your seatbelt. Fit the lap portion of the seatbelt snugly and low across the hips. Position the shoulder portion of the seatbelt across your chest. Pregnant women must follow this practice. See the following figure.FORD E-350 2023 Seatbelts fig 5

Pregnant women should always wear their seatbelts. Position the lap belt portion of a combination lap and shoulder belt low across the hips below the belly and worn as tight as comfort allows. Position the shoulder belt to cross the middle of the shoulder and the center of the chest.

2023 FORD ECOSPORT Specs, Price, Features and Mileage (Brochure)

Seatbelt Locking Modes

WARNING: If your vehicle is involved in a crash, have the seatbelts and associated components inspected as soon as possible. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.

All safety restraints in the vehicle are combination lap and shoulder belts. The driver seatbelt has the first type of locking mode. The front outboard passenger seatbelt has both types of locking modes described as follows:

Vehicle Sensitive Mode
This is the normal retractor mode, which allows free shoulder belt length adjustment to your movements and locking in response to vehicle movement. For example, if the driver brakes suddenly or turns a corner sharply, or the vehicle receives an impact of about 5 mph
(8 km/h) or more, the combination seatbelts lock to help reduce the forward movement of the driver and passengers.
In addition, the retractor is designed to lock if you pull the webbing out too quickly. If the seatbelt retractor locks, slowly lower the height adjuster to allow the seatbelt to retract. If the retractor does not unlock, pull the seatbelt out slowly then feed a small length of webbing back toward the stowed position. For rear seatbelts, recline the rear seat backrest or push the seat backrest cushion away from the seatbelt. Feed a small length of webbing back toward the stowed position.

Automatic Locking Mode
In this mode, the shoulder belt automatically pre-locks. The belt will still retract to remove any slack in the shoulder belt. The automatic locking mode is not available on the driver seatbelt.

When to Use the Automatic Locking Mode
Use this mode any time a child safety seat, except a booster, is installed in the passenger front seating position. 

How to Use the Automatic Locking ModeFORD E-350 2023 Seatbelts fig 6

  1. Buckle the combination lap and shoulder belt.
  2. Grasp the shoulder portion and pull downward until the entire belt is pulled out.
  3. Allow the belt to retract. As the belt retracts, you will hear a clicking sound. This indicates the seatbelt is now in automatic locking mode.

How to Disengage the Automatic Locking Mode
Unbuckle the combination lap and shoulder belt and allow it to retract completely to disengage the automatic locking mode and activate the vehicle-sensitive (emergency) locking mode.

SEATBELT HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT

WARNING: Position the safety belt height adjuster so that the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder. Failure to adjust the safety belt properly could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt and increase the risk of injury in a crash.

Adjust the height of the shoulder belt so the belt rests across the middle of your shoulder. FORD E-350 2023 Seatbelts fig 7

To adjust the shoulder belt height

  1. Press the button and slide the height adjuster up or down.
  2. Release the button and pull down on the height adjuster to make sure it is locked in place.

SEATBELT WARNING LAMP AND INDICATOR CHIME

FORD E-350 2023 Seatbelts fig 1This lamp illuminates and an indicator chime will sound if the driver’s seatbelt has not been fastened when the vehicle’s ignition is turned on.

Conditions of operation

If Then
The driver seatbelt is not buckled before the ignition switch is turned to the on position… The seatbelt warning lamp illuminates and the indicator chime sounds for a few seconds.
The driver seatbelt is buckled while the warning lamp is illuminated and the indicator chime is sounding… The seatbelt warning lamp and indicator chime turn off.
The driver seatbelt is buckled before the ignition switch is turned to the on position… The seatbelt warning lamp and indicator chime remain off.

2023 FORD ECOSPORT Specs, Price, Features and Mileage (Brochure)

CHILD RESTRAINT AND SEATBELT MAINTENANCE

Inspect the vehicle seatbelts and child restraint systems periodically to make sure they work properly and are not damaged. Inspect the vehicle seatbelts to make sure there are no nicks, tears or cuts. Replace if necessary. All vehicle seatbelt assemblies, including retractors, buckles, front seatbelt buckle assemblies, buckle support assemblies (slide bar-if equipped), shoulder belt height adjusters (if equipped), shoulder belt guide on seatback (if equipped), rear inflatable seatbelts (if equipped), child restraint LATCH and tether anchors, and attaching hardware, should be inspected after a crash. Read the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions for additional inspection and maintenance information specific to the child restraint.

We recommend that all seatbelt assemblies in use in vehicles involved in a crash be replaced. However, if the crash was minor and an authorized dealer finds that the belts do not show damage and continue to operate properly, they do not need to be replaced. Seatbelt assemblies not in use during a crash should also be inspected and replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted.
Properly care for seatbelts.

SEATBELT EXTENSIONS

WARNING: Persons who fit into the vehicle’s seatbelt should not use an extension. Unnecessary use could result in serious personal injury in the event of a crash.
WARNING: Only use extensions provided free of charge by our dealers. The dealer will provide an extension designed specifically for this vehicle, model year and seating position. The use of an extension intended for another vehicle, model year or seating position may not offer you the full protection of your vehicle’s seatbelt restraint system.
WARNING: Never use seatbelt extensions to install child restraints.
WARNING: Do not use a seatbelt extension with an inflatable seatbelt.
WARNING: Do not use extensions to change the way the seatbelt fits across the torso, over the lap or to make the seatbelt buckle easier to reach.

If, because of body size or driving position, it is not possible to properly fasten the seatbelt over your lap and shoulder, an extension that is compatible with the seatbelts is available free of charge from our dealers. Only use our seatbelt extensions made by the original equipment seatbelt manufacturer with our seatbelts. Ask your authorized dealer if your extension is compatible with your vehicle restraint system.

FAQ

Are seatbelts required by law?

Yes, seatbelts are typically required by law in most countries to ensure the safety of vehicle occupants.

How do seatbelts work?

Seatbelts work by restraining the occupant during a sudden stop or collision, preventing them from being thrown forward.

Are seatbelts adjustable?

Yes, most seatbelts are adjustable to accommodate passengers of different sizes.

Can seatbelts be replaced if they are damaged?

Yes, damaged seatbelts should be replaced to ensure their effectiveness in a crash.

Are seatbelts uncomfortable?

Modern seatbelts are designed to be comfortable while providing safety. They are typically padded and adjustable.

Do seatbelts reduce the risk of injury in a crash?

Yes, seatbelts significantly reduce the risk of injury and save lives in the event of a crash.

How often should I check my seatbelts for wear and tear?

Regularly inspect your seatbelts for wear and tear, and have them checked during routine vehicle maintenance.

Can seatbelts lock up during sudden stops?

Yes, seatbelts are designed to lock up during sudden stops to prevent excessive movement.

Do rear seat passengers need to wear seatbelts?

Yes, in most places, rear seat passengers are also required to wear seatbelts.

Can seatbelts be uncomfortable for children?

Child seats and booster seats are used to ensure that seatbelts fit properly for children, providing comfort and safety.

Do seatbelts have a weight limit?

Some seatbelts may have weight limits, but it varies by vehicle and seatbelt design.

Can I be fined for not wearing a seatbelt?

Yes, in many jurisdictions, you can be fined for not wearing a seatbelt.

Are seatbelts effective in preventing ejections from the vehicle?

Yes, seatbelts are crucial in preventing ejections, which can be fatal in accidents.

Can seatbelts be locked in place to secure cargo?

Some vehicles have seatbelt systems designed to secure cargo, but it’s essential to follow manufacturer recommendations.

Are seatbelts covered under warranty?

Seatbelts may be covered under a vehicle’s warranty, but coverage can vary. Check your vehicle’s warranty documentation for details.

Useful Link

View Full PDF: FORD E-350 2023 User Guide | Auto user Guide

https://www.ford.com/support/owner-manuals/owner-manuals-sitemap/

2023 FORD ECOSPORT Specs, Price, Features and Mileage (Brochure)

Categories
E-350 Ford

2023 FORD E-350 Data Privacy And Instrument Panel | Specifications

Ford logo

2023 FORD E-350 Data Privacy And Instrument Panel User Guide

Data Privacy

WARNING: Do not connect wireless plug-in devices to the data link connector. Unauthorized third parties could gain access to vehicle data and impair the performance of safety-related systems. Only allow repair facilities that follow our service and repair instructions to connect their equipment to the data link connector.

2023 FORD F-SERIES SUPER DUTY Specs, Price, Features and Mileage 

We respect your privacy and are committed to protecting it. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of release, but as technology rapidly changes, we recommend that you visit the local Ford website for the latest information.
Your vehicle has electronic control units that have data recording functionality and the ability to permanently or temporarily store data. This data could include information on the condition and status of your vehicle, vehicle maintenance requirements, events and malfunctions. The types of data that can be recorded are described in this section. Some of the data recorded is stored in event logs or error logs.
Note: Error logs are reset following a service or repair.
Note: We may provide information in response to requests from law enforcement, other government authorities and third parties acting with lawful authority or through a legal process. Such information could be used by them in legal proceedings.
Data recorded includes, for example:

  • Operating states of system components, for example, fuel level, tire pressure and battery charge level.
  • Vehicle and component status, for example, wheel speed, deceleration, lateral acceleration, and seatbelt status.
  • Events or errors in essential systems, for example, headlamps and brakes.
  • System responses to driving situations, for example, airbag deployment and stability control.
  • Environmental conditions, for example, temperature.

Some of this data, when used in combination with other information, for example, an accident report, damage to a vehicle or eyewitness statements, could be associated with a specific person.

Services That We Provide
If you use our services, we collect and use data, for example, account information, vehicle location and driving characteristics, that could identify you. We transmit this data through a dedicated, protected connection. We only collect and use data to enable your use of our services to which you have subscribed, with your consent or where permitted by law. For additional information, see the terms and conditions of the services to which you have subscribed.
For additional information about our privacy policy, refer to the local Ford website.

Services That Third Parties Provide
We recommend that you review the terms and conditions and data privacy information for any services equipped with your vehicle or to which you subscribe. We take no responsibility for services that third parties provide.

SERVICE DATA

Service data recorders in your vehicle are capable of collecting and storing diagnostic information about your vehicle. This potentially includes information about the performance or status of various systems and modules in the vehicle, such as engine, throttle, steering or brake systems. To properly diagnose and service your vehicle, Ford Motor Company (Ford of Canada in Canada), and service and repair facilities may access or share among them vehicle diagnostic information received through a direct connection to your vehicle when diagnosing or servicing your vehicle. Additionally, Ford Motor Company (Ford of Canada, in Canada) may, where permitted by law, use vehicle diagnostic information for vehicle improvement or with other information we may have about you, for example, your contact information, to offer you products or services that may interest you.

Data may be provided to our service providers such as part suppliers that may help diagnose malfunctions, and who are similarly obligated to protect data. We retain this data only as long as necessary to perform these functions or to comply with the law. We may provide information where required in response to official requests to law enforcement or other government authorities or third parties acting with lawful authority or court order, and such information may be used in legal proceedings. For the U.S. only (if equipped), if you choose to use connected apps and services, you consent that certain diagnostic information may also be accessed electronically by Ford Motor Company and Ford authorized service facilities and that the diagnostic information may be used to provide services to you, personalizing your experience, troubleshoot, and to improve products and services and offer you products and services that may interest you, where permitted by law.

For Canada only, for more information, please review the Ford of Canada privacy policy at www.ford.ca, including our U.S. data storage and use of service providers in other jurisdictions who may be subject to legal requirements in Canada, the United States and other countries applicable to them, for example, lawful requirements to disclose personal information to governmental authorities in those countries.

EVENT DATA

This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder. The main purpose of an event data recorder is to record, in certain crashes or near crash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a road obstacle; this data will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s systems performed. The event data recorder is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period, typically 30 seconds or less.
The event data recorder in this vehicle is designed to record such data as:

  • How various systems in your vehicle were operating?
  • Whether or not the driver and passenger seatbelts were
    buckled/fastened.
  • How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or the brake pedal?
  • How fast the vehicle was travelling.
  • Where the driver was positioning the steering wheel.

This data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur.

Note: Event data recorder data is recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data is recorded by the event data recorder under normal driving conditions and no personal data or information (for example name, gender, age, and crash location) is recorded. However, parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the event data recorder data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an event data recorder, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the event data recorder is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have such special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the event data recorder.

SETTINGS DATA

Your vehicle has electronic control units that can store data based on your personalized settings. The data is stored locally in the vehicle or on devices that you connect to it, for example, a USB drive or digital music player. You can delete some of this data and also choose whether to share it through the services to which you subscribe.

Comfort and Convenience Data
Data recorded includes, for example:

  • Seat and steering wheel position.
  • Climate control settings.
  • Radio presets.

Entertainment Data
Data recorded includes, for example:

  • Music, videos or album art.
  • Contacts and corresponding address book entries.
  • Navigation destinations.

CONNECTED VEHICLE DATA

FORD E-350 2023 Data Privacy fig 1The modem has a SIM. The modem was enabled when your vehicle was built and periodically sends messages to stay connected to the cell phone network, receive automatic software updates, and send vehicle-related information to us, for example, diagnostic information. These messages could include information that identifies your vehicle, the SIM and the electronic serial number of the modem. Cell phone network service providers could have access to additional information, for example, cell phone network tower identification. For additional information about our privacy policy, visit www.FordConnected.com or refer to your local Ford website.

Note: The modem continues to send this information unless you disable the modem or stop the modem from sharing vehicle data by changing the modem settings.
Note: The service can be unavailable or interrupted for several reasons, for example, environmental or topographical conditions and data plan coverage.
Note: To find out if your vehicle has a modem, visit: www.FordConnected.com.

MOBILE DEVICE DATA

If you connect a mobile device to your vehicle, you can display data from your device on the touchscreen for example, music and album art. You can share your vehicle data with mobile apps on your device through the system.
The mobile app function operates by your connected device sending data to us in the United States. The data is encrypted and includes, for example, the vehicle identification number of your vehicle, the SYNC module serial number, the odometer, enabled apps, usage statistics and debugging information. We retain it only as long as necessary to provide the service, to troubleshoot, for continuous improvement, and to offer you products and services that may be of interest to you according to your preferences and where allowed by law.

If you connect a cell phone to the system, the system creates a profile that links to that cell phone. The cell phone profile enables more mobile features and efficient operation. The profile contains, for example, data from your phonebook, read and unread text messages and call history, including the history of calls when your cell phone was not connected to the system. If you connect a media device, the system creates and retains a media device index of supported media content. The system also records a short diagnostic log of approximately 10 minutes of all recent system activity.
The cell phone profile, media device index and diagnostic log remain in your vehicle unless you delete them and are generally accessible only in your vehicle when you connect your cell phone or media device. If you no longer plan to use the system or your vehicle, we recommend you use the master reset function to erase the stored information.

System data cannot be accessed without special equipment and access to your vehicle’s module.
For additional information about our privacy policy, refer to the local Ford website.
Note: To find out if your vehicle has connectivity technology, visit: www.FordConnected.com.

EMERGENCY CALL SYSTEM DATA

When the emergency call system is active, it may disclose to emergency services that your vehicle has been in a crash involving the deployment of an airbag or activation of the fuel pump shut-off. Certain versions or updates to the emergency call system may also be capable of electronically or verbally disclosing to emergency services operators your vehicle location or other details about your vehicle or crash to assist emergency services operators to provide the most appropriate emergency services. If you do not want to disclose this information, do not activate the emergency call system.
Note: You cannot deactivate emergency call systems that are required by law.

Environment

PROTECTING THE ENVIRONMENT

Sustainability is a priority at Ford. We are constantly looking for ways to reduce our impact on the planet while providing customers with great products and delivering a strong business. You should play your part in protecting the environment. Correct vehicle usage and the authorized disposal of waste, cleaning and lubrication materials are significant steps toward this aim.
For additional information about our sustainability progress and initiatives, visit www.sustainability.ford.com.

At a Glance

INSTRUMENT PANEL

FORD E-350 2023 Data Privacy fig 2

  • A: Direction indicators. See Direction Indicators
    Wiper lever. See Windshield Wipers
  • B: Information display control. See Information Display Control
  • C: Instrument cluster. See General Information
  • D: Audio control.
  • E: Gearshift lever. See Automatic Transmission
  • F: Auxiliary switches. See Auxiliary Switches
  • G: Audio unit. See Audio Unit
  • H: Passenger airbag deactivation indicator. See Driver and Passenger Airbags
  • I: Traction control switch. See Using Traction Control
  • J: Hazard flasher switch. See Hazard Flashers
  • K: Climate control. See Manual Climate Control
  • L: Ignition. See Ignition Switch
  • M: Horn.
  • N: Steering wheel adjustment. See Adjusting the Steering Wheel
  • O: Cruise control. See Cruise Control
  • P: Lighting control. See Lighting Control

Useful Links

FORD E-350 2023 Data Privacy User Guide
https://www.ford.com/support/owner-manuals/owner-manuals-sitemap/
2023 FORD F-SERIES SUPER DUTY Specs, Price, Features and Mileage 

2023 Ford Fiesta Specs, Price, Features and Mileage (Brochure)

Categories
E-350 Ford

2023 FORD E-350 Introduction And Replacement Parts | Specs

Ford logo

2023 FORD E-350 Introduction And Replacement Parts User Guide

Introduction

WARNING: Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.

2023 FORD F-SERIES SUPER DUTY Specs, Price, Features and Mileage 

Note: This manual describes product features and options available throughout the range of available models, sometimes even before they are generally available. It may describe options not fitted to the vehicle you have purchased.
Note: Some of the illustrations in this manual may show features as used in different models, so may appear different to you on your vehicle.
Note: Always use and operate your vehicle in line with all applicable laws and regulations.
Note: Pass on this manual when selling your vehicle. It is an integral part of your vehicle.
This manual may qualify the location of a component as the lefthand side or right-hand side. The side is determined when facing forward in the seat.

FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 1

A right-hand side.
B Left-hand side.

  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 2Air conditioning system
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 3Air conditioning system lubricant type
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 4Anti-lock braking system
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 5Avoid smoking, flames or sparks
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 6Battery
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 7Battery acid
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 8Brake fluid – nonpetroleum based
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 9Brake system
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 10Brake system
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 11Cabin air filter
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 12Check fuel cap
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 13Child safety door lock or unlock
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 14Child seat lower anchor
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 15Child seat tether anchor
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 16Cruise control
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 17Do not open when hot
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 18Engine air filter
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 19Engine coolant
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 20Engine coolant
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 21temperature Engine oil
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 22Explosive gas
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 23Fan warning
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 24Fasten seatbelt
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 25Flammable
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 26Front airbag
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 27Front fog lamps
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 28Fuel pump reset
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 29Fuse compartment
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 30Hazard flashers
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 31Heated rear window
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 32Windshield defrosting system
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 33Interior luggage compartment release
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 34Jack
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 35Keep out of reach of children
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 36Lighting control
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 37Low tire pressure warning
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 38Maintain correct fluid level
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 39Note operating instructions
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 40Horn control
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 41Panic alarm
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 42Parking aid
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 43Parking brake
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 44Power steering fluid
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 45Power windows front/rear
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 47Power window lockout
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 48Requires registered technician
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 49Safety alert
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 50See Owner’s Manual
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 51See Service Manual
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 52Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 53Passenger airbag activated
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 54Passenger airbag deactivated
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 55Side airbag
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 56Shield the eyes
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 57Stability control
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 58Hill descent control
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 59Trail Control
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 60Windshield wiping system
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 61Windshield wash and wipe

PERCHLORATE
Certain components in your vehicle such as airbag modules, seatbelt pre-tensioners, and remote control batteries may contain perchlorate material. Special handling may apply for service or vehicle end-of-life disposal.
For more information visit: Web Address

www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazard-ouswaste/perchlorate

FORD CREDIT

US Only
Ford Credit offers a full range of financing and lease plans to help you acquire your vehicle. If you have financed or leased your vehicle through Ford Credit, thank you for your business. For assistance call 1-800-727-7000, or for more information about Ford Credit and access to the online Account Manager tool, visit www.ford.com/finance.

REPLACEMENT PARTS RECOMMENDATION

We have built your vehicle to the highest standards using quality parts. We recommend that you demand the use of genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts whenever your vehicle requires scheduled maintenance or repair. You can clearly identify genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts by looking for the Ford, FoMoCo or Motorcraft branding on the parts or their packaging.

Scheduled Maintenance and Mechanical Repairs
One of the best ways for you to make sure that your vehicle provides years of service is to have it maintained in line with our recommendations using parts that conform to the specifications detailed in this Owner’s Manual.
Genuine Ford and Motorcraft parts meet or exceed these specifications.

Collision Repairs
We hope that you never experience a collision, but accidents happen sometimes.
Genuine Ford replacement collision parts meet our stringent requirements for fit, finish, structural integrity, corrosion protection, and dent resistance. During vehicle development, we validate that these parts deliver the intended level of protection as a whole system. A great way to know for sure you are getting this level of protection is to use genuine Ford replacement collision parts.

Warranty on Replacement Parts
Genuine Ford and Motorcraft replacement parts are the only replacement parts that benefit from a Ford Warranty.
The Ford Warranty may not cover damage caused to your vehicle as a result of failed non-Ford parts.
For additional information, refer to the terms and conditions of the Ford Warranty.

SPECIAL NOTICES

New Vehicle Limited Warranty
For a detailed description of what is covered by your New Vehicle Limited Warranty, see your warranty guide that is available online. For more information, refer to our website and download your copy of the warranty guide.

Special Instructions
For your added safety, your vehicle is fitted with sophisticated electronic controls.

Fleet Telematics Modem (If Equipped)
The onboard modem provides access to data to support telematics services such as location, speed, idle time, fuel, vehicle diagnostics and maintenance alerts. To explore data, telematics services, third-party service provider support, and to manage existing telematics accounts, refer to www.commercialsolutions.ford.com or call 833-FCS-FORD.
Note: This is not available with FordPass Connect.
FordPass Connect (If Equipped)
With a FordPass Connect-equipped vehicle, you can use FordPass to track your vehicle’s location and remotely access vehicle features such as start, lock and unlock and vehicle status including fuel level and approximate mileage. Message and data rates may apply. Services may be limited by mobile phone network coverage area. For additional information, refer to www.fordpass.com.

On Board Diagnostics Data Link Connector
WARNING: Do not connect wireless plug-in devices to the data link connector. Unauthorized third parties could gain access to vehicle data and impair the performance of safety-related systems. Only allow repair facilities that follow our service and repair instructions to connect their equipment to the data link connector.

Your vehicle has an OBD Data Link Connector (DLC) that is used in conjunction with a diagnostic scan tool for vehicle diagnostics, repairs, and reprogramming services. Installing an aftermarket device that uses the DLC during normal driving for purposes such as remote insurance company monitoring, the transmission of vehicle data to other devices or entities, or altering the performance of the vehicle, may cause interference with or even damage to vehicle systems. We do not recommend or endorse the use of aftermarket plug-in devices unless approved by Ford. The vehicle Warranty will not cover damage caused by an aftermarket plug-in device.

Notice to Owners of Pickup Trucks and Utility Type Vehicles
WARNING: Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles.
WARNING: Vehicles with a higher center of gravity (utility and four-wheel drive vehicles) handle differently than vehicles with a lower center of gravity (passenger cars). Avoid sharp turns, excessive speed, and abrupt steering in these vehicles. Failure to drive cautiously increases the risk of losing control of your vehicle, vehicle rollover, personal injury, and death.

Before you drive your vehicle, please read this Owner’s Manual carefully. Your vehicle is not a passenger car. As with other vehicles of this type, failure to operate this vehicle correctly may result in loss of vehicle control, vehicle rollover, personal injury or death.

Using your Vehicle as an Ambulance
If your light truck has the Ford Ambulance Preparation Package, it may be utilized as an ambulance. Ford urges ambulance manufacturers to follow the recommendations of the Ford Incomplete Vehicle Manual, Ford Truck Body Builder’s Layout Book, and the Qualified Vehicle Modifiers (QVM) Guidelines as well as pertinent supplements. For additional information, please contact the Truck Body Builders Advisory Service or by phone at 1–877–840–4338.
Use of your Ford light truck as an ambulance, without the Ford Ambulance Preparation Package, voids the Ford New Vehicle Limited Warranty and may void the emissions warranties. In addition, ambulance usage without the preparation package could cause high underbody temperatures, over-pressurized fuel and the risk of spraying fuel, which could lead to fires.
If your vehicle has the Ford Ambulance Preparation Package, it will be indicated on the Safety Compliance Certification Label. The label is on the driver-side door pillar or on the rear edge of the driver’s door. You can determine whether the ambulance manufacturer followed Ford’s recommendations by directly contacting that manufacturer.

MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT

WARNING: Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.

Using mobile communications equipment is becoming increasingly important in the conduct of business and personal affairs. However, you must not compromise your own or others’ safety when using such equipment. Mobile communications can enhance personal safety and security when appropriately used, particularly in emergency situations. Safety must be paramount when using mobile communications equipment to avoid negating these benefits. Mobile communication equipment includes, but is not limited to, cellular phones, pagers, portable email devices, text messaging devices and portable two-way radios.

Useful Links

View Full Manual: FORD E-350 2023 User Guide | Auto User Guide
Download Manuals: https://www.ford.com/support/owner-manuals/owner-manuals-sitemap/
2023 FORD F-SERIES SUPER DUTY Specs, Price, Features and Mileage 

Categories
E-350 Ford

2023 FORD E-350 Climate Control System

Ford logo

FORD E-350 2023 Climate Control System

In the world of the 2023 Ford E-350, the climate control system is the silent conductor of comfort. It creates a symphony of environmental harmony inside the spacious cabin of this flexible and reliable van. No matter if it’s sweltering hot in the summer or freezing cold in the winter, the E-350’s climate control system is a symbol of adaptability, allowing both the driver and the passengers to make the inside of the car just right. With precision at its core, it gives you the ability to set and keep a desired temperature, control airflow with skill, and get rid of fog or frost on the glass with defrost functions that are easy to use. This temperature control system turns the E-350 into a haven of climate-controlled peace and quiet. It makes sure that every trip, no matter what the weather is like outside, takes place in a cocoon of comfort and peace.

MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL

Heater Only System (If Equipped) FORD E-350 2023 Information Displays fig 3

Note: Depending on your vehicle option package, the controls may look different from what you see here.

Directing the Air
Turn the control to direct the air.

  • Direct air to the instrument panel air vents.
  • Direct air to the footwell air vents.
  • Direct air to the instrument panel and footwell air vents.
  • Direct air to the windshield air vents. You can also use this setting to defog and clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice.

Setting the Blower Motor Speed
FORD E-350 2023 Information Displays fig 17Turn the control to adjust the volume of air circulated in the vehicle.

Setting the Temperature

FORD E-350 2023 Information Displays fig 9Turn the control to set the temperature.
Switching the Heater On and Off

FORD E-350 2023 Information Displays fig 10Turn the control.

Manual Climate Control (If Equipped) FORD E-350 2023 Information Displays fig 3

Note: Depending on your vehicle option package, the controls may look different from what you see here.

Directing the Air
Turn the control to direct the air.

FORD E-350 2023 Information Displays fig 4Direct air to the instrument panel air vents.
FORD E-350 2023 Information Displays fig 5Direct air to the footwell air vents.
FORD E-350 2023 Information Displays fig 6Direct air to the instrument panel and footwell air vents.

Direct air to the windshield air vents. You can also use this setting to defog and clear the windshield of a thin covering of ice.

Switching the Air Conditioning On and Off
FORD E-350 2023 Information Displays fig 15Turn to switch the air conditioning on or off.

Switching Maximum Air Conditioning On and Of
FORD E-350 2023 Information Displays fig 16Turn the control for maximum cooling.

Recirculated air flows through the instrument panel vents and air conditioning turns on.

Setting the Blower Motor Speed
FORD E-350 2023 Information Displays fig 8Turn the control to adjust the volume of air circulated in the vehicle.

Setting the Temperature
FORD E-350 2023 Information Displays fig 9
Turn the control to set the temperature.

Switching the Climate Control On and Off
FORD E-350 2023 Information Displays fig 10Turn the control.

HINTS ON CONTROLLING THE INTERIOR CLIMATE

General Hints
Note: Prolonged use of recirculated air may cause the windows to fog up.
Note: You may feel a small amount of air from the footwell air vents regardless of the air distribution setting.
Note: To reduce humidity build-up inside your vehicle, do not drive with the system switched off or with recirculated air always switched on.
Note: To reduce fogging of the windshield during humid weather, adjust the air distribution control to the windshield air vents position.
Note: Do not place objects under the front seats as this may interfere with the airflow to the rear seats.
Note: Remove any snow, ice or leaves from the air intake area at the base of the windshield.
Note: To improve the time to reach a comfortable temperature in hot weather, drive with the windows open until you feel cold air through the air vents.

Quickly Heating the Interior 

  1. Adjust the fan speed to the highest speed setting.
  2. Adjust the temperature control to the full heat setting.
  3. Direct air to the footwell air vents.

Recommended Settings for Heating

  1. Adjust the fan speed to the center setting.
  2. Adjust the temperature control to the midway point of the hot settings.
  3. Direct air to the footwell air vents.

Quickly Cooling the Interior 

  1. Switch MAX A/C on.
  2. Drive with the windows open until you feel cold air through the air vents.

Recommended Settings for Cooling

  1. Adjust the fan speed to the center setting.
  2. Adjust the temperature control to the midway point of the cold settings.
  3. Direct air to the instrument panel air vents.

Vehicle Stationery for Extended Periods During Extreme High Ambient Temperatures

  1. Apply the parking brake.
  2. Place your vehicle in park (P) or neutral (N).
  3. Switch MAX A/C on.
  4. Adjust the fan speed to the lowest speed setting.

Defogging the Side Windows in Cold Weather

  1. Direct air to the instrument panel and windshield vents.
  2. Turn to NORM A/C.
  3. Adjust the temperature control to the desired setting.
  4. Adjust the fan speed to the highest setting.
  5. Direct air toward the side windows.
  6. Close the instrument panel vents.

REAR PASSENGER CLIMATE CONTROLS

Setting the Blower Motor SpeedFORD E-350 2023 Information Displays fig 18

Turn the control to adjust the volume of air circulated in the vehicle.
Note: Depending on your vehicle option package, the controls may look different from what you see here.
Switching the Rear Climate Control On and Off

FORD E-350 2023 Information Displays fig 10Turn the control.

Seats

SITTING IN THE CORRECT POSITION

WARNING: Sitting improperly, out of position or with the seatback reclined too far can take weight off the seat cushion and affect the decision of the passenger sensing system, resulting in serious injury or death in the event of a crash. Always sit upright against your seat back, with your feet on the floor.
WARNING: Do not recline the seat backrest too far as this can cause the occupant to slide under the seatbelt, resulting in personal injury in the event of a crash.
WARNING: Do not place objects higher than the top of the seat backrest. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death in the event of a sudden stop or crash. FORD E-350 2023 Information Displays fig 19

When you use them properly, the seat, head restraint, seatbelt and airbags will provide optimum protection in the event of a crash.

We recommend that you follow these guidelines:

  • Sit in an upright position with the base of your spine as far back as possible.
  • Do not recline the seat backrest so that your torso is more than 30 degrees from the upright position.
  • Adjust the head restraint so that the top of it is level with the top of your head and as far forward as possible. Make sure that you remain comfortable.
  • Keep a sufficient distance between yourself and the steering wheel. We recommend a minimum of 10 in (25 cm) between your breastbone and the airbag cover.
  • Hold the steering wheel with your arms slightly bent.
  • Bend your legs slightly so that you can press the pedals fully.
  • Position the shoulder strap of the seatbelt over the center of your shoulder and position the lap strap tightly across your hips.

Make sure that your driving position is comfortable and that you can maintain full control of your vehicle.

HEAD RESTRAINTS

FORD E-350 2023 Information Displays fig 20

The front row outboard non-adjustable head restraints consist of a trimmed foam covering over the upper structure of the seatback. Properly adjust the seatback to an upright driving or riding position, so that the head restraint is positioned as close as possible to the back of your head.

MANUAL SEATS

(IF EQUIPPED)

WARNING: Make sure the seat fully locks into place by rocking it backward and forward. Not securing the seat into the locked position can be dangerous in a crash and could cause serious personal injury or death.

Moving the Seat Backward and ForwardFORD E-350 2023 Information Displays fig 21

Recline Adjustment (If Equipped)

WARNING: Do not place cargo or any objects behind the seat backrest before returning it to its original position. Pull on the seat backrest to make sure that it has fully latched after returning the seat backrest to its original position. An unlatched seat may become dangerous if you stop suddenly or have a crash. FORD E-350 2023 Information Displays fig 22

Manual Lumbar (If Equippe FORD E-350 2023 Information Displays fig 23

The lumbar control is on the inboard side of the driver seat. Turn the control to adjust your support.

POWER SEATS

(IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING: Do not adjust the driver seat or seatback while your vehicle is moving. Adjusting your seatback while the vehicle is in motion may cause loss of control of the vehicle.

The control is located on the outboard side of the seat cushion.FORD E-350 2023 Information Displays fig 24

  • Press A to raise or lower the front portion of the seat cushion.
  • Press B to move the seat forward, backward, up or down.
  • Press C to raise or lower the rear portion of the seat cushion.

Recline Adjustment (If Equipped)FORD E-350 2023 Information Displays fig 25

FAQ

What type of climate control system does the 2023 Ford E-350 have?

The 2023 Ford E-350 typically comes equipped with a standard manual climate control system.

Is there an option for automatic climate control in the E-350?

Some trim levels or optional packages of the E-350 may offer automatic climate control as an upgrade.

How many climate zones does the E-350’s climate control system have?

The number of climate zones can vary depending on the trim level and options, with some models featuring dual-zone climate control for front passengers.

What are the primary functions of the climate control system?

The climate control system in the E-350 allows you to adjust the cabin temperature, fan speed, airflow direction, and other settings to maintain a comfortable interior climate.

How do I adjust the temperature in the E-350?

You can adjust the temperature by turning the temperature dial or pressing the temperature buttons on the control panel.

What are the different fan speed settings?

The fan speed settings typically range from low to high and can be adjusted using the fan speed knob or buttons.

Can I choose between recirculated and fresh air modes?

Yes, the E-350’s climate control system usually includes options for recirculated air (inside air) and fresh air (outside air).

How do I change the airflow direction?

You can adjust the airflow direction by selecting different vent modes, such as floor, dashboard, or windshield vents, using the corresponding buttons or knobs.

Is there a defrost function for the windshield and rear window?

Yes, the E-350’s climate control system typically includes defrost functions for both the windshield and rear window to clear frost or condensation.

Can I set a specific temperature for the climate control system?

Yes, many E-350 models allow you to set a specific temperature, and the system will automatically adjust the airflow and fan speed to reach and maintain that temperature.

Does the E-350 have a cabin air filter?

Yes, the E-350 often comes equipped with a cabin air filter that helps filter out dust, pollen, and other airborne particles for improved air quality.

Are there rear-seat climate controls in the E-350?

Some E-350 models may offer rear-seat climate controls to allow rear passengers to adjust their own temperature settings.

Can I control the climate system through the vehicle’s infotainment system?

Depending on the trim level and options, you may be able to control certain climate functions through the vehicle’s infotainment system or touchscreen.

Does the E-350 have a feature that prevents the climate control system from going to extreme hot or cold settings?

Some models may have a feature that limits extreme temperature settings to maintain comfort and safety.

How can I troubleshoot common climate control issues in the E-350?

If you encounter climate control issues, consult the owner’s manual for troubleshooting tips or seek assistance from a Ford dealership or qualified technician for more complex problems.

Useful Link

FORD E-350 2023 User Guide
https://www.ford.com/support/owner-manuals/owner-manuals-sitemap/

Categories
E-350 Ford

FORD E-350 2023 User Guide

Ford logo

FORD E-350 2023 User Guide

The 2023 Ford E-350 is a versatile and reliable workhorse that raises the bar for commercial cars in general. The E-350 is built on a foundation of strength and dependability. It has a large platform that can be changed to meet the needs of both businesses and people. This powerhouse’s iconic design and rugged body give it a sense of confidence on the road, and its strong performance makes it a reliable partner for any job. The E-350 puts the safety and comfort of both the driver and the passengers first. It has high-tech safety features and the latest technology. Inside the roomy car, clever storage solutions and ergonomic design elements make sure that every trip is easy and quick. The 2023 Ford E-350 is a real workhorse that embodies Ford’s commitment to durability, flexibility, and consistent performance. It’s the best choice for anyone who needs a reliable vehicle.

FORD E-350 2023 Introduction User Guide

2023 FORD E-350 Introduction And Replacement Parts | Specs

Introduction

Thank you for choosing Ford. We recommend that you take some time to get to know your vehicle by reading this manual. The more that you know about your vehicle, the greater the safety and pleasure you will get from driving it.

WARNING:
Driving while distracted can result in loss of vehicle control, crash and injury. We strongly recommend that you use extreme caution when using any device that may take your focus off the road. Your primary responsibility is the safe operation of your vehicle. We recommend against the use of any hand-held device while driving and encourage the use of voice-operated systems when possible. Make sure you are aware of all applicable local laws that may affect the use of electronic devices while driving.

Note:
This manual describes product features and options available throughout the range of available models, sometimes even before they are generally available. It may describe options not fitted to the vehicle you have purchased.
Note: Some of the illustrations in this manual may show features as used in different models, so may appear different to you on your vehicle.
Note: Always use and operate your vehicle in line with all applicable laws and regulations.
Note: Pass on this manual when selling your vehicle. It is an integral part of your vehicle.
This manual may qualify the location of a component as the lefthand side or right-hand side. The side is determined when facing forward in the seat.

FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 1

A right-hand side.
B Left-hand side.

  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 2Air conditioning system
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 3Air conditioning system lubricant type
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 4Anti-lock braking system
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 5Avoid smoking, flames or sparks
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 6Battery
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 7Battery acid
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 8Brake fluid – nonpetroleum based
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 9Brake system
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 10Brake system
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 11Cabin air filter
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 12Check fuel cap
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 13Child safety door lock or unlock
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 14Child seat lower anchor
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 15Child seat tether anchor
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 16Cruise control
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 17Do not open when hot
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 18Engine air filter
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 19Engine coolant
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 20Engine coolant
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 21temperature Engine oil
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 22Explosive gas
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 23Fan warning
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 24Fasten seatbelt
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 25Flammable
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 26Front airbag
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 27Front fog lamps
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 28Fuel pump reset
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 29Fuse compartment
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 30Hazard flashers
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 31Heated rear window
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 32Windshield defrosting system
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 33Interior luggage compartment release
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 34Jack
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 35Keep out of reach of children
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 36Lighting control
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 37Low tire pressure warning
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 38Maintain correct fluid level
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 39Note operating instructions
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 40Horn control
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 41Panic alarm
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 42Parking aid
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 43Parking brake
  • FORD E-350 2023 Introduction fig 44Power steering fluid

Read all Instructions for Introduction User Guide

FORD E-350 2023 Data Privacy User Guide

2023 FORD E-350 Data Privacy And Instrument Panel | Specifications

Data Privacy

WARNING: Do not connect wireless plug-in devices to the data link connector. Unauthorized third parties could gain access to vehicle data and impair the performance of safety-related systems. Only allow repair facilities that follow our service and repair instructions to connect their equipment to the data link connector.

We respect your privacy and are committed to protecting it. The information contained in this publication was correct at the time of release, but as technology rapidly changes, we recommend that you visit the local Ford website for the latest information.
Your vehicle has electronic control units that have data recording functionality and the ability to permanently or temporarily store data. This data could include information on the condition and status of your vehicle, vehicle maintenance requirements, events and malfunctions. The types of data that can be recorded are described in this section. Some of the data recorded is stored in event logs or error logs.
Note: Error logs are reset following a service or repair.
Note: We may provide information in response to requests from law enforcement, other government authorities and third parties acting with lawful authority or through a legal process. Such information could be used by them in legal proceedings.
Data recorded includes, for example:

  • Operating states of system components, for example, fuel level, tire pressure and battery charge level.
  • Vehicle and component status, for example, wheel speed, deceleration, lateral acceleration, and seatbelt status.
  • Events or errors in essential systems, for example, headlamps and brakes.
  • System responses to driving situations, for example, airbag deployment and stability control.
  • Environmental conditions, for example, temperature.

Some of this data, when used in combination with other information, for example, an accident report, damage to a vehicle or eyewitness statements, could be associated with a specific person.

Services That We Provide
If you use our services, we collect and use data, for example, account information, vehicle location and driving characteristics, that could identify you. We transmit this data through a dedicated, protected connection. We only collect and use data to enable your use of our services to which you have subscribed, with your consent or where permitted by law. For additional information, see the terms and conditions of the services to which you have subscribed.
For additional information about our privacy policy, refer to the local Ford website.

Services That Third Parties Provide
We recommend that you review the terms and conditions and data privacy information for any services equipped with your vehicle or to which you subscribe. We take no responsibility for services that third parties provide.

SERVICE DATA

Service data recorders in your vehicle are capable of collecting and storing diagnostic information about your vehicle. This potentially includes information about the performance or status of various systems and modules in the vehicle, such as engine, throttle, steering or brake systems. In order to properly diagnose and service your vehicle, Ford Motor Company (Ford of Canada in Canada), and service and repair facilities may access or share among them vehicle diagnostic information received through a direct connection to your vehicle when diagnosing or servicing your vehicle. Additionally, Ford Motor Company (Ford of Canada, in Canada) may, where permitted by law, use vehicle diagnostic information for vehicle improvement or with other information we may have about you, for example, your contact information, to offer you products or services that may interest you.

Data may be provided to our service providers such as part suppliers that may help diagnose malfunctions, and who are similarly obligated to protect data. We retain this data only as long as necessary to perform these functions or to comply with law. We may provide information where required in response to official requests to law enforcement or other government authorities or third parties acting with lawful authority or court order, and such information may be used in legal proceedings. For U.S. only (if equipped), if you choose to use connected apps and services, you consent that certain diagnostic information may also be accessed electronically by Ford Motor Company and Ford authorized service facilities and that the diagnostic information may be used to provide services to you, personalizing your experience, troubleshoot, and to improve products and services and offer you products and services that may interest you, where permitted by law.

For Canada only, for more information, please review the Ford of Canada privacy policy at www.ford.ca, including our U.S. data storage and use of service providers in other jurisdictions who may be subject to legal requirements in Canada, the United States and other countries applicable to them, for example, lawful requirements to disclose personal information to governmental authorities in those countries.

EVENT DATA

This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder. The main purpose of an event data recorder is to record, in certain crashes or near crash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a road obstacle; this data will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s systems performed. The event data recorder is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less.

The event data recorder in this vehicle is designed to record such data as:

  • How various systems in your vehicle were operating?
  • Whether or not the driver and passenger seatbelts were buckled/fastened.
  • How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or the brake pedal?
  • How fast the vehicle was traveling.
  • Where the driver was positioning the steering wheel.

This data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur.

Note: Event data recorder data is recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data is recorded by the event data recorder under normal driving conditions and no personal data or information (for example name, gender, age, and crash location) is recorded. However, parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the event data recorder data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation.
To read data recorded by an event data recorder, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the event data recorder is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have such special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the event data recorder.

SETTINGS DATA

Your vehicle has electronic control units that have the ability to store data based on your personalized settings. The data is stored locally in the vehicle or on devices that you connect to it, for example, a USB drive or digital music player. You can delete some of this data and also choose whether to share it through the services to which you subscribe.

Comfort and Convenience Data
Data recorded includes, for example:

  • Seat and steering wheel position.
  • Climate control settings.
  • Radio presets.

Entertainment Data
Data recorded includes, for example:

  • Music, videos or album art.
  • Contacts and corresponding address book entries.
  • Navigation destinations.

Read all Instructions for Data Privacy User Guide

FORD E-350 2023 Child Safety User Guide

2023 FORD E-350 Child Safety Instruction

GENERAL INFORMATION
See the following sections for directions on how to properly use safety restraints for children.

WARNING: Always make sure your child is secured properly in a device that is appropriate for their height, age, and weight. Child safety restraints must be bought separately from your vehicle. Failure to follow these instructions and guidelines may result in an increased risk of serious injury or death to your child.
WARNING: All children are shaped differently. The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and other safety organizations, base their recommendations for child restraints on probable child height, age and weight thresholds, or on the minimum requirements of the law. We recommend that you check with an NHTSA Certified Child Passenger Safety Technician  (CPST) to make sure that you properly install the child restraint in your vehicle and that you consult your pediatrician to make sure you have a child restraint appropriate for your child. To locate a child restraint fitting station and CPST, contact NHTSA toll-free at
1-888-327-4236 or go to www.nhtsa.dot.gov. In Canada, contact Transport Canada toll-free at
1-800-333-0371 or go to www.tc.gc.ca to find a Child Car Seat Clinic in your area. Failure to properly restrain children in child restraints made especially for their height, age and weight, may result in an increased risk of serious injury or death to your child.

WARNING: On hot days, the temperature inside the vehicle can rise very quickly. Exposure of people or animals to these high temperatures for even a short time can cause death or serious heat-related injuries, including brain damage. Small children are particularly at risk.

Recommendations for Safety Restraints for Children

Child Child Size, Height, Weight, or Age Recommended Restraint Type
 

Infants or toddlers

 

Children weighing 40 lb (18 kg) or less (generally age four or younger).

Use a child restraint (sometimes called an infant carrier, convertible seat, or toddler seat).
 

 

Small children

Children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a child restraint (generally children who are less than 57 in (1.45 m) tall, are greater than age four and less than age 12, and between 40 lb (18 kg) and 80 lb (36 kg) and upward to 100 lb (45 kg) if recommended by your child restraint manufacturer).  

 

Use a belt-positioning booster seat.

 

 

Larger children

Children who have outgrown or no longer properly fit in a belt-positioning booster seat (generally children who are at least 57 in (1.45 m) tall or greater than 80 lb (36 kg) or 100 lb (45 kg) if recommended by child restraint manufacturer). Use a vehicle seatbelt having the lap belt snug and low across the hips, shoulder belt centered across the shoulder and chest, and seat backrest upright.
  • You are required by law to properly use child restraints for infants and toddlers in the United States and Canada.
  • Many states and provinces require that small children use approved booster seats until they reach age eight, a height of 57 in (1.45 m) tall, or 80 lb (36 kg). Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements about the safety of children in your vehicle.
  • When possible, always properly restrain children 12 years of age and under in the rear seating position of your vehicle. Accident statistics suggest that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating position than in a front seating position.
  • When installing a rear-facing child restraint, adjust the vehicle seats to avoid interference between the child restraint and the vehicle seat in front of the child restraint.

INSTALLING CHILD RESTRAINTS

Child Seats FORD E-350 2023 Child Safety FIG 1

Use a child restraint (sometimes called an infant carrier, convertible seat, or toddler seat) for infants, toddlers, or children weighing 40 lb (18 kg) or less (generally age four or younger).

Using Lap and Shoulder Belt

WARNING: Do not place a rearward-facing child restraint in front of an active airbag. Failure to follow this instruction could result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Properly secure children 12 years old and under in a rear seating position whenever possible. If you are unable to properly secure all children in a rear seating position, properly secure the largest child on the front seat. If you must use a forward-facing child restraint on the front seat, move the seat as far back as possible. Failure to follow these instructions could result in personal injury or death.
WARNING: Depending on where you secure a child restraint, and depending on the child restraint design, you may block access to certain seatbelt buckle assemblies and LATCH lower anchors, rendering those features potentially unusable. To avoid risk of injury, make sure occupants only use seating positions where they are able to be properly restrained.

When installing a child restraint with combination lap and shoulder belts:

  • Use the correct seatbelt buckle for that seating position.
  • Insert the belt tongue into the proper buckle until you hear a snap and feel it latch. Make sure the